Ed125331.tif 70 ED125331

User Manual: 70

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 175

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

DOCUMENT RESUME
HE 007 178

ED 125 331
TITLE

INSTITUTION
PUB DATE
NOTE
EDRS PRICE
DESCRIPTORS

IDENTIFIERS

Faculty Handbook. California State College, Los
Angeles.
California State Coll., Los Angeles.
70

175p.; Not available in hard copy due to type size of
original document
MF-$0.83 Plus Postage. HC Not Available from EDRS.
Academic Standards; *Administrative Policy;
Administrator Responsibility; Ancillary Services;
*College Faculty; Discipline Policy; Educational
Objectives; Faculty Evaluation; Fringe Benefits;
Governance; Grievance Procedures; *Higher Education;
*Personnel Policy; *State Colleges; Teacher
Responsibility
California State College Los Angeles; *Faculty
Handbooks

ABSTRACT

Policies and procedures compiled in this 1970 edition
of the faculty handbook have been selected from state law, the
Education Code, the Administrative Code, the rules and regulations of
the Board of Trustees and the Chancellor of the California State
Colleges, and the policies developed by the Academic Senate and
approved by the President. A greater involvement of students in the
governance of the college is evidenced. Specific secticns of the
handbook deal with the state college system, objectives and
organization of the college, governance, administration, personnel
policies, instructional policies, and opportunities and benefits.
Extensive appendices are included on constitutional matters, use of
grounds and buildings, faculty dismissal, student rights, student
disciplinary procedures, communications code, grievance procedures
for academic personnel, and disciplinary action procedures for
academic personnel. (LBH)

***********************************************************************
Documents acquired by ERIC include many informal unpublished
* materials not available from other sources. ERIC makes every effort *
* to obtain the best copy available. Nevertheless, items of marginal *
* reproducibility are often encountered and this affects the quality *
* of the microfiche and hardcopy reproductions ERIC makes available
* via the ERIC Document Reproduction Service (EDRS). EDRS is not
* responsible for the quality of the original document. Reproductions *
* supplied by EDRS are the best that can be made from the original.
***********************************************************************

(NI

BEST CIO? i MIN111111

FACULTY HANDBOOK
Policies and Procedures of the College
Opportunities a..id Benefits for the Faculty
US

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH,
EDUCATION A
WELFARE
NATIONAL
INSTITUTE OF
EDUCATION
THIS
DOCUMENT HAS
BEEN REPRODUCED EXACTLY
AS RECEIVED FROM
THE PERSON
OR ORGANIZATION
ATING IT
POINTS OF VIEW OR ORIGINSTATED DO NOT
OPINIONS
SENT OFFICIAL NECESSARILY REPRENATIONAL
INSTITUTE OF
EDUCATION POSITION
OR POLICY

issued by the Secretary of the College

CALIF URN

ST ATE

COLLEGE
LOS ANGELES
1970

1971-72

October 11
October 25
November 25-27
December 14-20
Examinations .
Dec. 21-Jan. 1
Recess
Winter Quarter. 1972 .

March 13-18
March 20-25

Recess

Examinations ..

Spring Quarter

June 5-10
June 12-July 1

May 29

1972
Instruction Begins March 27
March 31-April 1
Holidays

Recess

Examinations.. -

Instruction Begins January 3
February 21
Holidays

Holidays

June 4-9
June 11-30

April 20-21
May 28

1973
March 26

March 13-19
March 20-24

Dec. 19-Jan. 1
1973
January 2
February 19

October 9
October 23
November 23-25
December 12-18

June 10-15
June 17-29

April 1
April 12-13
May 27

March 18-23
March 25-30
1974

January 7
February 18

March 28-29
May 26
June 9-14
June 16-30

1975
March 31

March 17-22
March 24-29

January 6
February 17

October 14
October 28
November 28-33
December 10-16
Dec. 17-Jan. 4
1975

May 31
June 7-12
June 14-30

April 16-17

March 15-20
March 22-27
1976
March 29

January 5
February 16

October 13
October 27
November 27-29
December 9-15
Dec. 16-Jan. 3
1976

September 22-25
September 29

September 23-20
September 30

September 24-27
October 1
October 8
October 22
November 22-24
December 11-17
Dec. 18-Jan. 5
1974

September 25-28
October 2

Late Registration September 27-30
Instruction Begins October 4

Fall Quarter
Advisement and

Recess

Examinations

September 11-16
September 18-23
1972

September 1

July 4

1975
July 1

1975-76

September 9
September 10-16
September 17-20
1975

September 2
September 9

July 4

1974
July 1

1974-75

September 10-16
September 17-21
1974

September 3
September 10

July 2
July 4

1973

1973-74

September 11-17
September 18-22
1973

September 4
September 9

July 4

1972
July 3

1972-73

September 6
September 9
September 13-18
September 20-25
1971

Summer Quarter 1971
Instruction Begins July 1
July 5
Holidays

College year

FIVE -YEAR ACADEMIC CALENDAR

Foreword
The purpose of the Faculty Handbook is to provide
the academic staff of the California State College, Los
Angeles with an outline of the structure of the college
and the California State Colleges of which it is a part, the
major policies and procedures governing the college, and
the opportunities and benefits available to faculty members.

I commend the Faculty Handbook as an aid to new
faculty members and as a guide for all members of the
academic community. It will be useful only to the extent
it is read and understood by those affected by it. For this
reason I suggest that it be kept readily available as a convenient source of reference.
J. A. GREENLEE
President

4
3

Preface
The policies and procedures compiled in this edition of the
Faculty Handbook have been selected from state law, the Education Code, the Administrative Code, the rules and regulations of
the Board of Trustees and the Chancellor of the California State
Colleges. and the policies developed by the Academic Senate and

approved by the President. The relatively few items which arc
not so derived. and hence are undocumented. are routine matters

and procedures sanctioned by local usage. Codification was attempted by placing the relevant policies under the topical categories listed in the Table of Contents.
This edition of the Faculty Hatulbook evidences greater involvement of students in the governance of the college. It also
reflects an increase in the number of student-related documents
which appear in the section on Instructional Policies.
' \s future policies emerge, rhe will be published in the Faculty
Bulletin as in the past. Faculty members may find it convenient
to tile these items \itli the Faculty Handbook.
SuizLrestions and inquiries concerning the Faculty Handbook
should he addressed to the Secretary of the College.

A I FRPn FintuARtYr

Secretary of the College
Los Angeles, California
September 15, 1970

Contents
Five -Fear Academic calendar
Foreword
Preface
The California State Colleges
Objectives and Org anization of the College
Governance of the College

2.
3.

Administration of the College
i. Personnel Policies
Instructional Policies
7. Opportunities and Benefits

6
12

27
Si
92

Appendices
A.

Constitution of the Academic Senate of tne California State
Colleges

100

Constitution of the California State College, Los Angeles
C. President's Directive Regarding Use of State College
R.

I).
F.

G.
I I.
I.

103

Buildings and (rounds

109

Policy for Use of Campus Facilities
Facult Dismissal ( Education and Administrative Codes)
Statement of Student Rights
Student Disciplinary Procedures
Communications Code
Grievance Procedures for Academic Personnel
Disciplinary Action Procedures for Academic Personnel

113

6
5

115

118
123
142
147

158

1
The California State Colleges
Nineteen institutions of higher education comprise the organization
known as the California State Colleges. This statewide network of
colleges had its beginnings over a century ago, %%lien the Weekly
Normal School, established in 1857 by the San Francisco Board of
Education, became the first State Normal School in 1862. The State
Normal School operated in San Francisco until 1871, w.hen it moved
to San Jose, becoming the San Jose State Normal School. Other normal
schools were later established at Chico (1887), San Diego (1897), San
Francisco (1899), Fresno (1911), and Humboldt (1913).
In 1923 the Legislature changed the "normal schools" to "teachers
colleges," authorizing the granting of baccalaureate degrees. In 1935
the Legislature changed the "teachers colleges" to "state colleges" and
authorized courses for students in fields other than teacher education.
The California Polytechnic School joined the ranks of the state colleges in 1945, when it became the California State Polytechnic College,
ith campuses at San Luis Obispo and Pomona ( Kellogg- Voorhis).
The I.egislature further broadened the functions of the state colleges

1947

when, in addition to the education of teachers, they were

authorised to offer courses appropriate for a general or liberal education for responsible citizenship; occupational training in such fields as
business, industry, public services, homemaking, and social service; and
prcprofessional courses needed for advanced professional study. That

ear (1947) the Legislature established the Los Angeles State
College and the Sacramento State College. In 1948 the state colleges
were authorized to grant the master's degree. Subsequently the Legislature established the Long Beach State College (1949), California State
College at 1 la yx, ;ird (1957). California State College at Fullerton (1957),
San Fernando Valle State College (195H), Stanislaus State College
saute

(1959),

Sonoma State College (1961)). California State College at Domin-

California State College at San Bernardino (1960),
California Stare College. Bakersfield (1965). and by separation from
the San !xis Obispo campus. California State Polytechnic,College, Kellog,-Voorhis (1966). Sites have been selected for future campuses in
Contra Costa. Son Mateo. and Ventura Counties.
Until 1959. the state colleges were administered by the State Department of Fducation under the direction of the State Board of Education.
Pursuant to Assembly Concurrent Resolution No. 88 adopted in the
1959 session of the I egislature. the State Board of Education and the
Regents of the University of California agreed upon "A Master Plan
for I ligher !'duration in California.- The plan, adopted by the 1960
budget session of the Legislature and made effective July 1, 1961,
formed the "California State Colleges."

UAW./ I (ilk t iti6o).

The California State Colleges are ,1 unique development of the demo-

cratic concept of tuition-free public higher education for all qualified
students. Spanning the state from Humboldt County in the north to
San Diego in the south, the 18 campuses of the California State Colleges
represent the largest system of public education in the Western Hemisphere and one of the largest in the world. Current enrollment is some
227,000 full- and part-time students. The faculty and administrative staff
numbers some 13,000. 1:nrollment in the system is expected to reach
300,000 by 1980

The individual colleges, each with a geographic, curricular, and academic character of its own, offer a solid basic program in the liberal
arts. Beyond this, each college is noted for its individuality in academic
emphasis which makes for a diversified system. Course offerings leading to the bachelor's and master's degrees are designed to satisfy existing student interests and to serve the technical and professional manpower requirements of the state.

The California State Colleges are dedicated to rigorous academic
standards. Constant striving for academic excellence is at the heart of
the system. Each faculty within the system is a 'teaching faculty',
whose primary responsibility is the instructional process on the teacherstudent level, with appropriate recognition of the necessary and constructive role of research in any institution of higher education.

Governance of the Colleges
The Coordinating Council of Higher Education. Pursuant to the
recommendation of the Master Plan, the Legislature established a Coordinating Council for 1ligher Education, an advisory board composed
of three representatives each from the University of California, the
California State Colleges. the public junior colleges, the private colleges and universities in the State, and the general public. The Coordinating Council has a director ho serves as its chief administrative
officer. The Council advises the governing boards of the institutions of
public education, reviews the annual operating budget and capital outlay
budget requests of the University and the California State Colleges,
makes recommendations concerning the differentiation of functions
among the various segments of public higher education, and develops
plans for the orderly growth of public higher education in California.
11w Board of Trustces. The Legislature further implemented the
Allister Plan by resting the governance of the California State Colleges
in a body corporate, kno\% n as "The Trustees of the California State
Colleges." This board is composed of four ex-officio members, the Governor, the Lieutenant Governor. the Superintendent of Public Instruction, and the Chief Fsecutive Officer of the California State Colleges
appointed by the Trustees, and 16 persons appointed by the Governor.
The Speaker of the Assembly meets with the board and participates in
its work.
Ric Chancellor. The chief eNectitic officer of the California State
Colleges is the Chancellor appointed by the Board of Trustees. The
Chancellor is directly responsible to the Trustees for the administration
of the colleges. I k is assisted in his duties by the Executive Vice Chancellor, the Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs, the Vice Chancellor
7

for Business Affairs, the Assistant Chancellor for Faculty and Staff
Affairs, and the State College Dean for Institutional Research.
The Chancellor's Council of State College Presidents.The Chancellor's Council of State College Presidents acts as an advisory group to
the Chancellor. The Council evaluates proposed programs and policies
prior to their submission to the Board of Trustees through the Chancel-

lor. The Council is also involved in the implementation of all policy
decisions affecting the colleges and thus in the formulation of workable
programs and means for the application of policy. The Council normally meets once a month. (CCSCP 63-12)

The Academic Senate of the California State Colleges. The Academic Senate of the California State Colleges serves as the official voice

of the faculties of the California State Colleges in matters of systemwide concern; considers matters concerning system-wide policies and
makes recommendations thereon; and assumes such responsibilities and
performs such functions as may he delegated to it by the Chancellor or

the Trustees of the California State Colleges. All recommendations of
the Academic Senate of the California State Colleges are addressed to
or through the Chancellor. The Constitution of the Senate was ratified
by the faculties of the California State Colleges on February 1, 1963,
and approved by the Board of Trustees of the California State Colleges on March 8, 1963. See Appendix A for the Constitution of the

Academic Senate of the California State Colleges.

Relationships and Lines of Communication
Communication with the Trustees. The Trustees are the governing
board of the California State Colleges. The Chancellor is directly responsible to the Trustees for the Administration of the colleges.
1. The Chancellor communicates directly with the Trustees.
2. Communication lw others with the Trustees may be obtained
through the channel of the President's Office upon approval of the
Chancellor.

Communication between Chancellor and Presidents. Each President
is directly responsible to the Chancellor for the administration of the
college.
1.

Communication between the Chancellor and each President, indi-

vidually, is direct in both directions.
a. The Chancellor communicates with each President concerning
policies which govern the operation of the college program and mat-

ters which are applicable to all the colleges. The Chancellor will

normally observe the established direct channel to a college, but may
deviate when the occasion demands it or when other procedures have
been established in accordance with approved policy.
I). Each President communicates with the Chancellor concerning

(a) the operation of the college, including the progress and review
of established programs and the development of new programs; (b)
problems which require resolution above the college level; and (c)
educational developments and ideas which are pertinent to the responsibilities.of the Chancellor or the Trustees. The Chancellor does
not perceive his office as the chief operational center of each campus
8

or as an appellate office for campus matters, except where such is
provided for in approved policy and procedures.
2. Communication between the Chancellor and the Presidents, collectively, is through the Chancellor's Council of State College Presidents.

a. The Chancellor transmits Trustees' policy definitions to the
Presidents through the Council. He directs the functioning of the

colleges through general and specific instructions to the Council. He
informs the Presidents, through the Council, of the educational progress and problems of the colleges and solicits their advice. He reviews,
with the Council. the proposals and plans for meetings of state college
personnel.

b. The Presidents, through the Council, advise the Chancellor. The
Council presents to the Chancellor matters which require attention
at the policy or highest administrative level and advises or makes
recommendations to the Chancellor. The Council reviews the recommendations of staff and organized system-wide administrative and
faculty groups. The Council advises the Chancellor regarding the
resolution of system-w idc problems. The Agenda Committee, with
the approval of the Chancellor, assembles subjects and materials for
presentation to the Council.
Comminiication berz:Tei, (:hanee//or's Stall' and cad.) President's Staff.
The Chancellor designates to the Presidents the assignment and responsi-

bilities given to each of the members of his administrative staff. Each
President designates to the Chancellor the assignment and responsibilities
given to each of the members of his administrative staff.
1. The Chancellor identifies appropriate channels and informs the
Presidents of approved communication. Once communication has been
approved and begun. the Chancellor and the Presidents involved are
kept informed of progress.
2. The findings and recommendations of such cooperation are subject to appropriate administrative authorization at the Chancellor's and
Presidents' level before implementation.
(.7.,,mcc//or .ritd Oilier College Personnel and
Communiatiwi
Groups and College-4117ml ed Groups.

I. The Chancellor normall communicates with other college personnel or organized groups through the President or with a copy of the
communication to the President.
2. Other college personnel normally communicate with the Chancellor through the line of the college organization, specifically including
the President.
3. Organized inter-college gm imps ourside college jurisdiction may
communicate direcrk st ith the Chancellor. In his communication with
such groups the Chancellor ina inform the appropriate President, or
the Council. of the nature of the communications.
4. Organized college affiliated !Troops, such as student associations,
alumni organiiations. citizen conunitices, etc.. may communicate direedy with the ('Ilancellor and the Presidents. The Chancellor and each

President inform each other of the nature of such communications,
(C'CSCP, Rill /0, /962)
9

The College Seal
The College Seal has as its motif the outline of
the State Of California, with a sunburst indicating

the location of the College Nithin the City of
Los Angeles. l'he open book symbolizes the educational purpose of the College, %%ith the numer-

als indicating the date of founding. The original
design for the Seal, created by John R. Sichon,
was accepted by the Associated Students as their

official emblem in November 1949, and was
adopted officially by the President of the College
and his Executive Council in April 1953.

11
10

The College Mace
The Alace is a ceremonial piece symbolizing
the authority under which the College is chartered. It is identified with the Office of the President and is carried in academic processions for
commencements. convocations and other official

gatheriws at the College. The honor of serving
is mace hearer is accorded to the chairman of the
.cadeinic Senate.
I li!..toricall. maces date back to the thirteenth
century. %t hen they 'began to be carried as cere-

monial symbols of royal authority at events attended by Fnglish kings.

The College Mace. first used at the annual

commencement cercises ir. June 1960. was designed and mcuted by Professor Hudson Royslier, a member of the Art faculty. The head of

the Alace bears the seal of the College, The
eniwning orimment on the head depicts three
buds of the bird of paradise. official flower of the
Ow of I ,os AnQeles. The buds represent the arts,
letters and sciences. The design at the foot of the

Mace is derived from the poppy, floral emblem
of the State of California. The decorative bands
encircling the Mace symbolize the mountainous
terrain of Southern California.

12
11

2
Objectives and Organization
of the College
The California State College, Los Angeles was established by the
Legislature on July 2,1947, as the "Los Angeles State College." In 1949
the Los Angeles State College was reconstituted by the Legislature as
the "Los Angeles State College of Applied Arts and Sciences." In 1964
the Board of Trustees of the California State Colleges changed the name
of the college to the "California State College at Los Angeles," and in
1968 to "California State College, Los Angeles."
From 1947 to 1955 the college shared the campus of Los Angeles City
College. In 1956 the college moved to its present campus of one hundred

and seventeen acres on the northeastern section of the City of Los
Angeles, sonic five miles from the Civic Center. The college is housed
in buildings of contemporary design. The entire plant represents a
capital outlay of approximately fifty-five million dollars.
A faculty of eight hundred full-time and three hundred part-time
instructors serves a student body of twenty thousand men and women.
Fifty bachelor's degrees and thirty-six master's degrees are offered in
a wide variety i f fields.

According to master planning studies, the enrollment of the California State College, Los Angeles will be over thirty thousand students in the early 1970's. A master plan calls for expanding the campus
to 175 acres and adding ten major structures. Most striking of the innovations in campus design will be the introduction of high-rise buildings

and the placing of inulti-level parking under a number of these new
structures.

Although a relatively young institution, the college has evinced its
academic maturity through its honors programs, its fine arts festivals,
its special programs in American Studies. Asian and African Studies,
and Latin American Studies, and its community-involved projects concerned with the education of the culturally deprived.
Presidents of the California State College, Los Angeles have been
Victor Peterson (1947-49), Howard McDonald (1949-62), Albert
Graves (1962-63), Franklyn Johnson (1963-65), and John A. Green).
lee (1965

Objectives of the College
The California State College, Los Angeles derives its educational
objectives from the statement of the Donahoe Higher Education Act
of 1960 defining the primary function of the state colleges as ". . . the
provision of instruction for undergraduate and graduate students
through the master's degree, in the liberal arts and sciences, in applied
fields and in the professions, including the teaching profession." As
third largest of the California State Colleges, and fourth largest collegiate institution in California, it has grown into a multi-purpose college
12

with programs in all the areas cited. As an example of the fulfillment of

its historic function of teacher preparation, Cal State L. A. furnishes
about 20 percent of the California-trained teachers employed in the Los

Angeles City School District, more than front any other of the forty
California colleges preparing teachers. Its location in the center of a
maior industrial and commercial region has led to the development of
strong occupational and professional programs in business, economics,
engineering, mathematics and the sciences. Recent. trends in student
registrations show strong emphasis on the liberal arts, the sciences, and
the tine arts, \\ hich have been encouraged by the actual and potential
development of graduate programs that increasingl attract faculty of
high caliber.
Something of the unusual nature of the college is seen in the facts

that it has a significantly larger percentage (about 21 percent) of its
full-time enrollment in graduate programs than any other of the five
largest state colleges, and has a SignifiClInk lower portion (about 31
percent) of its full-time enrollment in the lower division than any of
these other large schools. Further, about one-fourth of the full-time
equivalent enrollment is found in the large and varied evening program
offered by CSCI.A (From "Academic ilaster Plan for California State
College at Los Angeles." approved by the Board of Trustees, September
2, 1965.)

Academic Organization of the College
For the administration of its instructional programs, the college is
organi/ed into 45 academic departments residing in five schools. The
schools and their departments are as follows:
School of IllffilleSY artd EC011071/iCS: Departments of Accounting and
Businc s Information Systems. Business Education, Economics and Statistics, Finance and Law, ALITIagelllent, and larketing and Transportation.

School of Education: Departments of Educational Foundations, Elementary Education. Guidance and Pupil Personnel Services, School Ad-

ministration and Supervision. Secondar Education, and Special Education.

School of blgiwcriug: Departments of Civil Engineering, Electrical
Engineering, ALchanical Engineering, and Interdisciplinary Engineerin

861'°°1 of

ich:

/1PPliCd

Its:

DCri rt MC" t'S of Art. Child De-

velopment. Health and Safety, Home Economics, Industrial Studies.
Music, Nursing. Physical Education and Athletics, Police Science and
Administration. and Recreation.

School of Letters and Sciencc: .n..cparnucnts of Anthropology, Mit-.
any, Chemistry, English, Foreim Lammages. Geography, Geology,
Journalism and Broadcastim:, Aiatheinatics, Alexican-American
Studies. Microbiolooy and Public Ilealth, Philosophy, Physics, Political
Science, Psychology, Sociology. Speech and Drama, and Zoology. Interdepartmental programs include: American Studies, Asian-African
Studies. Biolog% Fatin-.Nmerican Studies, Social'Sciencc, Urban Studies.
(.'enter /or :titan ,/)kite: Reports to the Dean of Instructional Administration,

Department of Pan-African Studies: Presently reports to the Dean

of Academic Planning.

3
Governance of the College
The President
The chief governing officer of the college is the President. He is
appointed by and is responsible to the Board of Trustees of the California State Colleges. He communicates with the Trustees, however,
through the Chancellor. He provides the leadership for the development of internal policies for the governance of the college.

The Faculty and Students
Faculty members and students have a major role in the governance
of the college through the Academic Senate, which is the official repre-

sentative body of the faculty. The Senate recommends policy to the
he informs the
President. If the President rejects a Senate proposal.
Senate,
of
the compelling
Senate. in writing to the Chairman of the
reasons for his rejection of the Senate recommendation. All full-time
members of the faculty are eligible for election to the Senate, whose.
membership also includes five student voting members. (See The Constitution of the Faculty of the California State College. Los Angeles,
Appendix 13.)
Faculty members and students participate in the governance of the
college by their service both as members of the Senate, and as members
of the all-college standing committees and various subcommittees which
are agencies of the Senate in the determination of internal policies.
This section of the Faculty Ilandlmok describes the committee structure of the Academic Senate and lists the major policies and procedures
of its various committees and subcommittees.

Standing Committees of the
Academic Senate
Comthittee Structure of I-1w Academic Senate
(Senate: 2,6 64, 5 25:65, 10:13 66. 5 25..67; President: 3 2164, 6/14'65,
12, 1'66, 6 '12

Philosophy. The concept underlying the committee organization of
the Academic Senate can be found in the following principles:
I. All-college standing, committees arc agents of the Academic Senate.
2. All-college standing committees are policy making and advisory.

They will have administrative support and personnel to insure that
14

ministerial functions growing out of policies are properly administered.
3. The basic standing committees will he supplemented by such
ad boc subcommittees as the parent committees find necessary.
4. School Committees 1611 he given a high degree of local autonomy
and responsibility.
The term of office for committee members will he three years, with
the exception of the Committee on Academic Freedom and Professional

Ethics which will he for live. The Vice Chairman of the Executive

Committee is to he assigned to the COMillittee on Committees.
Channels of Counnunieation and Responsibility. The operational
procedures established by the Senate for all-college standing committees
are as follows:
I. All-college committees will submit recommendations for the initi-

ation of new college policy or changes in present policy to the Academic Senate and at the same time provide the President of the College
with a copy of these recommendations.
2. The President of the college will withibtld action on such committee recommendations until the Academic Senate has reacted to these
recommendations and presented in writing a specificecommendation
Committee, to acto the President to accept the recommendations of a C
cept them with modifications, or to reject them. Copies of the minutes

will not suffice to inform the President of Academic Senate recommendations.

3. In all their actions, the Academic Senate, the college committees,
the administration, and faculty Organizations shall act within the limits
of state law; the rules of the governing board; ordinary concepts of
academic freedom; and the statement "Academic Freedom, Professional
Ethics, and Faculty Freed int- adopted by the Faculty Council on April
20, 1961. and approved thereafter by the President and any subsequent
revisions or amendments which might he added thereto.

The Committee on Committees
(Senate: 10/11167; President: 10/30/67)

Function. -Hie Committee on Committees is a standing. committee of
the Academic Senate. It appoints members to all standing committees
of the Academic Senate as provided for in the constitution, and to such
other committees as the Academic Senate may stipulate. It makes rec-

ommendations on the committee structure m the college if requested
by the Executive Committee I r the Senate.
Composition Jut! Selection. The Committee on Committ(es is composed of six elected members and the Vice Chairman of the Academic
Senate. The six members arc elected ht the Academic Senate from the
factiltv of C.SCI.A. No more than three members of the entire
committee s!iall he front the same school and each of the six elected
mernbers shall he front a different department of the college. Election
is for stavvered tu(1-1*C11' terms and reelection is possible. Norninarirms

for the Committee on Committees may he made to the Senate on the
petition of fifty facult members. The committee elects its own chairman each ear.
Rules of Procedure. Hie Committee on Committees makes its own
rules of procedure, subject to review ht the Academic Senate. The
15

committee mac consult with whomever it feels necessary in order to
discharge best its function of tilling vacancies in other committees.
Elleeth:c /M. NeY\ incmbers of the Committee On Committees shall
be chosen at a meeting of the Academic Senate in October and become
effective in October.

Tl'he Instructional Affairs Committee
(Senate. 4'15;69; President: 4121/691
(..1.1argc.

The Instructional Affairs Committee will recommend in-

structional policies, establish processes for continuous evaluation and
rey 'toy of instructional programs. and advise the instructional deans
concerning the interpretation and execution of established policy.
Instructional at1airs will include, but nor he limited to. admissions,
probation, and disqualification of students; the development, modification and rcy iew of curriculum, sumnicr sessions, extension, television
and automated hist-rut:6cm. teacher eduelititm. graduate study, calendar,
and \k ()FLY Ltd it \\ ill also include a continuing Study of the improvement of ins, action and the programs for superior students, the formulation of policy for the library as the library relates to the instructional
priigrams of the college. and recommendation and interpretation of
policies regarding petitions pertaining to instructional problems arising
from the ;ipplic :ition of college rules and the regulations of the Edu.

cation (.0t/C.
.11C/.//bi;&//).

I he Instructional .1tfairs Committee will be composed
of the folloyying!
I. One or !note members for each school/division on the basis of one
member for each lot) full-time faculty members or major portion
thereof. Members from the schools shall be elected by the schools by a
method approy rd ba maiorit a ote of the faculty of the school. Faculty
members in 1.iltrary. Ndministration. and Counseling shall he considered
a din ision for this purpose.
2. I'\1n ntctnher, appointed by the (;limmittee on Committees.
One member appointed It the President.
E. One representatiy e of the Fxecutive Committee of the Senate,
Three students with ion membership to he selected by the Board
of 1)irectors of the .Associated Students. Such students shall:
3. he ,,ltident.-, in gond
It.

he enrolled in at least si \ units during their service on the cornII1C rin' of .1ppninfIllent. have hCell in residence at Cal State
.A. for at least t'an (11.1.111CI'S;

(I. he hal.inced

as to class level, ind
)
of different schools.

e. be Ft:pit:m:111am e t iclralla

Subenimnittccs of the Instructional Affairs Committee include rile .Sr/hr orrwrirtcc or/ zitimi.vsiorrs arid /'e't/lion, the Subcom-

mutt:, (10 ihi1 :01,uiou. the .Subcommittec ou Computer Policy, the
.Sitifcmirwitice off Of d./ti,fte Stmlicv. the Subcommittee ou Te'le'vision
ifncy.
c
Teachy Ellicatimi, the Subcommittee on
Vo/tcl. the .Sulfrommulee
Coorscs, and the LOP
16

17.

The Faculty Affairs Committee
(Senate 4/15/69; President: 4/21/69)

Charge. The Faculty Affairs Committee will develop and recotnmend faculty personnel policies, in general to include but not limited
to promotion, tenure, retirement, leaves of absence, sabbatical leaves,

research. ;Jams, awards. publications. selection and retention of instructional staff and administrative officers, and such other faculty personnel
matters as may be referred to the committee by the President or Aca-

demic Senate. Vhen called upon to do so by any faculty member or
administrative officer of the College, the Faculty Affairs Committee,
by suitable means, will give advice and/or conduct such inquiries as it
deems useful, to the end that the person requesting this assistance may
determine whether or nut to lay a case involving an alleged breach of
professional ethics before the Committee on Academic Freedom and
Professional Ethics.
Membership. The Faculty Affairs Committee shall be composed of
the following:
I. One or more members for each school/division on the basis of one

faculty members or major portion
for each 100
thereof. Members from the schools shall he elected by the schools by a
method approved by majority vote of the faculty of the school. Faculty
members in I Arary. Administration, and Counseling shall be considered
a division fur this purpose.
2. Too members appointed b the Committee on Committees.
3. One member appointed by the-President.
4. One representative of the Executive Committee of the Senate.
5. Three students \\ ith full membership* to be selected by the Board
of Directors of the Associated Students. Such students shall:
a. he students in good standing;
h. be enrolled in at least six units during their service on the com111C1111)Cr

mittees;

c. at the time of appointment, ha \ c been in residence at CSCLA
ti,

for at least to ton quarters;
to class leech; and
he balanced (ideally) )

c. he representati \ e ( idcalk ) of different schools.

Alemliers \\ ill serve for three yeaN. ternis to he staggered at outset
by lot, .1 hc committee \\ ill elect its own officers.
Subcommittee,,. Subcommittees of the Faculty Affairs Committee
include the Subrommittce on Art 4(qt/h./firms, the Subcommittee oll
Faculty .17.nuiv, the Subcommittee oil Faculty Research, the Subco/in/fir/CC iii iiilclan;eiLii A ndiry, the Subcommittee on Leaves, the
Subcommittee 0// Peacc (.0rps l'o/ic.v. the Subcommittee on Human
Rights .1ni,mce, the Subcommittee on Faculty Retreat, and the Subcommittce nit C', -Nll

Th Studcnt Affairs Committee
(Senate 4.15 69. President 4/21169)

The Student Affairs Committee \\ ill study and recommend
policies concerned (I ith the co-currictil:tr program, Counseling and
(.71.7o4c.

i.seept dui (HI ,,not,,,a, .11.311

.-.11

In indkidu,)) yrie,.;mces ;mil appeals.
17

Testing, Health, Placement, Financial Aids, and other functions for
which the Dean of Students is responsible, in general to include but not
limited to student discipline, veterans and foreign t..ddents, placement,
student health, counseling and testing, financial aids and scholarships,
student activities, and housing; and to advise the Dean concerning the
interpretation and execution of these policies. It will also recommend
and interpret policies regarding petitions pertaining to problems arising

from the application of regulations governing functions for which the
Dean of Students is responsible..

Membership. The Student Affairs Committee will be composed of
the following:
I. One or more members for each school/division on the basis of one

member for each 100 full-time faculty members or major portion
thereof. Members from the schools shall be elected by the schools by a
method approved by majority vote of the faculty of the school. Faculty
members in Library. Administration and Counseling shall be considered

a division for this purpose.
2. Two members appointed by the Committee on Committees.
3. One member appointed by the President.

4. One representative of the Executive Committee of the Senate.
5. Three students with full membership to he selected by the Board
of Directors of the Associated Students. Such students shall:
a. be students in good standing;
b. be enrollel in at least six units during their service on the committees;

c. at the time of appointment, have been in residence at CSCLA for
for at least two quarters;
d. be balanced (ideally) as to class level; and
e. be representative (ideally) of different schools.
Subconnnittees. Subcommittees of the Student Affairs Committee include the Subcommittee on Commencement Arrangements, the Subcom-

mittee on Financial Aids and Scholarships. the Subcommittee on Placement, the Subcommittee on Student Discipline, the Subcommittee on
Student Housing. the Subcommittee on Visiting Speakers, and the Steering Connnittee.

The Fiscal Affairs Committee
(Senate: 4/15/69; President. 4/21/69)

Charge. The Fiscal Affairs Committee will review fiscal problems

and programs of the college, consider policy recommendations related
to fiscal affairs from other all-college committees, and advise the President and his delegated representatives concerning the fiscal and physical
development and operation of the college. Fiscal affairs will include, but
not be limited to, budgets, fees, campus planning and development,
operation of physical facilities of the college, parking, and such other
problems and programs as may be referred to the committee by the
President of the College or by the Academic Senate.
Membership. The Fiscal Affairs Committee will be composed of the
following:
I. One or more members for each school/division on the basis of one
member for each 100 full-time faculty members or major portion
13

thereof. Members from the schools shall he elected by the schools by a
method approved by majority vote of the faculty of the school. Faculty
members in Library, Administration, and Counseling shall be considered
a division for this purpose.
2. TWO members appointed by the Committee on Committees.
3. One member appointed by the President.
4. One representative of the Executive Committee of the Senate.
5. Three students with full membership to be selected by the Board
of Directors of the Associated Students. Such students shall:
a. he students in good standing;

h. be enrolled in at least six units during their service on the committees;

c. at the time of appointment, have been in residence at CSCLA for
at least two quarters;
d. be balanced (ideally') as to class level; and
c. be representative (ideally) of different schools.
Members will serve fer three years, terms to be staggered at outset by

lot. The committee will elect its own officers.
Subcommittees. Subcommittees of the Fiscal Affairs Committee include the ,Subcmmnittee on Budget, the Subcommittee on Campus
Planning and Beautification, the Subcommittee on Operational Policies,
and the Subcommittee on Instruction.

The Committee On Academic Freedom
and Professional Ethics
Clurge. The Committee on Academic Freedom and Professional
Ethics will remain as a separate committee and continue to function
under its existing charge. The purpose of this committee is to formulate
policy on academic freedom and professional ethics; to receive and
evaluate evidence of alleged violation of policy in the areas of academic
freedom and professional ethics.

Responsibility for In rest igation of Complaints
(Senate: 10 27 66; President: 1123 67)

I. The Committee on Academic Freedom and Professional Ethics will
develop and recommend procedures for the investigation of complaints

from any source that allege violations of academic freedom or professional ethics, The Committee will also undertake to review and,
where desirable, recommend to the Academic Senate changes in those
sections of the Faculty Handbook that relate to the topics of academic
freedom and professional ethics. This review shall specifically include
page,. -79-6 i of this issue of the Faculty I/am/book.
2. The Faculty Affairs Committee gill develop and recommend
grievance procedures for the investigation of complaints :irking from
denial of tenure, failure to obtain re-employment prior to tenure, failure
to be promoted. uhf reprimand Or dismissal, whether pre-tenure or
also undertAe the review and, where
post-renure. The committee
desirable, recommend to the \ codemic Senate changes in those sections
of the Faculty Handbook that relate ro the topics of faculty rights and
19

faculty personnel administration: promotion, tenure, and dismissal. This
review shall specifically include pages 51-58 and page 61 of this issue of
the Faculty Handbook.

Committee on Honors Convocation and
Commencement
(Senate: 4/21/70; President: 5/21/70)

The task of development of the programs and the recommendation
of principal speakers for the Honors Convocation and Commencement
is assigned to a standing committee of the Senate composed of two faculty members appointed by the Committee on Committees, and the Secretary of the College who shall serve ex officio as Executive Secretary
with a yore. The term of office of the faculty members and the students
shall be staggered two -year terms.

Committee Policies and Procedures
Committee Vacancies
(Senate: 6/1/67; President: 8/25/67)

A member of a standing committee of the Academic Senate who will
be on leave or vacation for one or more quarters shall notify the chairman of his committee and the chairman of the Committee on Committees at the beginning of the preceding quarter. A replacement from the
same school as the absent member will be appointed as soon as possible
by the Committee on Committees. If the faculty member is to be absent
for more than two consecutive quarters, the normal school nominating
procedures shall be utilized. Following his appointment, the replacement
will receive agenda and accompanying documents, so he may be best
prepared to fit into the committee deliberations when his tenure begins.
In the absence of a member of the Committee on Committees for a
quarter, the Executive Committee of the Academic Senate shall appoint
a temporary replacement. If a member is to be absent for more than one
quarter, the Senate shall elect a temporary replacement.
The chairman of a standing committee should announce to his committee as early as possible what quarter he will he on leave or vacation,
so that the committee can provide for appropriate continuity in committee leadership (e.g., acting chairman, vice chairman, temporary chairman, etc.).

Committee Service
(Senate: 12/517; President: 12/7/67)

If a member of a standing committee of the Academic Senate fails to
meet his committee responsibilities, the committee may by a two-thirds
vote recommend to the Committee on Committees that the member he
replaced. The Committee on Committees shall have the authority to act
on such a recommendation.

21
20

Assigned Time for Academic Governance
(Senate: 5121/68; President: 7/17/68)

The members of the Executive Committee shall each be assigned to

one of the four major committees of the Academic SenateFaculty
Affairs, Fiscal Affairs, Instructional Affairs, and Student Affairs Com-

mittees. All members of the Executive Committee not presently receiving assigned time shall be granted assigned time, three or four quarter
units depending upon what is consistent with each individual assignment. NVhen circumstances dictate, the Executive Committee shall request the Vice President for .Academic Affairs to grant assigned time

to the Chairman of the Academic Freedom and Professional Ethics
Committee.

Assigned time will not be granted to faculty members serving in

full-time administrative positions. The Senate may request additional
time on an ad hoc basis for specific functions.

Proxies
(Senate: 2/24/66; President: 3/9/66)

The use of proxies on all-college committees is prohibited.

Student Representation on Committees
(Senate: 10/20/66; President: 11/4/66)

It is desirable that student representation be consulted by all committees, whenever practicable, on all issues vitally affecting them, and that
student participation in committees at the school and department levels
be encouraged whenever faculty are hospitable to the idea.

Student Participation in Academic Governance
(Senate: 4/23.'68; President: 4126/68)

The Academic Senate CSCIA incites the Board of Directors of the
Associated Students CSCI.A to send one to three representative observ-

ers to meetings of any committee or subcommittee of the Academic
Senate, except those dealing with personnel matters. The function of
such representative observers will he to inform the student go ernment
of the activities of the committees and to express student views on issues
under discussion. These representative observers are not members of the
committee and therefore may not ote, or make motions. and on occa-

sion may be excluded from committee deliberation if the committee
needs to nicer in executive session.

Procedures for Placing Faculty Members on Student
Committees, Student Members on
Faculty Committees
(Senate: 10'8168; President: 11/18/68)

Faculty .11cwher,, on Student Committees.

If the Board of Directors

of the Associated Students requests that faculty members serve as repre21

sentatives of the faculty on any committees of the Associated Students,
the procedures shall he as follows:

1. The Board of Directors will indicate any specific criteria for
faculty members who serve on a given Associated Students committee.

2. The request will be submitted to the Academic Senate for its

approval.
3.

If the Senate approves, the Committee on Committees will be

asked to designate the faculty member or members to serve.

Any faculty member who is invited 1w the students to serve on a
student committee has the right to do so; but such individual membership shall not constitute faculty representation.
Student Members on Faculty Committees. If the Academic Senate
requests that student members serve as representatives of the student
body on any of its committees, the procedures shall be as follows:
I. The Senate will indicate any specific criteria for students who
serve on a given committee.

2. The request will be sent to the Board of Directors for its ap-

proval.

3. If the Board of Directors approves the student membership on
the faculty committee, it will designate the student to serve.
Senate committees that desire student representation on ad hoc subcommittees do not need Senate approval. The chairman of the committee
may request such representation directly from the Board of Directors.
Any student who is invited by the faculty to serve on a faculty committee has the right to do so; but such individual membership shall not
constitute student body representation.

Relation of Administrative Committees to the Senate
(Senate: 4/14/66; President: 4/14/66)

1. The President shall inform the Executive Committee of the Aca-

demic Senate whenever an administrative committee has been appointed.
2. Within three months of the time that the committee is appointed,

there shall be consultation between the President and the Executive
Committee concerning the future of the committee.
relevant to
3. If it is established that the work of this committee is
the instructional program, then arrangements shall be made immediately to bring this committee under the Academic Senate committee
structure.

Relation of Membership on All-College Committees
to Holding of Administrative Positions
(Senate: 4 14 66; President: 414/66)

A faculty member who is appointed by the Committee on Committees to a committee of the Academic Senate and whosubsequent to
this appointmentaccepts an administrative position within the schools
at the level of department head or higher (or any position in central
college administration), shall submit his resignation to the Committee
on Committees. The Committee on Committees may accept or decline
the resignation, as it sees fit. (This policy does not apply to Presidential
appointees to committees.)
22

Policy for Committees Which Make Awards
to Individual Faculty Members
(Senate: 1/6 66; President: 1/7'66)

1. Policy determination and the function of inakirg awards shall be
separated.

2. Committees which make awards shall be constituted on an ad hoc
basis for a maximum period of one year.
3. Members who serve on such ad hoc committees shall he ineligible
to receive awards granted by the committee during the period in which
they serve.

4. The criteria to be followed by the ad hoc committees in granting
awards shall he set by the appropriate policy committee. The Committee on Committees shall select members of the ad hoc committees after
first soliciting nominees from all departments.

Subcommittee Policies and Procedures
Formation of Subcommittees
(Senate: 10,6 66: President: 10 '14:66)

In the formation of subcommittees, an JO hoc committee shall he used
whenever it is not clear that a standing committee would be preferable
because of the enduring nature of the task; the effort shall be made to
';eep subcommittees small; college committees shall he urged to utilize

the services of the Committee on Committees in the formation of subcommittees; the possibilities of joint subcommittees shall be considered
as here issues it\ (Hap functions of two or m

college-wide committees.

Subcommittees of Standing Committees
(Senate: 5

67, 3 26.68; President: 5/15/67, 4/2/68)

I, Subcommittees of standinL, committees of the Academic Senate
shall he appointed or elected by the parent committee (with consultation with the Committee on Committees if desired), and they should
report to the parent committee.
2. Fitch standing committee of the Senate shall he responsible for determining procedures for the implementation of Senate policy for all of
its subcommittees.

Subcommittee Oil Grants and Research Leaves
!Senate: 5

67, 3 26 68: President! 5 15 67, 4 2 68)

The awarding of .111 gr.int,, and research leaves shall be made by the
Subcommittee on Factilt\ ( ;rants and Re,..earch.
1. All members 111 the Subcommittee on Faculty Grants and Research

shall agree to refrain frr,in apply ing 1.1)r grants or awards made by the
Committee during their mentbersrlip.
2. Membership on the Subcommittee on Faculty Grants and Research
shall he for staggered one-year terms. If a member resigns during the

tenure of his one-year term, his ineligibility for grants shall continue
for the full year.
23.

Subcommittee on Peace Corps Policy
(Senate: 3/10/66; President: 3/22/661

Pursuant to "Pol. Aes Relating to the Administration of Government
Grants, Section 1: Continuing Programs," a Peace Corps Policy Committee is hereby established as a subcommittee of the Faculty Affairs
Committee to the Academic Senate.
Charge. The Peace Corps Policy Committee shall recommend general policy concerning Peace Corps activities; advise on the feasibility
of acceptance of each project from the standpoint of availability of staff,
competence of staff, instructional facilities, housing of trainees, etc.,
after consulting with appropriate schools, institutes, departments, and
other relevant bodies; recommend a director for each project; estab-

lish guidelines for the director in conformity with contractual obligations and college policy; review budgets in compliance with established policy; and advise and. inform the Faculty Affairs Committee and
the administration of the college on Peace Corps activities.
Membership. The Peace Corps Policy Committee will be composed
of the following:
1. The Vice President for Academic Affairs or his designee.
2. Six members elected by the Faculty Affairs Committee to serve
two-year terms.
3. The ,Manager of the Los Angeles State College Foundation as an
ex-officio non-voting member.
This committee will elect it, own officers.

Subcommittee on Urban Affairs j
(Senate: 8/8/67; President: 8/14/671

Pursuant to "Policies Relating to the Administration of Government
Grants, Section I: Continuing Programs" an Urban Affairs Committee
is hereby established to deal with urban-related programs. It shall be a
subcommittee of the Faculty Affairs Committee.
Charge. The Urban Affairs Committee shall:
1. Recommend general policy concerning urban-related research,
training, or community service projects or programs in which the college or any of its components participate.
2. Participate in the selection of the Director of Urban Affairs, with
the right to nominate candidates and to approve any nomination.
3. Establish guidelines for operation of the Center for Urban Affairs.
4. Consider and approve the following aspects of specific urban projects or programs involving outside funding, except as noted in Section
3 of the document. "Center for Urban Affairs, p. 38.
a. College participation in the project or program.
b. The general plan of the project or program.
c. The selection of the project or program director. (The Urban
Affairs Committee has the right to nominate persons for such appointments, although nominations may also come from other sources.)
See page 82 for "Cecelia for Peace Corps Volunteer, Traininm on Campus."

See Page 38 for "(Aoe( lor Urban

,Ilem!,e,ship. The Urban Affairs Committee will be imposed of
the following:
I. At least one representative from each school, but not more than

the numbers allocated to the major standing conunittces.
2. Not more than two students.

3. The two Vice Presidents and the Dean of Students or their

designees.

Subcommittee on International Affairs *
(Senate: 5/7/69; President: 5/23/69)

CLuge. The International Affairs Committee shall review and rec-

ommend policy on matters of an international nature which include,
but are not limited to, the International Faculty F.-chanize Program.
It shall be a subcommittee of the Faculty Affairs Committee.
.11emNrship. The composition of the International Affairs Committee shall he determined by the Faculty Affairs Committee. ewer
that the Vice President for Academic Affairs shall designate a member
of his staff to serve as Fxecutive Secretary of the Committee.

Subcommittee on Visiting Speakers
(Senate: 10:15,68; President: 11 18 68)

To interpret and 'mplemenr the Visiting Speakers Policy.
the collcgc collillilltee Wildfire. The Committee on
Visiting Speakers \\ dl be a subcommittee of the college Student Alfons
C/.1b.g,(...

Committee.
.11enthership.
members:

The Committee shall he composed of five voting

I. 'kin faculty members selected by thc Student Atiairs Committee
for stagt4ered terms of t\\o ears each.
2. The President of the Associated Students or his designee.
One student selected by the Associated Students Board of Directors
for a one -s car term.
4. The OeLlu of Students or his designee.
The Chairman of the Committee shall be elected by its members.
4,, I,"
1

1! 1,.1

.t,iiks
'5 1.111M: '11( 11,1,

5c1t.!tIgt.

26
25

1
1

Education
Business and Economics
Engineering

Urban Affairs

Retreat

Peace Corps Policy
Human Rights Assurance

Leaves

International Affairs

Faculty Research

Art Purchase Awards
Faculty Awards

Subcommittees

Committe on Committee
Appointments
Students

Representative

Administration, 'Counseling,
and Library
Presidential Appointment
Executive Committee

Fine and Applied Arts

Committee on
Fiscal Affairs
4

2
3

itt se on

EOP Advisory

Student Discip.ine
Student Housing
Visiting Speakers

Cos-imencement Arrangements
Financial Aids and Scholarships
Placement
Steering Committee

5Af:ommittees

Executive Committee
Representative
Committee on Committee
Appointments
Students

Presidential Appointment....1

Administration, Counseling,
and Library

1
1

Education
Business and Economics
Engineering

Fine and Applied Arts

Committee Membership
Letters and Science

Outstanding Professor
Awards Committee

Graduate Studies
Television Policy
Teacher Education
Library Policy
Challenged Courses

Articulation

Subcommittees
Admissions and Petitions

Students

Committee on Committee
Appointments

Representative

Administration, Counseling,
1
and Library
Presidential Appointment..1
Executive Committee

1
Education
Business and Economics....1
1
Engineering

Fine and Applied Arts. ..2

Committee Membership
Letters and Science

Committee on
Student Affairs

Executive Committee

Instructional Affairs

Committee on Academic Freedom
and Professional Ethics

Instructional

Operational Policies

Subcommittees
Budget
Campus Planning
and Beautification

Executive Committee
Representative
Committee on Committee
Appointments
Students

Administration, Counseling,
1
and Library
Presidential Appointment-1

1
Education
Business and Economics... .1
1
Engineering

Fine and Applied Arts.. .2

Committee Membership
Letters and Science

Committee
on Committees

2
3

Letters and Science

Committee Membership

Committee on
Faculty Affairs

ACADEMIC SENATE

COMMITTEE STRUCTURE OF THE ACADEMIC SENATE

4
Administration of the College
The President
In addition to being the chief governing officer concerned with the
development of intern tl policies, the President is also the chief administrative officer. As su:h, he is concerned with the implementation and
execution of both the internal policies of the college and those established by the Board of Trustees and the Chancellor. To assist him in this
phase of his responsibilities he has the administrators of the college, as
well as the following groups with which he may confer.

The Cabinet
The President's Cabinet consists of the Vice. President for Academic
Affairs, the Vice President for Business Affairs, the Dean of Students,
the Chairman of the Academic Senate. the President of the Associated
Students. the Chairman of the Staff Council. and other administrative
personnel selected by the President. The Cabinet meets with the President usually (MCC 3 week.

The Facalta-Adminisiratire Committee
(Senate: 4 2. 64; President: 41:64)

Air:ern-112 on call by the President, the Faculty-Administrative Com-

mince includes the I. \cc:wive Committee of the Academic Senate,
school deans and division chairmen. the President. and four members of
the central administration mimed by the President.
The function of the Faculte-Administrative Committee is to examine

problems in the coordination and implementation of college policies.
Issues IlW(dVed in long-range and of cr111 plans. reorganization, and
appointment pokies are CX;1111piC,,. The 0)111111k:tee is designed to encourage group give-and-take discussions in advising the President', but
not to settle details. make decisions, or to record votes, The catumittee
meets on call of the President, or on request of one-third of the members.

Thc College Advior', Board
(Education Code. Sections 23651-23657)

A Ia.+ group whose members are recommended by the President and

approved by the Board of Trustees comprises the College Advisory
Board. The board Ina% consist- of not Icss than seven nor more than
thirteen members. who reside in the ;'ca in which the college is located.
The term of office of each hoard member is four years. The board
consults and advises \\ ith the President with respect to the improve27

ment and development of the college. (For a detailed statement on the
role and guidelines concerning College Advisory Boards, see Trustees
Minutes, July 20, 1966.)

The Faculty and. Students
Just as faculty members and students have a voice in the governance
of the college by their involvement in the legislative tuncrions of the
Academic Senate, so, too, do they have a role in the administration of
the college. Through their service on various standing and ad hoc committees of the Senate, faculty members and students are engaged in such
administrative matters is the selection of administrators and the evaluation of the instructional performance of faculty.
This section of the Faculty Handbook describes the procedures for

the appointment of administrative personnel and lists the major administrative policies of the college. Policies closely allied to personnel matters

and instructional procedures will be found in Sections V and VI,
respectively.

Procedures for Appointment of
Administrative Personnel
Central Administrators and School Deans
(Senate: 1 2, 64, 1/6/66. 2/10/67, 12/2/69;
President: 1/2.64, 1,21/66, 2/22 67, 12'31/69)

1. Formal Consultation in Appointment of Administrators.
a. I'ormal consultation in 2[4)01111111CM of administrators shall be
accomplished through the use of ad hoc committees. The following
positions or new positions of comparable rank, as determined by
the Executive Committee, shall involve formal consultation:
Vice President for Academic Affairs
Vice President for Business Affairs
Deans of the Schools
Librarian
Dean of Students
Dean of Academic Planning

Dean of Instructional Administration
b. When AlllilliqratIVC vacancy requiring formal consultation is
announced by the President, an ad hoc advisory committee will be
appointed and elected. This committee will consist of five members,
a majority of whom will be teaching faculty, librarians, or research
members of the faculty, as follows:
(1) it entr,11 atimini,trati-ce position, e.g., Dean of
Academic I'Linning:

(a) Four lacult \ members ( not more than two from any
one school) to he elected by th .Acad(inic Senate from its own
membership or from the col:erje at large.
28

(b) One member appointed by the President from the college at large.

(2) School Dean:

(a) Three faculty members from the school in which the
vacancy exists, to be elected by the members of the school,
with not more than One from any one department, discipline,
or sub-area.

(b) One faculty member, not front the school concerned.
to be elected by the Academic Senate.

(3) College Librarian:
(a) Two librarians to be elected by the professional library
staff.

(b) Two faculty members (not more than one from any
one school) to be elected by the Academic Senate from its
own membership or college at large.

(4) Deal' of Students:
when the position of Dean of Students is vacant. a five-man
ad hoc advisory committee will be formed as follows:

(a) Two faculty members from different schools to be
elected by the Academic Senate from its own membership or
from the college at large.

(b) Two students in good standing to be elected by the
Hoard of Directors of the Associated Students.

Recommendations by the committee shall require the affirmative vote of four members of the committee.
c. Such advisory committees % ill elect their own chairman.

d. The above procedure will he followed in all cases, whether
the appointment is a permanent or acting impointment, except that
acting appointments for two quarters or less do not require the
establishment III a committee. In such cases, the President shall
utilize informal consultation in making the acting appointment.
c. The committee cc ill receive recommendations for the appointment to he tilled front members of the faculty and administration.
It will actively and expeditiously seek names of candidates, both on
campus and off, and cc ill sift them in order to help find the best
persons for the position. It %, ill be in constant consultation during
this process %% ith the President or his representative, As finances
permit. the committee will he expected to interview candidates on
the campus, to arrange interviews \\ ith other faculty members, and
to take the initiative in representing effectively the teaching faculty's interest in rite appointment.
1. It is also expected that, or the invitation of the President or the

committee, numerous other io:crested individuals or groups will
29

interview the candidates. depending upon time available and the
degree of closeness of their working relationships with the appointee. Their reports, written where feasible, will be submitted to
the committee and the President or his representative.

2. Informal Consultation in Appointment of Administrators
In informal consultation, the appoinnunt shall be made by the
President after he has consulted with the Executive Committee of
the Academic Senate. The follmving professional positions which
carry rank and class or which are equivalent to such positions and
which arc not covered by formal consultation will be covered by
this type of review:
All professional personnel reporting directly to the President
All administrators reporting directly to the Vice President for
Rosiness Affairs

All administrators reporting directly to the Vice President for
Academic Affairs, to the Dean of Academic Planning, to the
Lean of Instructional Administration, or the Dean of Students
Informal consultation is also recommended in the case of the

Foundation Manager even though this individual is not an administrator of this college.
3. The President shall report to the Academic Senate whether
appointees did or did not have the recommendation of the ad hoc
committee in the case of formal consultation, or that of the Executive Conunittec in the case of informal consultation.
4. The initial appointment and subsequent promotion in academic rank of administrators %dm have such rank shall be subject to
review by the department and school concerned.

Procedures for the Reriew of Administrators
.1. The President will review annually with the Executive Committee
of the A cadmic Senate the performance of all persons appointed under
these procedures,

2. The If.w.ctitive Committee may at any time bring to the attention
the performance of any adminof the President ;Inv question regardinginformal
procedures. 1 he Presiistrator appointed through formal or
raised
by
the
Executive Committee
dent shall investigate the question
the President, a
and shall respond to the inquiry. At the discretion of
Executive
Cu
mmittee.
the President,
meeting shall he held between the
he relevant
the administrator involved, and such other persons as may
Executive
Committee.
answering the question posed by the
the
I have been followed,
3, If after the procedures in paragraph
should
xectitik e Committee concludes that 1, formal recommendation
recommendabe made regarding the administrator, it shall make such a
tion in writing to the President.
recommendation of the Executive Com4. i he decision regarkling the
the Execumittee v, ill he communicated in et thing bk. the President to
tive 0;111111'111C.

President is contrary to the
5. In the event that the decision of the
Committee
recommendation of the Executive Committee, the Executive
30

shall have the option of making a full report to the Senate in executive
session. The administrator involved shall have the right to participate
in any such executive session of the Senate.

Associate and Assistant School Deans
(Senate: 5/25/65; President: 6/15/65)

1. The Associate or Assistant Dean will perform line or staff functions, within Board of Trustees', Chancellor's Office, and College policies. as directed by the Dean, While not necessarily a senior professor,
he will be expected to possess those scholarly, administrative, and personal characteristics which will secure the respect of the School's faculty,
and thus assist the Dean to the maximum.

2. The process of selection will include the principle of consultation
by the Dean with the Department Chairmen, and with an elected faculty
committee the procedures to be developed within the School and filed

with the President and with the Vice President for Academic Affairs.
Appointment is by the President, upon recommendation of the School
Dean.

3. Inasmuch as no administrator holds office as of right, the appointment as Associate or Assistant Dean is for an unstated term, but he can
be removed from office by the Dean only after full discussion with the
Associate or Assistant Dean concerned or by the President only after

full discussion with the Dean and the Associate or Assistant Dean
concerned.

4. Where more than one Associate or Assistant Dean is appointed
in a School, the Dean shall designate beforehand one as his replacement
if necessary.

Department Chairmen
(Senate; 3 5/64, 2 20/68, 12 '2/69; President:3/9,164, 3/27/68, 12/31/69)

1. When a vacancy appears or is expected in a Department Chairman-

ship, the Department, under the initiative of the School Dean, will
elect by secret hallot a three-man. or limited number. Advisory Committee. Membership on the Advisory Committeee skill not be considered a detriment to selection as Department Chairman.
2. Each member of the Department will nominate by secret preferential hallot. The ballot shall include all eligible members of the Depart-

ment and also provide an opportunity for the faculty to express a
KO-en:nu: for a person outside the College. Each eligible member of
the Department w ill he given the opportunity to rank all names on this
ballot which arc acceptable to him as Deportment Chairman. This ballot
will be transmitted to the Advisory Committee which shall utilize the
rankings as an important source of information in reaching its reconunendation.
3. Members of a Department whose Chairman is about to he selected
will not indicate whether or not they would serve until officially,
asked to serve by the President or his designee.

4. The Advisory Committee will carefully but expeditiously study
the relevant records of individuals both inside and outside the College,
and may consult the Department. especially those members senior in
the profession and the College. It will also keep the School Dean gen31

erally informed of its progress, and give careful consideration to his
views on the Chairmanship.

5. The Advisory Committee will render its recommendation of One
or more potential Department Chairman to the School Dean. If the
recommendation or recommendations arc not accepted, the Advisory
Committee will he so informed, along with the reasons for such action,
and will again review potential Department Chairman and make further
recommendations. The Dean and the Department Advisory Committee
shall exercise nitual veto in their recommendation.
6. The Department Chairman will be appointed by the President or
his designee. In any event, the President shall be notified of each appointment. The initial appointment shall be for a term of three years,
beg-inning with the first day of any quarter. A Department Chairman
may he reappointed for a second three-Year term, or on rare occasions,
for a third three -year term. The procedures of Paragraphs I-5 shall be
followed as in the case of a vacancy.
7. So long as the above general procedures are followed, a Department may propose supplementary requirements, e.g., eligibility criteria
for Chairmen or for Advisory Committee members, subject to the approval of the School. and the procedure being approved and recorded
by the President. In the unlikely event that the above procedures do not
lead to selection of a Department Chairman in a reasonable length of
time. e.g., one full academic quarter, the President or his designee may
appoint a Department Chairman for a term of not over one college year.
8. The Department. Chairman can be removed from the Chairmanship by the President, but only after full discussion with the School
Dean and with representative members of the Department concerned.
The President or his designee will normally be expected to report his
reasons for such action to the Department.
9. A reviot of a Department Chairman can be initiated by the School
Dean, the F xecutive CJminittee of the Academic Senate, or the President Or his designee. Such review niaN, include the total program of the
Department, including promotions policies and practices, administration, routine operation, problems of academic freedom, as well as the
stature of the Department and its standing in the acadcmic community.
10. Rewuneration of rkpartment Chairmen in the form of assigned
time or in other ways will be recommended by the School Deans and
determined by the President or his designee,

Department Associate Chairmen
(Senate: 5'11.67; President; 5,.15/67)

1. An Associate Chairman shall be appointed to serve as Acting Chair-

man in the absence of the Chairmim and to assist the Chairman as
needed.

2. Durin,g the period in which he is serving as Acting Chairman, the
Associate Chairman shall be given the released time which would otherwise he given to the Chairman. The Associate Chairman may be given
additional released time during one or more of the remaining quarters
of his academic year to assist the Chairman in his administrative duties.
3. The Associate Chairman shall normally serve for at least one year,
but in no case for longer than the unexpired term of the Chairman.
32

4. The Associate Chairman shall be appointed by the Dean of the

School upon recommendation of the Department Chairman. The Chairman shall make his recommendation only after departmental consul-

tation following procedures established by the total fulltime departmental faculty. These procedures shall be on file in the School Office.

Administrative Policies
Contractual Agreements of the College
(Senate: 1/14/69; President: 1/15/69)

Any agreement(s) as to policy, program, curriculum, or administra-

tive decisions made at CSCLA which is or are inconsistent with or
violative of established appropriate consultative processes shall be of no
force or effect.

Consultative Procedures in Emergencies
(Senate: 1/15/69; President: 1/19/69)

The Executive 'Committee shall be kept fully informed and participate in significant policy decisions of the President. When time permits
in any major campus emergency, the usual procedure of consulting the
Academic Senate CSCI A shall be followed. If time does not permit this
established consultation, the Executive Committee of the Academic Senate shall be involved in the deliberations; and finally, if there is insuffi-

time, and only under circumstances where there

cient

insuffi-

cient time for these appropriate consultive procedures, the Informal
Group to Advise the President in .Emergency Situations * shall be consulted.

Use of Police in Emergency Situations
(Senate: 5/27/69; President: 6/6/69)

While the Academic Senate expects the administration to continue
its policy of restrained approach to the settlement of campus problems
before resorting to direct action and outside help, it fully recognizes
that situations may arise. which, in the best judgment of the administration. require that off-campus police he summoned to restore order to the

campus. In such circumstances the Academic Senate expects that the
administration will pursue whatever course of action it deems appropriate to insure the safety and \vell-being of members of the academic
community, and to protect the integrity of the institution.

Use of Academic Positions for Administrative
Assignments
(Senate: 8/5/68; President: 8/21/68)

Before a nev function in central administration or student services is
established, staffed by a class-and-ranl; position, supported by either
The Inform!! Group to Advis, tht. Pre.,ident in Ithwrgeocy Situations preentls consist; of:
Chairman of the Staff Council, Chairman of the Academic Sellars, President of the As
cociated Sittrients, Vice President for Academic
Dean of Students, Chairman of the Faculty
Services.

2 t-it)fi(fi

Vice President for Business ,11fairs,

noir% Committee, Consultant for Special

state or non-state funds, the Executive Committee of the Academic Senate shall be consulted.

Rights of Academic Administrators
(Senate: 4/21/70; President: 6/11/70)

Academic administrators, during their terms in office, may:
I. Attend and vote in meetings of the department.
2. Vote in departmental elections.
3. Serve on departmental committees to which they are elected by
the department.

Fiscal Support and Administrative Control of
Inter-Departmental and Inter-School Programs
(Senate: 10/6/66; President: 10/14/66)

The responsibility for fiscal support of and administrative control
over inter-departmental and inter-school programs shall be placed in
the departments and schools concerned; wherever more than one school
is involved, administrative responsibility shall be assigned to one school,
but fiscal responsibility shall be shared. This policy shall apply except
for those programs whose administrative control and fiscal support are
specifically established by action of the Senate, e.g., Peace Corps.

Computer Policy
(Senate: 2/3/70; President: 5/12/70)

Introduction

The role of the computer in the future operations of the college will
he extensive, even if no further progress in computer development is
made. I lowever, all present indicators point toward greater sophistication of computer techniques and toward an expanded utilization of these
techniques in achieving the broad educational goals of the college.
The present and projected needs for data-processing facilities for the
purposes of computer-aided instruction, student and faculty research,
and various administrative uses has already generated plans for a major
expansion of the present facilities. With the expected expansion of the
data-processing facilities, it is believed that the powers and responsibilities of the existing Computer Policy Committee ' must be increased

substoomily so that it can deal properly with the range of new and

comple \ problems which will be encountered as the center expands. Our

proposed definition of the role and responsibilities of the Computer
Committee is developed upon the premise of a vastly expanded Computer (toter. i 101u:fully, it has been formulated in a manner capable
of facilitatint still further expansion.

In yikcquent sections. the role of the new committee is defined in
terms of policy determining and reviewing responsibilities, and its composition mil position in the committee structure of the college will be
dealt «tilt in detail.
("barge. The Computer Committee shall be a standing subcommittee
of the Instructional Affairs Committee of the Academic Senate.
I

Hereafter renamed Computer Committee.

The Computer Committee shall arrange consultation with the Fiscal
Affairs Committee on subcommittee recommendations bearing on fiscal
policy and with the Faculty Affairs Subcommittee on Faculty Research
on subcommittee recommendations bearing on faculty research policy
prior to submitting its recommendations to the parent committee, or it
shall recommend such consultation to the parent committee upon forwarding recommendations in those areas.

Policy and Advisory Functions
I.

General policy functions of the Committee shall include the fol-

lowing :

a. Identify and clarify general .objectives relating to the acquisition
and use of computers on and by the college or any of its components
and identify the means by which those objectives can be achieved.
b. Develop policy statements relative to these general objectives.
c. Participate as the representative of the Academic Senate in the
long-range and intermediate planning of CSCLA as it affects the ac-

quisition and utilization of computers of and by CSCLA and its

components.

d. Coordinate use of computers and associated data-processing
equipment by and for the college.'
C. Promote development of a Computer Center for the campus

with necessary remote terminals to serve the specialized needs of

various departments and offices of the college.
2. Advisory functions of the Committee shall include advising either
directly I n indirectly those organizations and administrative officials who
have responsibilities m connection ith or concerning aspects of the
Computer Center,
3. Instances of activities of the Computer Committee's functions include but arc not limited to:
a. Do elopment of guidelines relative to time-sharing of computer

facilities among the various classes Of users.
b, 1)evelopment 1)1 priority policies for use of computer facilities.

c. Development of formulae for the allocation of costs among the
Various users, including. those classes of users who arc funded outside
the (:mnputer Center budget.

d. Development of guidelines for specific programs and projects
involving ties with other computers and computer centers, or outside
funding of the college computer programs or facilities.
c. 1.hi\elopment of formulae for the adequate staffing of the Compitter Center.
1, Development of guidelines for purchase or rental of equipment
or services for the Computer Center,
L(. Development of guidelines for the fiscal operations of the Computer Center.
A -.,..nputer- 1, defined
all

proper algvuten.ul e.,

.t general purpose .m.ilog

ottt,

ne including

puipoe lohorator equipment.

nut

DeSk

ea I

.trii
hided. Ilulu cer, 1110 Compuler ( omm Wee
ret.,31.mites th.ti the definition of "c,mputer" 111.11114CS With h 6111e and reserves flit itself the right

to redefine the term petiodhall.

3.6

h. Participation in the selection of the physical location of the

Computer Center and suggestion of standards for adequacy of physical facilities and location.
i. Hearing of appeals from various classes of users regarding the
operation of the Computer Center.
j. Development of guidelines for advisory services to other colleges
and the statewide system.

In view of the increased role that computers will
in the instructional, r6earch, and administrative programs of the

Membership.
play

college. it is essential that. the membership be drawn from as broad a
base as possible consistent with the efficient operation of the subcommittee. It is recommended, therefore, that membership on the committee
include:
a. One menther of the parent conunittee (IAC) as liaison. In addition, one liaison member from the Fiscal Affairs Committee. These
liaison members will be elected by their respective committees annually from among their committee membership. (2 members)
b. The Director of Computing ex officio, who will serve as Executive Secretary.
c. One member from each School /Division, The faculty members
in Administration. Counseling, and the Library shall be considered
a division for this purpose, (6 members)
These members \t ill be elected by the parent committee (IAC) from
among a list of nominees provided by the schools/division. The members will serve staggered 3-year terms, determined initially by lot.

d. Vice President for Academic Affairs (or designee).
e. Vice President for Business Affairs (or designee).

Computer Center
(Senate- 2/3/70; President. 5/12/70)

The administration of the Computer Center shall be the responsibility
of a Director of Computing::: appointed through established procedures

for administrative appointment. lite Director shall:
a. Administer the operation of the Computer Center within guidelines reetminended through the Academic Senate and approved by
the President.

b. Supervise the Computer Center Abmager (Data Processing
Manager).
c. Provide guidance and leadership w ith respect to matters of
computer equipment,

d. Provide for orientation and instruction of faculty, students, and
Stdri tt ith respect to the services of the Computer Center.
c. \ ssist users of the Computer Center with respect to matters of

computer pro,2rartinum.; aids.

1. Report administratively to the Director of Institutional Research.

, the t)ito.tnr 1

until a postti,A, I

fit

(ntistoe to

tht. I.)tre, tor 01 Computmg r

svrt i

21'

the I) rector ul Computing

obiainvd and btaltt'Ll.

3.7

Administration of Government Grants
(Senate: 3.10/66; President: 3/22/66)

The following policies relate to grants and contracts for services

which normally originate fruini sources outside the college, such as Peace

Corps, Head Start, International Studies Project, etc.
Administrative and fiscal responsibility for all grant projects will be
through the Dean of Academic Planning to the Vice President for
Academic Affairs,
1. Continuing Programs.

As continuing programs emerge, which invole more than one school, the Executive Committee of the Academic
Senate shall act to establish an appropriate policy committee similar to
the Peace Corps Policy Committee, and to name the college committee
that shall assume jurisdiction.
2. Short Term Programs and Projects
a. inform:a/on. The Office of the Vice President for Academic
Affairs shall notify the Executive OffilIllitteC as Well as the Deans of
the several schools of all invitations to participate in grants or special
projects which conic to the college from outside sources and which
may he of interest to more than one department- of the college. Such
a notice will not he deemed necessary if the sponsoring agency specifically requests the assistance of a given department or an individual faculty member.
b. Miter- School lnterots. If departments in more than one school

express an interest in the proposed project through the !lean, the
Academic Vice President shall consult with the Deans and/or con-

cerned departments and decide upon a course of action.
c. Faculty Delegates for Special Assignments. If the project offers
individual faculty members an opportunity to participate as college
representatives (c.yr.. International Studies Project) the following procedures shall he followed:

(I) If in the judgment of the Fxeutive Comt»ittee of the Aca-

demic Senate tile choice of the representative or representatives is
deemed to he an all-college concern. the following steps shall be
emplo eel in selection of the representative or representatives.
(a) Fitch school shall set tip screening procedures and submit
recommendations to the Chairman of the Faculty Affairs Committee.

(I)) I he Faculty
Committee shall review all nominations and submit recommendations to the President.
(2) /f ill 11.Y
of the Exec/Hi-A, committee of the Aca-

demie Senate the H'ol'e' of a representative is deemed to be of

concern unl) 10 a single school, that Nehool
prOeCtillies Or 1111111111311011S to tht'

it 01;:n

1)epartinental Nan)e
fSenate

II 8 68, President. 4 10 69 !

proposals

tunic chanr.:es for departments shall be submitted by the
depattimcnrs through appropriate school channels to the Instructional
Affair' Committee of the College, tluoemhi the Vice President for .\ca37

demic Affairs, to the President after appropriate consultation. The action
of the committee shall be reported to the Academic Senate.

Center for Urban Affairs
(Senate: 8/8/67; President: 8/14/67)

The Center for Urban Affairs is hereby established under the Office
of the Vice President for Academic Affairs. A Director of Urban Affairs
shall be appointed to administer the Center.

Purpose
Functions of the Center shall consist of initiation and/or operation
of research, training, or community service programs relating to urban
problems, through appropriate means and according to guidelines estab-

lished through the Urban Affairs Committee.

Procedures
1. When an urban affairs research, training, or community service

project is initiated at the request of an outside agency, such as a fundgranting federal agency or private foundation, the initial request shall be
submitted to the Vice President for Academic Affairs or his designee.
if the outside agency first approaches a school, department, or other unit
of the college, that unit shall inform the Vice President for Academic
Affairs or his designee of the request in as much detail as possible.
2. As soon as possible after receipt of the request, the Vice President
for Academic Affairs or his designee shall make two tentative decisions:
a. (1) 'To designate the project as urban in nature and therefore
falling within the scope of the Urban Affairs Committee, or
(2) To identify the project as not falling in the area of urban
affairs and therefore subject only to the general terms of "Policies
Relating to Government Grants," Sections 1 and 2. And
b. (I) To assign the requested project to a specific school or other
unit of the college. where essentially only one such unit is involved
and other units have only minor responsibilities, or
(2) To designate the Urban Affairs Center as the unit bearing

the basic responsibility for the project where the project cuts

across school or other unit lines and no one unit clearly predominates in terms of the project's expected purpose, structure, and
staffi ng.

3. When a project is initiated within the college but will be funded
from outside sources, an initial statement regarding the proposal shall
he given to the Vice President for Academic Affairs or his designee
prior to any application for funding. The Vice President for Academic
Affairs or his designee shall then make the two tentative decisions de-

scribed in 2 above. An exception may be made in the case of a proposal
by an individual faculty member for a research project which involves
no other college personnel and which clearly does not cut across school
or equivalent unit lines. Even though such a project may have urban
implications, the Vice President for Academic Affairs or his designee
may give it tentative approval without submitting it to the Urban Affairs
Committee, subject to approval of the appropriate department chair38

man and school dean, or equivalent administrators within the unit involved, and to the procedure in 4 below.
4. In all cases described in 2 and 3 above, the Vice President for Academic Affairs or his designee shall send a copy of the initial request or
statement regarding the proposed project, together with a statement of
his tentative decisions concerning it, to each member of the Urban
Affairs Committee, the Faculty Affairs Committee, the Executive Committee of the Academic Senate, and the Council of School Deans.- A
period of ten working days fn
the date this information is mailed
shall be allowed for objections to the tentative decisions made by the
Vice President for Academic Affairs or his designee. If there are objec-

tions, those objecting will be given an opportunity to present their
suggestions to the Urban Affairs Committee or fif the objection is to
classification of the project as urban or non-urban) the Faculty Affairs
Committee, for their recommendations to the Vice President for Academic Affairs or his designee. If there are no objections within the tenday period, the tentative decisions become final.
Project Responsibilities

I. No urban-related project with outside funding shall be conducted
under college auspices unless it has been approved by the Urban Affairs
Committee and the Vice President for Academic Affairs or his designee,

with the exception noted in 3 above.
The approval of school deans, department chairmen, and other administrators who have responsibilities for staff or college facilities invoked
in the project must also be obtained.
2. Selection of a director for an urban affairs project which has been
approved shall be by the Vice President for Academic Affairs or his
designee but shall require approval of the Urban Affairs Committee, in

projects involving more than one major unit of the college. Where
only one school or other major unit is involved, selection of the director
shall he by the school dean or other administrative head of the unit,
with the approval of the Urban Affairs Committee.
3. A project director shall he responsible for program, personnel, and
budget to the dean or other administrator who has appointed him to
the project. Ile will maintain adequate communication and consult with
the heads of other administrative units involved but will not have be
responsibility to them. The line of direct responsibility shall be clearly

defined in writing at the time of the project director's appointment.

International Faculty Exchange Program
(Senate: 10/ 17/67; President: 10/30/67)

04i/tit/mi.

As used in these guidelines, the term "International Faculty Exchange ProoTani refers to the development and administration

of continuing, long-range, institution-to-institution agreements with
specific fore:gn institutions for exchange of faculty. Individual faculty
arrangements under fellowships such as the Fulbright program, sabbati-

cals, or individual arrangements with foreign institutions do not fall
within the purview of an institution-to-institution exchange program.

Procedures
1. Exploration on an informal basis of a possible exchange program

with a particular university rnav be initiated by any school, department, or individual faculty member, as well as by the Office of
the Vice President for Academic Affairs. In the interest of coordination,
however, copies of all communications shall be submitted to the Office
of the Vice President for Academic Affairs.
2. Formal proposals shall in all cases be submitted to the International
Affairs Committee for its study and recommendation to the Office of
the Vice President for Academic Affairs. Final approval shall be given

by the President of the College through a signed agreement with the

responsible official of the foreign institution.
3. The chief coordinator of the International Faculty Exchange Program in the Office of the Vice President for Academic Affairs shall be
the Director of the International Faculty Exchange Program who shall
be appointed in consultation with the International Affairs Committee
and given assigned time as required.
4. Any formal exchange agreement which is concluded between this
college and a foreign institution merely establishes a relationship within
which exchanges may take place. Correspondence relative to the possible openings or available faculty at either institution will be conducted
by the Of
of the Vice President. All decisions as to our acceptance
of foreign faculty or the possibility of releasing any of our own faculty

from their teaching assignments so they may teach at the foreign uni-

versity shall be made by the academic department and school or division
concerned.
5. Establishment of an exchange relationship shall not imply a need
for complete reciprocity. Any department or school at either institution
may indicate its needs and consider available candidates from the other
institution independeney. ithout regard to the numbers or disciplines

of faculty who have been or are scheduled to be exchanged in either
direction.
6. Priority will he given to the establishment of exchange agreements

with ir,-itittions which have a broad range of high-quality programs.

The Intercollegiate Program
Senate: 3:1964, 3/26 68; President: 4/15'64, 4/10768)

Statement of Philas.opy
Athletics at California Stare College, Ia Angeles, should provide an
opportunity for participation by qualified students in a variety of sports
appropriate to the various interests, skills, and stages of development of
the participants. The intercollegiate athletic program administered by
the Physical Education Ikpartinent shall strive to be consistent with the
ideals and purposes of this institution in its pursuit of excellence.
Policies and procedures of the athletic program, in addition to adhering to the above principles. shall conform at all times to the letter
and spirit of the rules and regulations of the National Collegiate Athletic
Association and the Pacific Coast Athletic Association to which this
college belongs. As members of the Pacific Coast Athletic Association,
this college should aspire to attain the level of competition maintained
in this group of like-member institutions. Farther. California State Col40

4'1

lege, Los Angeles, should participate in all inter-collegiate sports programs which arc recognized by the Pacific Coast Athletic Association
and should strive to maintain an athletic prtgram so as to he in competition for all championships offered.

The Athletic Board
Objectives
1. To provide a representative body drawn from faculty, administrators, and students.

2. To provide direction for the athletic program at California State
College, Los Angeles, consistent with the statement of philosophy noted
above.

3. To maintain communication with the Academic Senate, Associated
Students Board of Directors, the administrators of the athletic program,
and the President of the College.

Responsibilities. and Functions
The Athletic Board shall recommend and interpret policy in the
following speciffe or related phases of the athletic program. It shall
not interfere w ith the appropriately designated prerogatives of the
Department of Physical Education, or the School of Fine and Applied
Arts within which it functions, or the Associated Students Board of
Directors.
1. Conference affiliations.

2. Scheduling, recruiting and eligibility requirements not covered by

conference rulings.

3. .Alumni and community involvement, and public relations as related to athletics, in cooperation with the Office of the President.
4. Health and safety standards.
5. Scholarships and academic policies.

6, Role and emphasis of the several team and individual sports.
7. Financial policies a; related to involved funds.

e mbership
1. Three full-time faculrt members to serve staggered terms not to
ears to be elected be the Academic Senate.
2. Three students in clear standing as defined by the Registrar,
elected by the Board of Directors of the Associated Students.
3. The College R.:presentative to the Conference appointed by the
President of the College from a list of at least three nominees provided

exceed three

by the Academic Senate.

a, Such person shall nor he a member of the coaching staff.

b. The term of appointment to be at the President's discretion.
The position should he among those requiring annual review by the
President and the INectitive Committee of the Academic Senate.
c. Such person shall be the Chairman of the Athletic Board.
4. The Director of Athletics, es officio, nonvoting.
41

Policy
I. All policy statements of the Athletic Board must be approved by
the President of the College.

2. Policy statements shall be submitted to the Academic Senate
CSCLA and the Board of Directors of the Associated Students CSCLA
for their recommendations prior to action by the President.

Amendment
Any changes in this document must be approved both by the Academic Senate CSCLA and the Board of Directors of the Associated
Students CSCI.A.

Public Expression Areas
(Senate: 10/15168; President: 11/18/C8)

I. The public expression areas shall he those sites officially designated
by the President of the College upon the recommendations of the Student Affairs Committee.
2. Use of the public expression areas shall be limited to CSCLA faculty, staff, students currently enrolled and continuing students as defined by College policy, and invited off-campus speakers. Policies governing the appearance of invited off-campus speakers are prescribed by
the Visiting Speakers Policy.
3. Responsibility for recommending operational procedures to the
President of the College and for administering these procedures for the
use of the public expression areas is vested in the Public Expression
Areas Committee of the Associated Students 13013.
4. Any materials or publications sold or distributed shall be in compliance with the current President's Directive Regarding Use of State
College Buildings :did Grounds.

Visiting Speakers
(Senate: 10/15/68: President: 11/18/68)

Invitations to off-campus persons to speak at California State College,
Los Angeles shall be issued in compliance with the following policy.
1. Events sponsored by recognized student, faculty, or employee organizations, or by indk ideal facult members, when open to the entire
college community.
a. The organization shall notify the Connuiilee on Visiting Speakers.'.' hich is a subcommittee of the Student Affairs Committee, of the
speaker's name, affiliation, topic. and the time and place of his speech,
at least three school days prior to the event.
If the scheduled speaker is unable to appear because of an emergency or eNtenuatiog circumstances. the Committee on Visiting
Speakers may waive the time requirement so that a substitute may be
named on shorter notice.
h, If requested to do so by the Committee, the sponsoring organization shall provide an opportunity for an exchange of views in the
42

course of the -event, and shall attach as a condition to its invitation
to the speaker that he consent to such an arrangement.

c. When requested to do so by the Committee. the sponsoring
organization shall issue a reminder that the appearance of a speaker
on the campus does not imply college approval of either his views
or of any organization to which he may belong.
d. Organizations which have in good faith carried out these procedures shall not have permission withheld because the invited speaker
is controversial or unpopular.
2. Meetings sponsored by recognized student, faculty, or employee
organizations Mien open only to their own members,
a. With respect to meetings open ()nix. to members of the sponsoring organization. no review by the Conumttee on Visiting Speakers is
required.

b. 'Student organizations" mean here special interest groups and
not, of course, the "Associated Students" or any organization composing the entire student body. Their activities would be governed
by the policy outlined under Section I above.
3. Regularly scheduled classes addressed In' visiting speakers.

a. Neither th, Committee on Visiting Speakers nor arty other colfaculty members to visiting
let.,.e agency shall review invitations
speakers who conic to address their classes.
b. Relevant to such an occasion are certain portions of the "Statement on Professional thics," printed in the faculty Handbook.

Electronic Recording of Visitino. Speakers
(Senate. 2-20,68; President. 2 27'68)

The lectures, remarks, or other expressions of a visiting speaker may
only he electronicollx recorded by otherwise unauthorized persons if
both the speaker and the faculty adviser of the sponsoring organization
(or his designee) consent. This permission shall he in writing., it shall
include an indication of any limitations to be placed on the future use
of the recording; and it shall require the signatures of both the visiting
speaker and the adviser for his designee). A copy of this permission
form shall be tiled in the Office of the Director of Student Activities.
One ma\ he retained bY the adviser.

.Nlinrit Group Studies
(Senate. 4 16:68; President 4'26168)

nu: Academic Serrate CSC urges the colleges and their departments
to consider without delay the necessity and desirability of modifying
curricula and or introducing no\ courses and programs such as AfroAmerican history . .1lexicon-Ainericon history, Black Studies, African
languages, etc.

he Academic Senate CSCI.A recommends that each of the schools
and department, consider w idiom delay the necessity and desirability
of modif \ inL curricula and of introducing nest courses and programs
to implement the resolution of tire Academie Senate CSC.
43

Development of Off-Campus Housing
(Senate: 5/13/69; President: 5/16/69)

The Academic Senate CSCLA supports the action of the Foundation
Board of Trustees below:
The Board of Trustees of the California State College at Los Angeles Foundation desires to proceed with an agreement for a manage-

ment contract upon the development of off-campus housing provided that: O) proper safeguards can be secured to protect the
Foundation from financial liability; (2) adequate consultation be impl-mented at the campus level. including, but not limited to, the Aca& mic Senate; and (3) approval he secured from the Board of Trustees of the California State Colleges.

College-Recognized Off-Campus Housing
(Senate: 5/13/69; President: 6/20/69)

The College recognizes residence developments and presupposes
the establishing of a functioning student self-government with appropriate substructures. The College by design does not determine specific
1.

rules or regulations for the residence halls.
2. Differences between the student government representing either
the entire resident body or an individual resident and the management

hall committee.
In this instance, either the management or the duly constituted residence

may be appealed to the appropriate in-residence

hall student government may appeal decisions to the College. This
appeal may be made only after all in-residence hail procedures have
Vs.ecn exhausted.

3. The Subcommittee on Student Housing of the Student Affairs
Committee will function as a mediating hoard in matters referred to
it by the student government or the management of the residence hall.
Recommendations of the mediating board shall be transmitted to the
residence halls \\.ith copies to the appropriate college offices. At least
one member of the Subcommittee on Student Housing shall serve on
any hoard appointed hy the Subcommittee to review appeals. Recommendations by this Subcommittee may include withdrawal of College
recognition only when the residence hall management refuses to take
the steps necessary to correct violation of the College recognition standards, or refuses to mediate its disagreements with the duly constituted
residence hall student government.

Works of Art
(Senate: 2/3'70; President: 20/70)

Policies
I. The patio of the Fine Arts Building shall be regarded as the only
outdoor display area of the Art Department. when a schedule has been

approved by the Dean of the School of Fine and Applied i\ rts. This

area is defined as being limited on the north. %vest. and south by the

walls of the building and by thc first north-south sidewalk to the east.

ai 5

2. If a department or an individual desires to place any object in any
area other than that w Inch has been defined as the only outdoor display
area, the department or individual must follow established procedures
of the College for the acceptance and placement of nonpermanent ob-

jects, Material placed outside the designated area, without prior approval, shall be subject to removal by the College.
3. Public areas winch do not fall under these procedures are those
display rooms, cases, corridors, and reception areas which have been
specially designated and equipped for temporary display.

Procedures
College acceptance and placement determination of permanent
works of art, for display in public areas (which arc defined as all exterior

portions of the campus and interior lobbies, corridors and reception
areas) at California State College, Los Angeles shall be initiated by a
College sponsor. A sponsor is defined as any person or persons officially
connected with the College.

2. All prospective donors or lenders should obtain the services of a
responsive College sponsor who shall provide a copy and description of

the tendered kk.orl: of art to the Campus Planning and Beautification
Subcommittee of the Fiscal Affairs Committee.
3. Procedures ['dative to the acceptance and placement of works of
art for permanent display at California State College, Los Angeles shall
he as follows:
a. Donor or lender shall acquire a College sponsor.

b. The sponsor shall present the proposal for the work of art to the
Campus Planning and Beautification Subcommittee to initiate the
College review process.

c. The Campus Planning and Beautification Subcommittee shall
refer all matters relative to acceptance and placement of permanent
works of art to the standing Subcommittee. The five-man standing
Subcommittee shall be established by the Campus Planning and Beautification Subcommittee to include one member from the Fiscal Affairs
Committee and one member from the Art Department, with a threeyear tenure of staggered terms ti insure continuity. The standing
Subcommittee and the Campus Development Office shall arrive at a
mutually agreeable recommendation to he presented to the Campus
Planning and Beautification Subcommittee. Upon appraisal of the
standing Subcommittee report, the Campus Planning and Beautification Subcommittee shall make a recommendation relative to the work
of art to the Fiscal A tfairs Committee.
d. The Fiscal Affairs Committee shall consider the proposal subnutted in terms of fiscal feasibility pertaining to immediate and longrange costs and first aril the proposal to the Academic Senate with
pertinent recommendations.

c. Upon review and recommendation. the Academic Senate shall
fore and the combined recommendations. relative to the specific work
of art. to the College President. s ho shall approve or disapprove the
acceptance and placement of art form.

46
45

Naming of Buildings, Facilities, and Improvements
(Senate: 5/26/70; President: 6/8/70)

Background
The State College Presidents in 1950. and subsequently the State
Board of Education, favored a policy of not naming buildings or facili-

ties for living persons. Therefore, it was resolved by the Trustees of
the California State Colleges that names of buildings or facilities would
be approved for one or more of the following purposes:
I. To honor deceased persons.
2. To designate the function of the building or facility.
3. To reflect natural or geographical features.
4. To reflect a traditional theme of a college.
Only the Board of Trustees of the California State Colleges is empowered to deviate from this policy.

Policy
Buildings. facilities, and improvements shall be named:
I. To honor deceased persons of national or international prominence,

and/or who have made outstanding contributions to the development
Of California State College, Los Angeles.
2. To designate the function of the building or facility.
3. To reflect natural or geographical features.
4. To reflect a traditional theme of the-college.

Procedures
1. All proposals for naming buildings, facilities, or improvements
shall be made in writing to the Campus Planning and Beautification
Subcommittee by an individual member of the faculty, staff, student
body or a representative of a recognized campus organization who will
act as the sponsor. In addition to petitions and endorsements in support
of the proposal, the following information, as appropriate, implementing the policy above shall be forwarded to the Subcommittee:
a. Biography of person to he honored.
b. Statement substantiating the rationale and appropriateness of proposed name.

c. Description of the features and their significance pertaining to
the facilit
d. Resume of the theme relating its relevance to the facility and
the college.

2. hallow Mg their receipt, the Campus Planning and Beautification
Subcommittee shall publicize all the proposals, at least one month prior
to consideration. by use of the follom ing means.
College
( A lot nn

Factrity BitHeri,/

Canipus Alail Distribution List III
Campus Posting
Written Notification to College Organizations
46

3. Arguments in support or opposition to all proposals may be submitted by individuals, representatives, or organized groups, and representatives of the occupants of the buildings or facilities in question, to
the Office of Campus Development at least one week prior to the meeting of the Subcommittee at which the matter is to be considered. An
open hearing may be appropriate.
4. Recommendations made by the Campus Planning and Beautifica-

tion Subcommittee will be transmitted to the College Fiscal Affairs

Committee, who in turn will transmit its action to the Academic Senate,
who in turn will transmit its action to the President of the College.
5. The President will approve or disapprove the proposal that has
been referred to him. If the President approves the proposal, it will
then he transmitted to the Board of Trustees of the California State
Colleges for final action.

Parking Policy
(Senate: 4 / 2/69: President: 4/10/69)

Faculty and staff shall have prioritv in the use of the available plateau
parking, with adequate provisions for handicapped and temporary (vis-

itors, delivery, loading. etc.) parking. Within this policy all possible
plateau parking space shall be allocated for student use and the current
practice of converting faculty; staff spaces to student use during the
evening shall be continued.

48
47

College
Advisory
Board

Computer
Center

Computer
Advisory
Committee

Research

Director of
Institutional

Vice President for
Business Affairs

Special Services

Consultant for

Radiation
Safety Officer

I. CHART OF ORGANIZATION-ADMINISTRATION

Vice President for
Academic Affairs

Committees

Staff

Non.
Academic

Staff
Council

Cabinet

Academic
Senate

Faculty

PRESIDENT OF THE COLLEGE

Secretary of
the College

Publications
Manager

Director
Public
Information

Director
Alumni
Affairs

Vice President for AA Chm.
Dean, Business and Economics
Dean, Education
Dean, Fine and Applied Arts
Dean, Letters and Science
College Librarian
Assistant to Vice President
for Academic Affairs

Operating Group

5 Schools
and Library
Dean,

Director, ITV
Director, Summer Session
and Extension
Director, Urban Affairs
Director, Special Programs
Designee, Vice President
for Business Affairs
Director, Admissions and Records

Operating Group
Director, Audiovisual

Dean, Ins ructional
Services and
Administration

II. CHART OF ORGANIZATION-ACADEMIC AFFAIRS

Director, Financial Aids
Director, Student Activities
Assistant to the Dean of Students

Operating Group
Director, EOP
Director, Counseling
Director, Health Services
Director, Placement

Student
Affairs

Administrative Assistant

Assistant to VP for AA

VICE PRESIDENT FOR ACADEMIC AFFAIRS

Operating Group
Associate Dean of Academic Planning
Director, Research
Consultant, Academic-Fiscal Planning
and Analytic Studies
Designee, Vice President
for Business Affairs
Assigned-time faculty members for
special studies and planning

Dean, Academic
Planning, Research
and Evaluation

Receiving
and Stores

Repairs

Duplicating

Mail

Communications

Contracts

Purchasing

Procurement and
Support Services
Officer I

Bookstore
Food Services
Grants and Contracts

FOUNDATION
MANAGER

Employee Benefits

Staff Employment

Payroll (except
students)

Personnel
Documentation

Personnel Services

Director of

Parking

Campus Security

Chief of Campus
Security

Property

Accounts Receivable

Student Payroll

Cashiering

Financial Aids
Accounting

Registration

Accounts Payable

Bookkeeping Reports

Travel

Accounting
Officer

Administrative
Assistant

Budget
Officer

Financial
Manager

BUSINESS MANAGER

III. CHART OF ORGANIZATION-BUSINESS AFFAIRS

Physical
Planning and
Development

EXECUTIVE DEAN

VICE PRESIDENT FOR BUSINESS AFFAIRS

Grounds

Automotive

Custodial

Engineers

Trades

Plant Operations

Chief of

5
Personnel Policies
Appointment, Retention, Tenure,
Promotion, Non-Reappointment,
Dismissal and Appeal
(Senate: 5/25/67, 4/21/69; President: 7/11/67, 4/15/69)

Appointment
Written information concerning personnel policies and procedures
is given to each faculty member at the time of his appointment.
flie appointment of new faculty members is based upon procedures
paralleling and anticipating those explained below in connection with
retention, tenure. and promotion. 'Except for special cases, e.g., faculty
members employed specifically for one year only (normally as a replacement for a faculty member on leave), each newly appointed fac-

ulty member is assumed to be a candidate for retention, tenure, and
promotion in due course. Hence his professional qualifications and performance arc scrutinized according to criteria uniform for all faculty
members.

Requests for additional faculty members originate in the office of the
department chairman. The department chairman is assisted by his department appointments committee or other representative faculty group,
with which he regularly consults upon each requested appointment.
Extensive and relevant information is compiled in formal dossiers, including records of training, experience, and professional activities, as
ss ell as recommendation from individuals best qualified to pass accurate

judgment upon candidates. The substance of this information is for to the school dean by the department chairman, together with
ss
the recommendation of the faculty group with which he has consulted.
The school dean in turn consults with the department chairman, and
with other faculty members i here such consultation seems necessary
or helpful.

The chief factors w ciglied in evaluating qualifications for appoint-

ment are instructional

and success, training, professional achieve-

ment, research abilin, and quality of recommendations.
Personnel 'Information and Personnel Reports
Upon appointment. the faculty member shall annually be invited to
record his or her accomplishments and contributions to the college in
a letter or other ss ritten statement on a personnel information form
provided b the school/division addressed to his department chairman,
with a cops to his dean, The letter or statement shall be invited each
51

year, whether the concern is with retention, tenure, promotion, a combination of these, or merely the recording of the faculty member's accomplishments and contributions to the college as a matter of general
interest and value to the college and the faculty member. It is assumed
that chairmen. committees, and the college in general will be interested
both in the faculty member's chief accomplishment(s), wherever they
may lie, and in the nature and scope of his activities with respect to
the three general categories as specified below in Part 4. But the items
of inclusion in the letter or statement and the structure of emphasis
shall be at the faculty member's own choice and discretion.
Failure to respond to the department chairman's invitation shall not
in itself be deemed prejudicial. The faculty member, however, should
be alert to the possibility that factual material about any aspect of his

work may be hard to come by if not provided by him. When submitted, the letter or statement sh:11 be filed in the personnel file of the
faculty member and shall be used as one of the bases for retention,
tenure, and/or promotion, whichever shall apply.
It is the duty of the department chairmen to counsel faculty members
concerning the factors that will add strength or that affect status. It is
the right of every faculty member to request such counsel at any time.
It is the duty of the committee designated to survey the faculty member's accomplishments, to summarize annually, in the form of a letter
co the dean, the department committee's judgment of the faculty member w-ith respect to his general and specific accomplishments during the
year past. ending with a specific recommendation for or against reten-

tion or tenure. Such a letter must be written in the years when the
faculty member is eligible for consideration for promotion. The department chairman shall be presumed to share this opinion and recommendation unless he specifically states otherwise in a separate but accompany ing letter, which shall he shown to the members of the committee with whom he differs.
The faculty member shall be informed of the contents of the letter
on behalf of the department committee, and of the department chairman's letter of personal dissent where one exists; and he shall be given

the right to object to :m statement in either letter, in which case his
own position of dissent shall he forwarded to the dean, along with the
opinion of the department committee. and of the department chairman
where his opinion differs from that of the department.
No numerical rating shall be employed in the annual departmental
evaluations or recommendations as forwarded by the chairman or in his
separate recommendations where such exist. Policy with respect to ranking (as opposed to rating) in departmental recommendations shall be
determined by each school division.

Like the letter of information or statement annually invited of the
faculty member, the annual letter or letters of department opinion shall
be filed in the personnel file of the faculty member in the office of the
dean: The entire file shall be made available to members of the school/
division and department retention, tenure, or promotion committees,
whichever may be appropriate in a given year.

53
52

Policy as to Change of Rules
If a change in these rules makes a faculty member ineligible for

retention, tenure, or promotion, he shall be considered under the rules
in effect at the time he was employed.

Policies and Criteria (7.ot-coring Retention,

em re, miff Prmnotion

The annual evaluation of the faculty member for retention and tenure,
and where eligible for promotion, is based upon a comprehensive study
of his dualities, achievements, and promise during the year or years
preceding the evaluation. \ttention is !riven to forming a general "profile' or comprehensive estimate of the faculty member's performance
and equally to his special interests and accomplishments.
This studs is cumulative in the sense that the progress or growth of
the faculty member b and his firm. ear is a factor of evaluation, and
it is comparative in the sense that the faculty member is evaluated against
the performance of his colleagues rather than as an isolated case. He is
agreed-upon set of standards for pro;11`,() (.2% altlatCd ,Ig;1111St a gencrall
fessional performance. The,e may fie conveniently divided into three
general categories: instructional performance. professional achievement,
the college.
and contributions
\Ithow_di the method of evaluation described above applies to retention. tenure, Ind 1)11)111060H 2111:C. it is recognized that some qualitative
difference should pros ail as regards retLntion. tenure. and promotion,
respectncly. This difference, hov,eyer. is one of degree, not kind; and
up under the concept of growth or progress. At
it may be
the time ot
of selection and appointment, and of the annual evaluation of
the facultv member for retention during his pre-tenure period, he is
judged on his performance. and on his promise, on matters such as his
professional standards in the classroom. his discriminating use of subject
!natter, his preparation of students for particular academic goals, his
continuing scholarl mastery of Iris field and his activity in professional
organi/arions or endeavors, and his a55;ircness of, mid participation in,
departmental. school. and college. affairs.

At the time of his candidate for tenure. a review of his total perare ewmplified above is conducted. with
formance in ,ill such ways
special consideration of the continuit% and groth of the activities
(omprising Ins total performance. and s% ith particular appraisal of his
actual or probable promotabilitv on the basis of such a background.
\lien.' this last appraisal is tinsatisfactor or negative in the judgment
of his colleagues. it shall he ground for the denial of tenure. since the
question of promotabilit% is implicit in the assumption of growth, which
is !Nell a moor criterion for retention and tenure.

Its ealimon for promotion, in turn, re- emphasizes both the aspect
of grow th and his total performance in the k% ass suggested above, and
increases the emphasis upon indt%idual performance, The scope and
depth of his teaelimil performance, the degree of his professional recoghet and the college, and the distinctiveness of his con.
nition %ithin

trihution to the soli int! of problems and the general welfare of his

department and school st ithin the college, represent some of the levels

on which es.nlu,ttion for prommion is mode, In addition. such eealu53

ation shall incorporate explicit consideration of the faculty member's
individual achievements, of whatever kind, and of their value to him as
a professional person and to the college.

Retention and Tenure
Procedures, Each pre-tenure faculty member is evaluated annually,
by a formal process beginning in his department, to determine whether
he shall be retained for the following year. The faculty member obtains
tenure after having rendered four consecutive years of service and upon

meeting his appointment for the fifth consecutive year. (For exceptions, sec Administrative Code, Section 43560.) The discovery of extraordinary merit during any year of pre-tenure evaluation may result
in the recommending and granting of promotion, provided that the
rules and conditions pertaining to promotion, as set forth elsewhere
in this handbook, are met.
Each school/division of the college has a formal procedure for evaluating each pre-tenure faculty member's development annually, which

includes the deliberations of a committee of tenured faculty. The
departments of each school/division have corresponding procedures.
In the course of each pre-tenure year, the departments recommend
reappointment Or non-reappointment to the schools/division which in
turn make recommendations to their deans. Recommendation for retention or tenure shall he by no less than a majority vote of the department committee. For the school committee to overrule a department
decision regarding retention or tenure, there must be a two-thirds ma-

jority. Official decision for the college. is made by the President. If
non-reappointment is recommended, the reasons for such a decision are

indicated in the reports of departments to the school/divisioncommittees. and through these to the deans. Any varicnce from this system
necessitated by the small sire of the school or other relevant factor
must be approved by the college Committee on Faculty Affairs,
Non-reappointment. The college is under no obligation to provide
probationary faculty with a statement of reasons for non-reappointmenr. However, a probationary faculty member will have an appropriate annual departmental evaluation by his colleagues, and he will
be informed within reasonable time each year of the substance of the
evaluation. He will ordinarily be given an opportunity to discuss
formally with appropriate faculty and administrative officials the spe-

cific reason why reappointment may be in doubt before notice of
non-reappointment is given.

'When a faculty member is nor being recommended for reappoint-

ment, he is notified in writing of his status. If he is not to be reappointed at the end of his first year. he shall be notified that his services
will terminate at the end of that college year. This notification shall
be given by the President not later than March I for those whose periods
of four consecutive quarters
ithin which three quarters constitute his

academic year) begin with the Summer or Fall quarter. Notification
shall be given not later than September I for those whose periods of
four consecutive quarters begin with the Winter or Spring quarter
(Alininistiative Code, Section 43564).
Vol these purposes. iichninistra:ors
librarians, another. Lash of the

C01.111,eiltr,S

rith Cla,ti and rank are considered a division;

divisions has its on n procedures.

5 a.

If a faculty member is not to be reappointed after having served more
than one year, 'a here tenure is not involved, he shall be notified not later
than December that his services shall terminate at the end of that
I

college year, except that if at the end of the college year he has not

completed his academic year, his services shall terminate at the end of
his academic year (Administrative Code. Sections 43560.5 (17)d 43566).
If he is not to be reappointed, where tenure is involved, he shall be
notified not later than December that his services shall terminate at
the end of the college Year or. if he is appointed to a "terminal-notice"
year,* at the end of the succeeding college year (Administrative Code,
I

Section 43.561).
Tenure. As explained above, the faculty member obtains tenure after

four consecutive years of service and upon meeting his appointment for
the fifth consecutive year, unless the fifth year is a "terminal-notice"

year. the normal pattern of according tenure involves three years to

assess a faculty member's performance, a fourth year for final appraisal
and review, and, for those not accorded tenure, a fifth "terminal-notice"
year (Administrati-ce Code, Section 43560). The faculty. member shall
be required to serve only one probationary period for tenure in a given

college (Administrative Code. Section 4;562). A pre-tenure faculty
member who transfers from one college to another within the state
system takes up to two years of his accrued tenure time with him. A
tenured faculty member who so transfers will serve one probationary
year at his new college (Act/kin/strut/re Code, Section 43560).
Appeals. In the event of a denial of retention or tenure by the
school division, a faculty member mav appeal to the Eacu ItY Grievance

Committee through the President of the college.
If a faculty member on probationary appointment alleges that a decision not to reappoint hint is caused by considerations violative of academic freedom, his allegation shall he given preliminary consideration
by the college Committee on Academic Freedom and Professional Ethics.

If the committee concludes that there is probable cause for the faculty
member's allegation. the matter shall be heard. The faculty member
will be responsible for stating the grounds on which he bases his allegations and the burden of proof \\ ill rest upon him.

Promotion
Proccdurc. When the basic rules and conditions for promotion are
inet. formal consideration of each faculty member for promotion is
obligatory in departments and schools/division when the faculty member arrives at the maximum salary of anm particular salary bracket, and
each Year thereafter until promotion.
Ir is the police of the college that the doctor's degree or equivalent
attainment shall he the desirable qualification for promorion, Except for
those instances when faculty members, because of reputation, stature,
and maturity , become W Ord) \ of consideration for promotion, the doctorate is mandatory beyond ale assistant professor level for promotion
in those fields w here the doctorate is common. Where
the doctorate
is not common. or W here (2) professional or vocational experience is
(

hr -t run, d

oo,T , wirl:,:t

1. ,th

,h,

11,001,

)

highly beneficial to a college grog .1m, a department shall petition its
school/division through the appropriate committees, for approval to
establish criteria governing eligibility for consideration for employment or promotion, Class I, associate professor or professor level. The
school/division shall judge the petition solely on the two points above.
Once authorized to establish criteria, the department shall be responsible

for establishing its criteria and for maintaining the criteria as matter
of public record.
Nominations for promotit are initiated through a formal process
in the faculty member's department, and sent to the school/division
promotion committee. Where the department chairman disagrees with
-I

the nomination propose'. by those of his colleagues designated to evaluate the faculty member, the opinions of both shall he forwarded to the
school/division committee, which in turn makes its own recommendation to the dean. All available evidence of merit and relevance concerning the eligibile faculty member is considered by the committees and

department chairmen involved, and reviewed by the school/division
committees.

The final measurement of merit is a performance profile in which
each separate item is considered on its own strength and in relation
to the others. The data of the evaluation of each faculty member eligible for promotion are synthesized by the department chairman in a
report which shilll include both a statement and an evaluation of his
achievements. This report is filed in the office of the school dean.
It shall be the duty of the department chairmen to inform faculty members of their evaluation and to counsel them concerning factors that
will add strength to or affect their status.

Committees, Systems of Evaluation, Calendar. Each school/division
shall establish, by a majority vote of those faculty members voting,
promotion committee(s). Each committee shall be composed of five
(5) or more tenured faculty members of associate professor or professor
rank nominated and elected by school/division faculties at large. Nonelected members, if any, shall not constitute more than one tourth (1/4 )
of the total committee. A promotion committee member must be represented by an elected alternate when the committee is deliberating and
votinv, on members of his department. Any variance from this system

necessitated by the small size of the school or other relevant factor
must be approved by the college Committee on Faculty Affairs. The
school dean or his designee shall he a non-voting member. This committee will consider recommendations for promotion. and recommend
to the dean a' ho will transmit these recommendations to the President
with his im n recommendations attached. If the school dean recommendation differs from dint of the committee, the committee will be
so informed in each instance.

The school dean shall be responsible for maintaining files on all faculty personnel and for izathering Mara for those files.

Calendar for recommendations and announcements of promotions:
I. Recommendations for each department shall be made to the
school / division promotion committee on a date determined within the
school/division.
2. Recommendations for promotion by the school deans shall be made

to the President/ Vice President by February 15.
56

3. Announcement of promotions by the President shall be made not
later than February 23.
The state now limits the percentage of faculty members within each
academic rank as set forth in the State College Administrative Manual,
Section 7360.10. These limits are:
Percentage Range
.tlaxinnon
Minimum

Academic Rank
Professor
Associate Professor

Assistant Professor

Instructor

Each school/division is authorized to recommend for promotion its
faculty to the degree that personnel holding upper ranks do not exceed
58;

of the total faculty of the school/division total faculty. The re-

maining 2' is to be allocated by the President with the recommendations of the Faculty Affairs Committee, These recommendations will be
based primarily upon statistical distribution, appointments, retirement,
resignation predictions, and the ability of a school eventually to return
to the 58 limitation. No "trading" of authorizations shall be permitted
among the schools/divisions.
Fach school/division committee shall consider for promotion those
faculty members who are eligible in all respects as of February 1 of
the college year of consideration and \vho have arrived at the maximum
salary bracket, with or %% idiom tenure. Consideration will continue annually thereafter until promotion. The school/division committees shall
also consider for promotion any other faculty members specially recommended to them even though they have not achieved the maximum
salary and/or tenure, including., but not limited to, those recommended
by the department chairmen, colleagues, or committees of the departments.

Fach school/division shall establish a formal system of evaluating
their faculty. Each system list include, as a minimum, methods of
collecting information iltotir and evaluation of: (a) instructional performance; (b) professional achievement; and Cc) other contributions
to the college. The school/division complete evaluation and promotion
procedure must he submitted to the Faculty Affairs Commirtee each

year for review and filing prior to the end of the fifth week .of the

Spring Matter preceding the college year in which it is to be effective.
Depiittment,il evaluating procedures s\ ill also he filed with the Faculty
Affairs Committee ht that deadline. Any subsequent amendments to
the procedure must abide bv the same deadline.
Appcalv. The facult\ member has the right to appeal a department

decision against promotion. In the event of failure to he recommended

for promotion by the school/division when technically eligible, the

faculty member has the right of appeal to a properly designated standMg appeals committee of his school/division. Appeals must be presented

to the appeals committee via the dean of the school/division involved
d,ak s

after the publication of the promotions list by the

President. The appeals committee of the school shall in turn present
day s following the publiits recommendation to the dean as ithin

cation of the promotion

list.

Only in unusual circumstances
57

(e.g.,

health or geographical problems making a rapid appeal extremely difficult) may these time limits he violated. If the faculty member desires
further evaluation of his case, he mar appeal to the Faculty Grievance
Cwiunittee through the President of the College.

Dismissal
A faculty member may be dismissed at any time for the causes set
forth in Education Code, Section 24306. (See Appendix E.) Dismissal
for cause should not he construed as, or confused with, the withholding
of retention or tenure. Dismissal may he ordered only by the Trustees
of the California State Colleges, acting upon the recommendation of the
President. determined after consultation with the school dean and department chairman. Review of dismissals for cause shall he made only
upon the request of the individual to he dismissed. Appeals from actions
of dismissal for cause may he made to the State Personnel Board within
twenty (20) days of receipt of notice from the Chancellor, as provided
in Education Code, Section 24309. For other details, see Administrative
Code, Section 435-24. and Education Code, Sections 24306, 24307, and
24.708. (See :Appendix E.)

A faculty member may be sfeepnded temporarily by the President
or the Chancellor, as provided in Administrative Code, Section 43522,
when there is strong and competling evidence that his presence in his
position might create serious problems. Suspension shall he followed
by investigation and, where indicated, the furnishing of formal notice
of disciplinary action. Unless earlier terminated by the President or the
Chancellor, such temporary suspension shall automatically terminate
upon ate furnishing of formal notice of disciplinary action or, unless
extended as provided by Administrative Code, Section 43522, 30 days
after its commencement, whichever first occurs. (See Appendix E.)
Procedures to be followed involving possible dismissal are on file
with the college Committee on Faculty Affairs,

Evaluation of Faculty Serving as Administrators
(senate: 4'28/ 70, President; 6/11/70)

Wiwi) a faculty member serving in an administrative position is nominated for or must be considered for promotion, retention, or tenure, the
School shall establish an ad hoc committee to develop a written evaluation of his administrative service by interviewing those administrators
and faculty who normally conic into contact with him. This evaluation
shall be submitted to the departmental committee. The departmental
con mince shall consider the written evaluation of the ad hoc committee, a, \\ CM as other evidence normally considered with regard to promotion, retention, and tenure. It is understood that of the three general
categories, instructional performance, professional achievement and con-

tributions to the college. the faculty member serving as an administrator w ould normally contribute most to the last category. However,
it is expected that he \\ ill not neglect all academic pursuits and will
have male some contributions in instructional performance and professional achievement. The department recommendation shall he forwarded to the appropriate school committee.
58

Promotion of Mature Faculty for Meritorious Service
(Council: 5/24 62; President: 1117/66)

A faculty member, after ten -ears of exceptional service and the
attainment of age 63, and in view of impending retirement, may he considered for promotion to the next higher rank. although not possessing

the requirements making him eligible for consideration for promotion
as stated in the official college criteria. Such promotion may or may
not be granted depending upon the outcome of the evaluation of his
performance by appropriate college procedures as to the exceptional
quality of his services. The usual criteria of merit niust be applied, and
the faculty member under such consideration will simply become eligible for consideration along with others of his rank.

Advancement of Faculty from Class I to Class II
(Senate: 9/10/66; President; 12/1 66)

The policy outlined in FSA 66-62, "Interim Procedure on Requests
for Changes in Faculty Assignment Class I to Class Ir of September
29, 1966, shall he implemented on this campus by (a) the inclusion of
the tolloN ins.; criteria: a distinguished record of publication, or exhibition, or performance at a national or international level: and (b) review
conducted bY a specially constituted committee at the college level.
[A copy of FSA 66-62 may he seen in the Office of the Secretary of
the College. l

Academic Freedom, Professional Ethics, and
Faculty Rights
(Senate: 1.19/.67; President: 1;31,67,2 '6 '67)

Principles of Academic Freedom
I. The faculty member is entitled to freedom of discussion in the
classroom and on the campus. It is here assumed that discussion in the
classroom is relevant to the subject matter taught, although no formula
predetermining relo-ance either can or should he imposed.
2. The faculty member is entitled to full freedom in research and in
the publication of the results. subject to the adequate performance of
his duties.
3. 'The COHCIN nr 1.1111l'ertiltV faculty member is a citizen and a ITIC111-

her of a learned profession. \'hen he speaks or %%ires as a citizen, he is

free from institutional censorship or discipline. At the same time, he
will recognize his responsibilities as a member of a learned profession.

St(lletitent oil Professional Ethics f
The professor, guided by a deep conviction of the worth and
dignity of the advancement of knowledge, recognizes the special re1.

I Bc tImIt.,11/01

,,f thr,r ,t,tunt,/,ty

particulf ilk affecting faculty mciril)ers, in keeping

doe, not imply that issints of academic freedom affect Mg
ith the sti,pe
stoilmit tremhers of thr ..illege ,orunninity mat not properly he brought before the Coin.
mince ou
ed

\c,ulotnit I feeil,m Ind
coil
Adolfo
\ tncrican ..1,,,ot.tation of

I thics when such questions have not been

Untver,ity l'rofe,inc. Committee 11 rcomtmenclatiifn,
ittil/etin. ',piing. 1966, pp. 57 and SS: and minor editorial emendations in the
in Atlanta. Georgia.
forcgoing approved at the :annual Nri t ion al .Nleeting of the
April
.

sponsibilities placed upon him. 1-lis primary responsibility to his subject
is to seek and to state the truth as he secs it. To this end he devotes his

energies to developing and improving his scholarly competence. He

accepts the obligation to exercise critical self-discipline and judgment in
using, extending, and transmitting. knowledge. He practices intellectual

honesty. Although he may follow subsidiary interests, these interests
must never seriously hamper or compromise his freedom of inquiry.
2. As a teacher, the professor encourages the free pursuit of learning
in his students. He holds before them the hest scholarly standards of
his discipline. He demonstrates respect for the student as. an individual
and adheres to his proper role as intellectual guide and counselor. He
makes every reasonable effort to foster honest academic conduct and
to assure that his evaluations of his students reflect their true merit. He
respects the confidential nature of the relationship between professor
and student, I Ic avoids any exploitation of students for his private advantage and acknowledges significant assistance from them. He protects
their academic freedom.
3. As a colleague, the professor's obligations derive from common
membership in the community of scholars. I le respects and defends the
free inquiry of his associates. In the exchange of criticism and ideas he
shows duc respect- for the opinions of others. He acknowledges his
academic debts and strives to be objective in his professional judgment
of colleagues. I le acceptti his share of faculty responsibilities for the
governance of his institution.
i. As a member of his institution, the professor seeks above all to be

an effecriye reacher Anil scholar. Although he observes the stated regulations of the institution, provided they do not contravene academic freedom, he maintains his right to criticize and seek revision. Ele determines

the amount and character of the work he does outside his institution
with due regard to his paramount responsibilities within it. When con-

sidering the interruption or termination of his service, he recognizes the
effect of his decision upon the program of the institution and gives due
notice Of his intentions.
5, :\s ;1 member of his community, the professor has the rights and
obligations of any citizen. He measures the urgency of these obligations
in the light of hi, responsibilities to his subject, to his students, to his
profession, and to his institution. \\Then he speaks or acts as a private
person, he avoids creating the impression that he speaks or acts for his
college or mil% ersity. As a citizen engaged in a profession that depends
integrity, the professor has a particular
upon freedom for it!, health
obligation to promote conditions of tree inquiry and to further public
understanding of academic freedom.

Some Relevant Proc'e'dures
1. Ally 1,1Cl.11t% 111111her Wilt) 1-1111.k that a question of a possible viola-

tion of academic freedom or professional ethics cannot he resolved in
his department or school ina submit such a question in writing to the
Committee on A.nlemi Freedom and Professional Ethics.
sometimes accept an appeal although the facts
2. The Committee
presented are not suffiient to support- a recommendation. In such case,
the Committee on Academic Freedom and Professional Ethics may re_
quest the Committee on C'ommittees to appoint, with ;ippropriate con60

sideration of the confidential nature of the task, three senior faculty
members to serve as an ad hoc committee to ascertain the facts of the
alleged violation. Such ad hoc committees will discharge their responsibility with a written report of their findings, without recommendation,
to the Committee on Academic Freedom and Professional Ethics.
3. In the event that any party to a proceeding involving a proposed

decision to deny tenure, deny re-employment prior to tenure, deny
promotion, or dismiss, shall at any stage of such proceeding raise an

issue of academic freedom or professional ethics and request in writing
that a recommendation on this issue be delivered by the Committee on
Academic Freedom and Professional Ethics, then no final action in that
proceeding shall be taken by any college agency prior to that Committee's recommendation, or its written refusal to review the issue raised.

Faculty Rights
The enumeration of the following rights does not preclude the

existence of other rights not specified here.
1. The faculty member has the right to be fully informed at the time
of his appointment, and at reasonable intervals thereafter, of the terms
and conditions of his employmentincluding the opportunities for advancement, tenure, and promotion; the opportunities and terms governing sabbatical and other leaves of absence; the terms and conditions of
retirement; the grounds for dismissal; and all related rights of, and
lawful restrictions on, the faculty.
2. The faculty member may choose to affiliate with an social,
political, or religious groups which he in good faith believes to be consistent with the principles of American government.
3. In his classroom. the faculty member has the right and often the
obligation to present controversial issues that are relevant to his teaching.
4. It is a faculty right and obligation to participate in faculty government. The faculty cannot surrender this right by: a) appointing or
electing faculty to committees by virtue of their administrative position,
or b) constituting committees ith the dual role of establishing policy
and also administering policy. Faculty committees in each school shall
have the responsibility for policy recommendation and shall report directly to the school dean.
5. If any formal accusation or criticism is to he placed in a faculty
member's permanent file, he shall he notified in writing and thereupon
he shall have the right to have his written response thereto included
in the file. Anon mous accusations shall he summarily dismissed (and
destroyed if a document) and shall not be used in any proceedings.

6. In the event an issue of faculty rights should arise, and is not

resolved at the department or school level, any party to the issue may
appeal N) the Faculty Grievance Committee throuith the President of
the College.

Incompatible Acticitie
(Senate. 5.6 65; President: 5 27/65)

Pmployinent as a faculty member at the California State College at
Los Angeles includes the tea coins of assigned classes, research and related professional efforts appropriate to successful professional advance61

ment, the advisement of students. and service with other faculty members in groups orgam/ed to carry out the objectives of the college.
Membership on the college faculty presumes a position of leadership
and service in the cultural. scientific. and industrial life of the society
of which the college is a part. Consequently, the college encourages
participation in those activities which offer opportunities for leadership
and service. These activities may include serving as a consultant for
industry or government agencies, performing research supported by
outside agencies, serving as an officer in professional groups, preparing
materials for publication, participating in the political life of the community, conducting e\hibits of creative activities, performing, in the
creative artistic endeavors of the communit, lecturing in fields in which

the faculty member has attained a degree of excellence. serving on
various councils of private and public agencies, and the like.

I font ever, the degree of participation in such activities as the above
k not unlimited. l'he primary responsibilities of the faculty member are
to teach, to perform research, ;111(1 otherwise n further the objectives
of the college. Membership on the faculty is a full-dine position and
the responsibilities involved in being a faculty member assume the use
of the major portion of his time and energies in college work.

If a member of the faculty works outside the college, such work
;oust nor detract from the faculty member's full-time service to the
college. This service to the college is meant to include regular participltion in creati\ e effort at the college but outside the classroom of
such a nature that it enhances the professional development of the faclilt\ member and reflects credit on the college. Research or consulting
actisities outside the college innSt not interfere with this effort.
Limitations are difficult to assign fairly. \lam. faculty members teach
one or more nights a ss eel; at the college. Others spend a considerable
amount of time off rice campus supervising student teachers or doing
ork superk isinn..1 hese are part of the teaching assignment. Many
research actis 'ties require time spent off the campus and, if these activities are not for pay in addition to the salary received for teaching in

the college, they are part of the teaching assigtinuent. Nevertheless,
soul' ,snide lines are essential to protect the students, the college, and
the ,ociety to Inch the college
\ faculty member \ ill meet all assigned classes as scheduled; share
,i,.kement load of the department; regularly attend departmental,
and college meetings: and serve on such departmental, school,
facultv member will schedule
committees as required.
and
than four office hours per week at times convenient to himself
nt
ink' to his students,
\
lime faculty member at the college w ill not engage in inilde activities, as tielined hell/ \\, rngageMent I1a such activities
FMt the purpose of inter
',HO C regarded as kinprnreYliOnil
pr. -rug! these ,,r.lreint2111s the college reconites the following categories
f iiicoinpatible activitics:
'Ionic activities Are in and of themselves unprofessional and therefoft
nIneCtiVe,, of the institution. Such
imipltible 1s
nmy he Of a pe not befitting the professional dignity of
fae!!!t mintier, or of a kind ss hich at ould demean or degrade the
inch; t.inal or the institution. Other activities is Mich arc consistent with
I

community or college standards, but not connected with the faculty
member's profession or with scholarly pursuits, and which are pursued
chiefly for economic value, are not specifically prohibited, but are
nevertheless discouraged, except as such activities are involved in the
management .of private affairs. The discretion and judgment of the
department faculty affairs committee and department chairman shall
he determined on these points, subject to review as provided below.
In addition, a faculty member will not engage in any outside activity
in which there is a conflict of interest with his primary responsibilities
as a college professor.
2. Other activities are incompatible only when conducted excessively,

as defined below. Such activities as part-time teaching at other institutions, consultation, or research 'performed outside the college, the sale
of creative efforts, or public lecturing are examples. A faculty member
will not engage in outside activities of any kind to the extent that they

will conflict with his primary obligations to the college by affecting

his performance adversely.
Implementation of the preceding statements will be according to the
following pattern. It shall he the responsibility of the department faculty
affairs committee and the department chairman to assure that each
faculty member meets his responsibilities to the college as outlined
above. In those departments in which the departmental promotion and
tenure committee serves also as a faculty affairs committee, this shall
be the responsible committee. Interpretation of "an excess level of out-

side activity" will be operational, as "that level of activity which will
conflict with a faculty member's obligation to the college by affecting
his performance adversely," and the discretion and judgment of the
department faculty affairs committee and department chairman shall
be determining on this point, subject to review as provided below.

Inquiries, in writing, regarding the nature or level of a faculty member's
activities may be directed to the department faculty affairs committee
and department chairman by the dean of the school, the school or college faculty affairs committee, or the President of the College.
Any faculty member whose outside activities are considered incompatible by his department will be orally apprised of this judgment by
his department chairman so that he may take appropriate remedial
action. If he does not do so after a reasonable period of time, it is the
obligation of the department faculty affairs committee and department
chairman to initiate proceedings according to the policy then in force
for the handling of cases involving unprofessional conduct.
The above statements arc an interpretation of the state policy concerning activities which are inconsistent, incompatible, or in conflict
with duties as an employee of the state. The general statement concerning state policy follows.

In protecting the integrity of the California state service, the law
includes standards of conduct with which state officers and employees
are expected to comply.
Section 19250 of the Govennent Code requires that:
Every state employee shall fulfill to the best of his ability the duties of the
office or position conferred upon him end shall prove himself in his behavior
inside and outside the service worthy of the esteem which his office or position
requires. In his official activities the state employee shall pursue the common
63

good, and, not only be impartial, but so act as neither to endanger his impartiality

nor to give occasion for distrust of his impartiality.

Section 19251 of the GOVCOMICIll Code requires that:
A state officer or employee shall not engage in any employment, activity, or
enterprise which has been determined to be inconsistent, incompatible, or in
conflict with his duties as a state officer or employee or with the duties, functions or responsibilities of his appointing power or the agency by which he is
employed.

Each appointing power shall determine and prescribe, subject to approval of
the board, those activities which, for employees under his jurisdiction, will be
considered inconsistent, incompatible or in conflict with their duties as state
officers or employees. In making this determination the appointing power shall
give consideration to employment, activity or enterprise which: (a) involves the
use for private gain or advantage of state time, facilities, equipment and supplies; or the badge, uniform, prestige or influence of one's state office or employment or, (b) involves receipt or acceptance by the officer or employee of any
money or other consideration from anyone other than the State for thc performance of an act which the office' or employee, if not performing such act, would

be required or expected to render in the regular course of hours of his state
employment or as a part of his duties as a state officer or employee, or (c) involves the performance of an act in other than his capacity as a state officer o:
employee which act may later be subject directly or indirectly to the control,
inspection, review, audit or enforcement by such officer or employee or the
agency by which he is employed.
Each state officer and employee shall during his hours of duty as a state officer

Or employee and subject to such other laws, rules or regulations as pertain
thereto, devote his full time, attention and efforts to his state office or employment.

Political Activities
According to a legal opinion of the State Department of Education
Administrative Adviser, dated April 22, 1953, State College employees

relating. to elections and political
activities applicable to all persons and are included within the provisions of the Ciozxrninent Code respecting support of political activities
of any foreign government and the advocacy of the overthrow of the
government. The Attorney General has reaffirmed a previous opinion
"that the right to engage in politics is a privilege of citizenship which
should not be denied State employees in the absence of express or
necessarily implied starntor:. prohibition, or unless the particular activity is harmful to the Stat;:. Government. No political activity should
be engaged in on State Time." ( Legal Opinion, Issue No. 65, 6 pages,

arc subject to provisions of law

dated Ally 18, 1953, from Joel El. Burkman to State College Presidents.)

Personnel Files
(Senate: 7 25:67, 3.31 70: President: 9/27- 67, 4/20 70)

1. Personnel Files shall

open only to:

a. the faculty member concerned.
It. faculty committees and administrative personnel (as enumerated

from time to time by the President) responsible for decisions requiving information normally available from personnel tiles.

65
64

2. Material ma% he added to the personnel file bk adlUitliStratiVe personnel charged w ith maintaining facultY files or by the individual faculty
member.

3. lVhen any material is added to a personnel file by administrative
personnel, the faculty member shall be notified and permitted to review
the material. If he feels it does not properly belong in his personnel file
he may appeal to the Faculty Affairs Committee of the school/division
for its removal. If the Faculty Affairs Committee of the school/diision
decides to remove the questioned material from the faculty member's
personnel file, it shall be destroyed forthwith. The faculty member
May respond ro any document in his file, and the response shall become
a part of the file.
4. A faculty member. upon \ritten request to the dean of his school

listing the specific: items involved. may remove from his official tile
(arid retain) am- supplementary exhibits of achievement. i.e., slides,
exhibits, articles, books, and similar materials. If a question arises as to
whether material is supplementary or an integral part of the personnel
the question shall be referred to the Faculty Affairs Committee of
the school for decision.
5. The school/division file shall he the official and complete file. If a
departmental tile exists, it IllaV not contain material that is riot a duplicate
or an abstract of material in the official file.
6. An exception to the open file shall be a confidential tile containing

only letters of recommendation concerning the hiring of the faculty
member, This file w ill riot he open to the fatilt member. Upon the
attainment of tenure by the faculty member. all such letters of recommendation w ill eirber be returned to their point of origin or destroyed
ill cease to exist if the individual faculty
and the confidential tile
v1/4

member concerned gives his or her consent.
7. The above (4.eneral provision,, shall forma f rmnewnrk under tt hich
the several schools/division shall establish detailed plans for preserving
the security .ind integrity of the personnel tiles, V hich may include but
not he limited to controlled access to locked tiles.

Hiring of Miuorit\- Faculty \Lc:tubers
(Senate. 4 23 68; President 4 24 68)

be Academic Senate of the California State Colleges urges each
college and department to show its commitment by taking. immediate
steps in inceasinL, rite number of minorit group professors. and to
facilitate such programs bY making. adjustments of teaching. responsibilities so as to be able to Utilt/C the special talents of minority group
CittplOyillellt.
opplie,MIS 11110 present thill1Sek es tilt eollsideratintl
\ recommends ro each school atid del'he \ eademiC Senate
1).111111CM that it \igorousl% and imaginatively pursue the implementation.
of the resolution of the Academic Senate CSC and that the Chancellor's

Office he requested to allocate additional recrnitint: funds to be expended ',pet itil;111 for the l'eCtlittlly, nt 1111110lit% fatiltV
65

Pay Periods
(Administrative Code: Section 42803)

The annual salary of faculty members is paid in twelve monthly

installments. Since the State of California does not pay in advance, pay

is drawn on the first work-day of the month following the month in
which ttv' work has been performed.
Salary caecks are disbursed through the academic department offices

where faculty members may obtain the dates upon which the pay
warrants will be disbursed for the current ycar.

Payroll Certification
(Administrative Code: 42806)

any provision in this Chapter 5 to the contrary,
hcnevcr in the judgment of a State College president, it is necessary
to do so in e,rder to obtain accurate information for attendance and
pas-roll reporting purposes. such president may require all employees
in any Attendance reporting unit he may designate to certify the amount
of time olsed. including, in the case of academic employees, all class
hick were met and conducted, and all class assignments
assignments
which svere nut met and crrnducted, during each pay- period. Except
as Whn\ ise provided in this section, this certification shall be a condi-

(a) Now

tion to pa incur for the particular pay period in the case of all em-

ploy co in any attendance reporting unit so designated.
(b) The certification required by this section shall be in such form
and detail as the president shall prescribe.
(c) The section shall nor apply ti, vacation or settlement payments,
in lea yes of absence with par pursuant to Article 5
or to pad
(commencing \\ith &ohm 4;000) of this Subchapter 6, or to payments
on special lea es for research or creativity pursuant to Article f.1 (commencing ith Section 4 Mil)). of this Slibcbapter 6.
(d) The president nia authorize exceptions to the requirements of
this section in individual cases \\ here owing to assignments out of California. illness or similar reasons. an undue hardship would otherwise
result.

c) This section shall be operative with the first pay period com-

tnencin!.; after February 2 8, 196O.

()veload Assignment and Payment
(Senate. 5.13 69, President: 5/21/69)

Purpow
The pi ini.it

if the faculty member is to perform as-

signed college duties effectively. Occasionally special needs of the communits stare or collei,e 1113V require additional efforts which would
be considered an overload assignment for which additional compensation ma be provided. Ike purpose of these guidelines is to insure ti ,t
all nor he incompatible with section 19251
erhiad assignment
the
of the Go-,..ermneut Code. Records on all college-related activities arc
subjeet to audit by both the State of California and Federal auditors.
66

Procedures and Guidelines
I. Overload assignments must be approved in advance by the school
dean.

2. The maximum overload compensation permitted is 25 per cent of
the annual salary for the focultv member's earned class, rank and step
during'his academic year (three quarters). No more than 25 per cent
of the faculty inember's quarter salary can uc ,7.:"Cd for overload
assignments in any one quarter. Phis one-quarter limitat...o.k applies to
the time perii Of services rendered and not to the date of actual payment for those additional services.

Definition of College-Related Actiuities
College-related activities arc extension courses, non-credit programs,
Associated Student programs, Peace Corps, contracts, grants or research
projects tu- other assigned duties, which arc funded through the Cali-

fornia State College at I.os Angeles Foundation or the California State
College, Los Angeles Business Office.

Time Periods ztfjected
I. 'These guidelines shall apply only (hiring the academic year of the
individual facultv member. based On his anniversary date, which includes: regularly scheduled class periods., final examination periods., and
the advisement week preceding classes in the fall quarter, if assigned
during that quarter. Farnings for activities at other times (free periods)
shall nor he considered overload ever. though funded through the col lege. Such activities mov include short-term institutes. special programs,
extension courses. special performances. etc.

2. Feaching or performing other duties in a fourth quarter (follow-

ing three consecutive quarters of teaching or other regular assignment),

either for e\tra salary or fora compensating quarter off, would not
alter the maximum academic year Os erload compensation specified in
the guidelines.

3. When teaching or performing other duties in a fourth quarter, an
overload aY,ignillent ma be permitrcd, but overload compensation may
not exceed 25 percent of the faculty member's full load salary for that
quarter.
4. In on quarter in w hich a locult member is not teaching or being
paid for performing. college-related activities, there are no restrictions on
his earnings.

Other (Orel- load Limitations
Ccrtain federal or private grants or contracts may he more re,t:ictive
to overlotd pa} meat limitations. Thew 'note restrictive limitations skill
apply when the faculty member is engaged in such college-related
acm tries.

Part-Time Faculty

Writ Increascs

:Senate, 2124 70. President 6.22170)

Parr-time 1:icultv members will he eligihle fur o merit increase only
after teaching in three sep irate quarters. The School dean may grant a
67

merit increase only upon recommendation of the department, and upon
receipt of satisfaetm e\ klence
teaching competeme, including the
results of student e\ ;dilations.

VaCati,011S
(Administrative Code, Section 42901)

A faculty member is entitled to corned vacation on days falling
between the end of his academic year and the beginning of his next
academic y car and on dav, designated in the local college calendar as
college ;icademic holidays during, his academic yea.

A continuing full-time faculty member after at least one academic
year full-time serYicc at a college on quarter system year-round operations innY he permitteI to take a vacation quarter during the first,

second or third (planer of his academic year in lieu of the vacation to
which he is entitled bet \\ een the end of his academic -ear and the
beginning of his nest academie year. 'Whenever such vacation is taken
by an academic year (upin\ cc: in advance of the completion of his
academic vear, he shall he obligated to complete his academic year of
set\ ice during his four quarter period, or, upon approval of the President, during Iris nest suceeediniY four quarter period; provided however,

that this obligation shall he further deferred for any period during
which the employ ec is a ''person in military service" as that phrase is
defined in the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940, as amended,
of the United Stares (50 App. .S.C. Section 501, et seq.). This obligation shall he esonerated it' the failure of the employee to complete
such academic y ear 411 service is caused by his death or physical or
mental disainiity.

Absences
12,1Cldi

111(:111121.` In

pay or step Inc

eases,

he granted leases of absence with or without

ith rlr \\ idiom. time earned toward sabbatical

and for t cull re.

The number and treqii(ney of lea; es I Senate: 5/6/65; President:
i727/6i Hut a fleuli% nit:whet- ind \ lie Qr,inted ;ire determined by the
comhined iudLunents ,Inc! concurrences of his deportment chairman,
school dean. and the Piesident of the
(or his representative).
\ faCnIt \ Int miter Monc tiPPhc.lmon for 1"tictiliir leave of obsem',

bet_n denied ina, apped. (See
I ,Ca

c5 1)1

Proccdttrc\-.")

Abselicy \Vitli Pay

Sabbatical 1,carc
tratve Cude Suctinn; 43000-430071

(11.01( elittr\

,ectit I\

()tier

ctlecti c 2/2616-, liftliorives

and ,ippi,ffit,, each ".1tine (:idli2t. President 0) ill'1"'"
ti,:r.mincl of his respecri\ e
college.

!caves

`,-)cretin!; .4300). Thc (.11,111CCIlor may
',C1'\ In.;
gi IIII acaLLIIII(' or C, C(11(15 e
\
as,wiiiiient in .inf, college
ICA% C it 111`,C11CC stilt pay for not
I

to esc(

el; tin the purpilm: of pefilintiry, study or travel by
68

the employee \\ hich \\ ill benefit the State CollelreS. The Trustees, on
recommendation of the Chancellor, IllaS grant leaves of absence with
pay not to exceed one \ ear to executive employees and those serving in

administrative assignments in his office. To be eligible for a leave of
absence with pay, an applicant must hold a full-time position and have
served full -tinge therein as an academic emploce. executive emploee,
or an employee in an academic-administrative assignment, or in ails'
COMbillation thereof for six consecutive academic Years. The length of
leaves of absence w ith pay, ;mil the compensation to he paid during such
leases, shall be as provided in this section.
(a)
einplo\ ces on quarter calendars, including acadamic year
employees, 10-month academic employees and 1' -month acadamic employees.
)
One quartor leave at full pa
(2) Two quarters lea\ e at three-fourths of full pay
(3) 'I hree quarters leave at one-half of full pa'
(b)
employees at colleges on semester calendars, including
academic year employees, 10-month academic employees and I2 -month

academic emplo ees:

) One eme,tur lease at full pay
(2) Twu semesters leave at one -half of full pac
(c) Academic employees who have completed at least six consecutive
academic sears of see ice nia be granted a leave of absence for one or'
More quarter, or semesters not exceeding one year. s\ ith compensation
equal to the difference in salar'\ between that received by the person on
leave and minimum salar\ of the Instructor's rank,
.V/m/hcr Sect. 4;uu;'). The number of leaves granted in any one
quarter or year shall not he so grcat in an department, division, school,
or in the college ;is a \\ hole as to disrupt the continued and regular
(

course offerings, c to affect the quality of education offered to the
students. "1 he number of lea\ es mav nut exceed existing appropriations
available for such leaves.

e-ippti.-tiimi (Secr
for il leave of absence
should be made throurdi the school dean or division chairman and submitted to the ['reshot; accompanied 1)\ the action of the appropriate
faculty committee. I he application shall include or be accompanied by
the derails of the applicant's plan of studs. research, or tra\ cl and service to,.2Lther s', ith a statement of the benefits \\ hich \\ mild accrue to
the college and students thereof from the proposed study or the proposed teas el and scr\

pplicants e required to render Serl ice in the
/1H,,,/ 'Sect, 4
upon th,u luturn Cron) le:ts At the rate of on(' tcrlll of
Silre
sers Ice fur each ter in of le Si. 1 hes shall either post a bond to this
effect. or Wake
.11.:UccIlicilt in sl rrtuir aceonlpanred b a statement
I

indetunit the State of
of assets slum in" the outdo\ ees eipacit
LiliforrtH
cserr of failure through tank of their
rain 111`,1 In I
own, to kWh the agreeitiou
1 he time durc.17,..ic, (Sect. 4 (.)f1"- 1.
.161 ( ,wor,I,,!,
(:niph)\ cc is on ler e of ah,en,,T \ ith pa\ shall lie credited
toward retireweili
tuss,o.d .in, merit salary increases the emplo ec
RC'

ing 5\ hich

would have received had he not taken the leave of absence. The period

of leave shall not he construed as a break in the continuity of service
required toward retirement, or toward any salary adjustment.
Outside Earnings. ( I:SA 64-69. 12/22/64). A faculty member on
half-pay for an academic year should not accept employment elsewhere
although he may gu on a Fullbright or accept payment of travel expenses connected with a sabbatical program. There may be a rare
instance where up to half-time employment would actually contribute
to the goal of the individual's sabbatical program. However, the burden
of proof should be on the individual in any such exceptional circumstances to demonstrate the w orth of such employment. He is not precluded from accepting any employment but any such employment
should be minimal and purely incidental.
Each President is fixed with the responsibility of insuring that any
employment is minimal and incidentalno time or dollar values have
or will be established. The same restrictions apply to difference-in-pay
leave.

If faculty members are interested in working rather than in carrying
out the pros isions of a sabbatical they should go on leave without pay.
Report. (CCSCP Minutes: 12/18 - 19/613). A fully adequate report
is required to be placed on file following the completion of each sabbatical leave.

Special Leaves for Research or Creative Activity
(Administrative Code: Sections 43050- 43053)

Grant ,ind Purpose (Sect. 43050). The Chancellor may, within the
limitation of funds appropriated therefor, grant. or may authorize any
president to grant. w ith respect to qualified employees at his campus,
special leaves for research or creative activity.
Eligibility, Terms, and Further Procedures (Sect. 43051).

The Chancellor is authorized to establish standards for eligibility, and the terms
and conditions of such leaves, and to establish procedures and guidelines fur their effective implementation.
Pea-ce (Sect. 43052). Any academic
Obligation to Teach
employee who is ,ranted and who takes a special leave for research or
creative activity shall be obligated to teach in the State Colleges for the
equi.dent of rss o terms for each term of such leave, immediately following- the conclusion of such leave. provided that the completion of
such obliLration shall he deferred during periods, following such leave,
hich, pursuant to the regulations of the Board of Trustees, are taken
as vacation. sabbatical leave, or leave of absence without pay; and pro-

vided further, thar this obligation shall be further deferred for any
is a "person in military service" as
period during
rile
that phrase is defined in the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of

1940, as amended, of the United Stares ( 50 App. U.S.C. Section 501,
et seq.). This obligation shall he exonerated if the *failure of the emplo% cc to complete such service following the conclusion of the leave,
is caused b% his death or ph% sical or mental disability.

71
70

Sick Leave
(Government Code, Section 18160)

After six months of continuous service, full time employees are allowed six days of credit for sick leave with pay. Thereafter, one day
of credit for sick leave with pay is allowed for each additional calendar
month of service, on the submission of satisfactory proof of the necessity for sick leave, When a 1;111111"V Menthe!' is on sick leave and it
appears that the sick leave will he used up, his department shall consider recommending him for a leave of absence without pay.

Family Death Leave
(California State Personnel Board: Supervisor's Handbook, Rev. 1964)

The death of a person related by blood, by adoption, or by marriage,
or an person residing in the immediate household of the employee
may he an authorized reason for sick leave absence if the employee's
attendance is reqtiired. Up to five days of sick leave may be taken
for each death during a calendar year.
Five days of sick leave are nor granted automatically for every death,
The supervisor should exercise his judgment as to the time required by
the employee. This is affected by several factors, such as relationship
to the deceased, responsibility for arrangements, and the date and place
of the services. For example, a person who has lived with the employee
for a considerable length of time tua he considered closer than a relative who has not been in contact with the family for a number of years,

Leave of Absence \\fallout Pay
Approval (Sect. 41(11)). An application for a leave of absence shall

he submitted to the College President. Such request for leave must
include approval by the School Dean, whose approval must he accompanied by a declaration of the purpose of the leaved The College
President mav approve such !caves for periods not to exceed a total of
two years. l'Accutive Order No. 58 delegates authority to the Presi-

!Marion to Sabbatical I.Cai:C (Sect. 43001). One year or less of a
leave of absence w idiom paw taken for the purpose of teaching, research. study. or all assignment determined by the college president or
the Chancellor to he of a nature valuable to the State Colleges may, at
the discretion of the president. after consultation with the faculty, be
counted towards eligibility for sabbatical leave. A notation of the basis
of the decision shall be made in the employees' official personnel record.
Time Earned toward Sabbatical acrd /or Tenure (Senate:
Leaves

2/23/67; President: 2/2s/67). The following are exclusive criteria
for obtaining a leave of absence without loss of time accrued toward
a sabbatical knee. Approval of such an application is contingent upon
recommi.sndations from the applicant's department or school that, in its
opinion,.the experience will enrich his background as a CSCLA faculty
member. A total of no more than one academic year of such leave may
be counted toward tenure or toward a faculty member's next sabbatical
Ica ye.

1. A visiting professorship at another college or university.
2. An academically significant non-teaching post, or one that reflects
credit On our irrstittlto01.
3. .Acceptance of a grant or fellowship from a recognized foundation or institute.
4. Full-time research, nor supported by CSCIA including work completed for an advanced degree, approved by the chairman of the department .ind the dean of the school or chairman of the division itt
which the applicant is teaching. to qualify. the proposal must:
a. clearly indicate that the research is a significant contribution to
the researcher's field of knowledge;
b. show evidence of being adequately financed; and
show assurance that it will be completed during the leave of
absence, although the proposal may be a part of a larger project that
w ill require additional time for completion.
While leaves granted in the foregoing circumstances shall not break
the faculty member's service toward tenure, further tenure service shall
not accrue during the leave unless it is with the recommendation of
the department and school /division committees charged with decisions
regarding retention :old tenure.
Edrlicif to-,cdrd Sabbatical and/Or Tenure.
Ti-jay,m
AC.1delniC Serrate: 4/21/70; President: 5/21/70), On application of the
facility member concerned, the school dean, in his discretion, may
recommend leaves without time earned toward sabbatical and/or tenure.
Leave w.itbout Pay. (Section 43102). The
Sic') Increace
ho
takes
a leave of absence without pay may be
salar of an emplovee
increased one step at the conclusion of the knee, if the following pro.

visions are satisfied:

(.1) The employee was not at the highest step of the salary range
for Iris rank at the nine Inc began his leave;
( I)) lire step increase would not result in establishing the cmplovee's salary at a level higher than it would have been if he had
continued his services at the college \vithout such leave, and had
been accorded a merit salary increase based on his performance;
72

(c) The step increase becomes effective on the employee's regular
anniversary date next follow mg his return to service;
(d) The leavc 5\ as for the purpose of teaching, research, or other
assignment, which is determined by the state College president in the
case of an employee of a state college, or by the Chancellor in the
case of an employee of the Office of the Chancellor, to have been of
a nature valuable to the California Slate Co 11CgCS;
(e) In the case of an academic employee of a state college. the
Colstate college president shall consult svith the faculty of the state
legc with respect ro such salary step increase.

Other Absences
Jury Duty
VAcultn, niember,, receiving notice of ion sluts should report this
fact to the Personnel Oflicc. .\ letter \\ ill be written l; the college
requesting that the faculty member be c\cused from such duty.

Military Leave
(Administrative Code, Section 431011

obtained by faculty
Nlilitar5 lea' e to enter military service may he
the procedures
SkihIllitrill!)
the
documents
and
following
members 11%

required by law voverning military leaves. All documents required to
effect a ?altar\ lens e together with Absence Request Forms shall be
submitted to the President. Since different documents arc needed for
confer with the
each type of militan leave. faculty members should
be
submitted
to the
Personnel Office to learn 5\ Rich documents must
President. Whenever possible. factilts members should arrange for miliadequate
tary leas es early C1101.1(ril in ads once to permit the hiring of
effort
to
arrange
for
suhstitrite,. Reserve oniceis should make every
conflict
with
their
academie
year.
55
Rich
does
not
training dut%

Alatcrnity 'Lear('
(Senate: 9 6 65. President. 5 27 65)

.\ matei'll't \ lease shall not constitute a -hreal; in ',Cr\ ICC- for the
purposes of sahlmlicd1 Icat e or tenure. I loss (yet. 710 inure than six Week',
ICave nr he Cow-At:red as brae sets ed in the tenure period or
time served fills ard CHI:611111T \ for sabbatical leave,

AbsCilre

Leat-C as licsignation: iiCiniSlatetrictit
'Education Code. Section 243111

Ahience \Callum lease of an academic ur nnnacadennic CinplOVCC,
hCriler s oluntarc or ink oluntar.. for tine co/het:Uri% e tt nrkin, clan;
date on
,era autnnaaric resigthltion iron] SI:Ife sets ice. as of the last

55 Ind) the ellIplO5 cc .5 orked.
academic or nonacademic emplos.ee ina5 5\ nhin 00 dos s of the
A lima) re juest a ith the State
effective (Lure
appointing anthoriti has noti-

lioard for reinstatement. If the
fied the employ cc of his autrunaric resignation, an request for rein73

statement must be in writing and filed w ithin 15 days of the service
of notice of separation. \once may he personally served or it may be
last Lflown residence 4,r business address of the
served
addressee and is complete on mailing. Proof of service, either personal
or by mail, shall be made by affidavit. Reinstatement may he granted
only if the employee makes a satisfactory explanation to the hoard as
to the cause of his absence and his failure to obtain leave therefor. and
the board finds that he is ready, able, and willing to resume the discharge of the duties of his position, or. if not, that he has obtained the

consent of his appointing power to a leave of absence to commence
upon reinstatement.

An employee so reinstated shall not be paid salary for the period of
his absence or separation, or for any portion thereof.

Change-of-Status Reporting
It is the responsibility of faculty members to report any changes in
status on the proper forms at the Personnel Office. Changes of address
and marital status should be reported as promptly as possible on the
Personnel Data Forum (P-1). Changes in beneficiary must be recorded
as they affect the retirement system and the various insurance plans.
Changes in dependency will affect the various health benefit plans.
Changes in address and/or dependency will require revising Form W-4,
Employees Withholding Exemption Certificate. Changes in marital
status will affect all the situations outlined above.

Separation of Faculty for Lack of Funds or Work
(Administrative Code; 43200-43202)

Policy. It shall be the policy of the state -ollegcs to provide stability
of employment 1w foreseeing and avoiding unnecessary reductions in
staff. However. when this is not possible due to lack of funds or lack
of work. the staff shall be reduced in accordance with this article. The
classes tit reaching service area to be reduced and the number of employees therein to be laid off, shall be recommended 1w the President
of the college to the Chancellor. The Chancellor shall make all final
determinations both for each college and for the Office of the Chancellor.
Relocation Opportunities. The Chancellor's office shall make a survey of all state colleges in order to ascertain the availability of suitable
positions where staff ro be laid off may seek relocation. To the extent
staff resources permit, similar efforts shall be made with respect to
colleges and universities outside the state colleges.
Arca of Layoff. Layoff of academic employees shall be by teaching
service area within a college.
Order of Layoff. Whenever a determination has been made that
there is a lack of funds or lack of work. employees in a class or teaching
service area to he reduced shall be laid off in the following order: The
President may at his discretion. without regard to the class or teaching
sets icc area to he reduced. separate from service any student assistant,
instructor for extension service. person employed on a temporary basis,
or, with respect to employment in a summer session, any member of
74

the faculty of a state college summer session. Persons described in this

paragraph, if performing the same or comparable work as that performed by a probationar or permanent employee, shall be separated
before any probationar or permanent employee desiring to continue
in employment is laid otf pursuant to the provisions of this article.

Grievance Procedures for Academic Personnel
of the California State Colleges
(Chancellor's Executive Order, Number 112)

The complete text on "Grie :MCC Procedures for Academic Personnel
of the California State (1,411eges- is given in Appendix I.

Disciplinary Action Procedures for Academic
Personnel of the California State Colleges
(Chancellor's Executive Order: Number 113)

-I he complete test on "DISCIplinarV Action Procedures for Academic
Personnel of the California Stare Colleges,- is given in Appendix J.

Instruction al Policies
The College Year
(Administrative Code: 42700, 42800)

The

is composed of four consecutive quarters, each
appro\imately the same length and commencing with the opening of
the summer quarter. The President. in consultation with the Academic
Senate, shall tip and publish in the annual Catalog the beginning and
ear

ending -dates of the college year and quarters.

The Academic Year
(Administrative Code: Section 42751)

Academic year employees w ill be appointed for an academic year
composed of any three quarters out of four consecutive quarters. In
colleges on quarter system v car-round operations the period of four
consecutive quarters '.0 ithin which an academic year employee serves
shall begin with the quarter to Bich he is appointed. For continuing
academic ear employees. upon conversion of the college to quarter
system year-round operations. the period of four consecutive quarters
shall begin with the fall quarter. provided. however. that continuing
academic year employees who prior to conversion of their college to
quarter system Year-round operations had served full time for the immediately preceding two semesters or three quarters, as the case may
he, shall he considered to have served a full academic year for purposes
of Section 42754.

Assignment to Academic Quarters
(Administrative Code, Section 42752)

(a) the initial assignment pattern of the three quarters constituting
the academic car of an academic Year employee during his first aca-

demic 'ear shall he established in advance of his appointment, and stated

in an app Mitment or assignment letter to hint.

(1) Vild(A\ inc the initial academic %ar of service of a newly appointed academic Year employee. tikl. for a continuing academic scar
employee upon the conversion of his college to quarter system yearround operations. and thereafter, assignment and reassignment of patterns

of the three quarters constituting his academi year, and the time during
Rich a etimpensAtinu quarter oti mav he taken pursuant to Section
4.2-C4. subdivision (e)( 2 ). v,iii he considered in lif.2.1it of the needs of the

academic employee and the needs of his department, and mutually
agreed to at the department. division, or school level As the college shall
determine. I f such agreement is riot reached at the level or levels selected
76

by the college for such determinations, the tinal decision u ill he made

by the President, consistent %% ith the resolutions of the Board of Trustees

applicable to quarter system s ear-round operations.
(c) Assignment of an academic year emplovee to academic quarters
pursuant to subdivision (b) of this section shall he determined at as earlsdate as is feasible, bur at ant' event, at least one full quarter, or in the
of a collec2,. con% cant,: from a semester 1.% stem to quarter ss stcm

year-round operations, one full semester. in ;ulvance of the beginning
of the nest succeeding academic Year, unless the employee consents to
made more than
a later determination. \o such assignment ma he
three years in ads ante of the be,..,inningu of the academic year .to which
it relates. Assignments pursuant to this article are without- reference ro
decisions on appointment. retention and tenure, which decisions shall
continue to he governed by Articles 2 and 13 of this subchapter.

Teaching Assignmelits
tAdministrative Code: Section 421531

(a) The pattern of instruction for fall -time academie year employees
at colleges on quarrel. system car-round operations, shall be three
quarters of a period of four consecutive quarters. the fourth quarter
(/ther%% ke provided in
of which period shall he vacation eseept
subdk ision (h),
Section
(b) The reaching assignment for academic year employees at colleges
on quarter ,,%%,tem ear-round operations shall he no greater than it is
for such employees at colleges not on quarter s stem car-round operations. Because of V1Iriotion in course offering: dUrin,r any particular
quarter, it should be recogniied that a teachinu. assignment- for a given
faculty member may vorY from quarter to quarter and front academic
car to academic Year.

Teaching an Extra Quarter Assignment
(Administrative Code: Section 427541

(a) The term "c \tato nuarter assignment" mean,' teitchinLE h%' an academic % car cmplo cc, full-time or part-time kk ithin his four quarter

period, of a quarter other than one of the quarters %%hid) comprise
the academic year of secs

lien the needs of the college require it,
(hi in c \ceptional
\\ ith the consent of the eniplo cc involved, and under the provisions
of this section. an academic s ear emplo% cc 1113% be permitted to teach
an cora quarter assignment. The el111110%1.1e s ill not, as a general polio ,
teach more than six consecutive quarters, and shall not be permitted
equkalent of seven consecutive full-time quarters
to teach 'note than
in the California State Colleges.

(c) \o academie scar cumin cc shad teach an extra quarter assign!tient unless he threes to do so.
(d ) In instances in % Inch 111 academic s ear employee is permitted to
and consents to teach :in (ova quarter assignment pursuant to this section, he shall ha e the right to elect k% 11(111C11 such (11-I shall he for
extra compensation or for a quarter off at a later date; provided that
service for a quarter off it a later date must be full time for the entire
77

7.8

quartet. Such election shall he made b notification to the college in
such form, and in such manner, and by such time as the president shall
prescribe.

(e) An academic year emplo cc may teach extra quarter assignments either for extra compensation or for a compensating quarter off
at a liner dare; provided that:
(1) For extra compensationhis teaching. including teaching' pursuant to this subdivision (e.). shall not exceed the equivalent of one
quarter for extra compensation nor more than the equivalent of ten
quarters during any triad. ISection 42700(z) defines a triad its a period
of 36 months or 12 quarters. commencing in the case of each academic year cmplo ee at a college on quarter system year-round operations, with the beginning of the first quarter of his first academic

year at such a colleged No service credit for tenure. retirement,
sabbatical lea\ e. sick leave, or seniority. will be earned during this
extra quarter. and

(2) I:or a compensating quarter off at a later datehis teaching,
including teaching pursuant to this subdivision (e). shall not exceed
the equivalent of ten quarters during any triad. Such compensating
quarter on' \ ill normally be taken during the employee's next succeeding academic year, but max-, ss ith the approval of the college
president or his designee. he taken at a later time within .6 months
of the completion of the extra quarter of service. Where an extra
quartet- assignment is taught not for extra compensation but for a
compensating quarter off. pursuant to this subdivision. no service
credit for tenure, retirement, sabbatical leave, sick leave or seniority
shall accrue with respect to the period of the extra quarter assignment, but shall accrue. \\ ith respect to the paid time taken as a COnlpensat ing quarter ill. in the same manner as though the employee
had taught during the period of such compensating time off rather
than during the period of the extra quarter assignment.
(f)
in this article. the terms "teach" and "teaching" shall
include service during a period of sabbatical leave. and service while
on a special leave for research or creative activity.

reaching Loads and Assignments
Factdr, members meet their assignments during advisement periods
and on all instructional da s up to and including commencement.
l'acuh members meet
assigned classes as scheduled; share in the
\ isement assignments: attend all departmental. school, and college

faculty meetings, and sere WI such departmental, school, and all-

colleLre cominittees as required.
ina,:imuni reaching assignment is melve quarter units. (Faculty

ho teach laboratory classes or \ orkshops are assigned a teaching

load according to a special formula.) Special assigned time to the gradu-

ate pnigram or administrative duties ma\ reduce the rime assigned to
the chairman. Special assignments are :du ays made by the dean of the

school

79
78

Conflict of Interest
(Senate! 8.'8167; President: 9/11167)

I, The college adopts the principles of the joint statement of the

Council of the American Association of University Professors and the
American Council on Education, "On Preventing Conflicts of Interest
in Government-Sponsored Research at Universities."
2. The Executive Secretary of the Faculty Grants and Research Committee is the institutional adviser on questions relating to conflicts of
interest.

3. School deans and deNrtment chairmen will he advised be the Ex-

ecutive Secretary concerning the type of situations which might involve conflicts of interest.

4. A faculty member w ho participates in government-sponsored research or demonstration grants shall comply with the following procedures:

a. Disclose annually to his department chairman remunerated activities related to his college teaching and governmental consultation
and research.

b. Confer annually vith his department chairman to determine
whether any of the activities under (a) are in conflict with each other
or in conflict w ith the interests of the college.
c, Withdra from incompatible activities in order to comply with
the principles of the joint statement of the Council of the American
Association of University Professors and the American Council on
Education.

Electronic Recording of Classroom Lectures
)Senate: 2, 20 68: President: 2: 27/68)

Any faculty member may permit his classroom lectures to he recorded.

loWever, for his own protection. as

ell as that of the college, this

permission shall he in written form, shall indicate anv limitations imposed
on future use of the recording, and shall hear his own signature. He may

retain a copy of the written permission. All of the normal rights of
authorship shall he accorded to the faculty member whose classroom
lectures have been recorded, though absolute protection of these rights
May he e tremely difficult to furnish and therefore cannot he guaranteed.

Publications and Questionnaires
Publication, , hich are designed to represent the entire college, or
any division or department of the college. should he reviewed in each
instance ith the school dean and with the appropriate administrator
before they are sent to press. For ysample, publications or questionnaires dealing ith student affairs should he reviewed by the Dean of
Students, Those relating to instructional programs should he referred
to the Dean of A.cademi Planning. Those rehiring to workshops, conferences. e \ tension courses, or to summer session should be reviewed
e ith the Direcoir of Extension and Summer Session. Publications representing the entire college should ;ilso he cleared ith the Office of Publications Set ices. In case of doubt as to the appropriate administrative

office for rk iett , publication ina be sent to the Vice President for
Academic .\ frau-,
Questionnaires should licat the identification of the individual, class,
and /or instructor from st Inch the\ emanate.

Visiting Speakers in Class
(Senate

16 64, President, 1 23 64)

Neither the OtIlege Lommittee on Visiting Speakers nor any other
college agent:\ shall retch in% imti(ins IR faculty members to visiting
speakc, s tt ho comc to address their classes. (College Policy on Visiting
Spcaker.+,)

ClaSSE00111S

All offices and rooms containing special equipment, such as laboratories, arc desitmated as -locked" rtionis. It is important that tindows
as st ell as doors he locked When these rooms are vacated. Regular
,rain standard equipment and to which keys arc
classrooms st hich
not issued need not he locked when the instructor leaves; however,
reasonable precautions should he taken to prevent wind or rain damage
during inclement st eat her. Windows and doors should be closed and
lights extinguished w hen a room is vacated.
Fitch classroom on the campus has been assigned specific equipment
and a maximum searing capacit Fquipment should not be removed
he Fire Department has set the maximum seating
from classrooms.
capacity for each room st hich is not to he exceeded. If at any time furniture is missing from a classroom. the Office of I)ean of Instructional
Administration should be notified.
All requests for a change of classrooms should be cleared through
the office of the department chairman.

()ifiee Assignments
'I he assignment of facult office space is the joint responsibility of
the school dean and the (Mice of the Vice President for Academic
Affairs. So far as possible, the school deans' recommendations will be
folkm ed in the assignment of office spaces.

( ;faded

licne.a/ Poty. I he final grade that a student receives is the prerol_tarix c of the lust ruLtor concerned, I he college has no regulations
st Inch might got ern a I,Irtcltt inewhcr grAde distribution. Information
department's policies ;111(1 average trrade distribu tion is
leg irding
atall,lfcic through the department ehait man or school dean,
Grade Cards, on winch to record
Ncootiene 15'N, c.lfIrc.
final grades. art: distiiInued to ins,trueno, during the closing weeks of
the quarter. I hese cards are to he returned b the instructor in person
to the Rt Ost tat', office as nn as possible after each final examination,
and no Lilor than the dead le announced It the Regisrrar.
.S.peia/ :Vol( f)11 -111(711111th.VC- Ciladr.v "Incomplete" grades should
not be gut en to fading student... Students st Ill) are passing, but through
e\tenuatini., circumstances have not been able to complete all or part
80

of the last four weeks of the course, are eligible for an "Incomplete"
grade. When the student completes the remaining work, the change of
grade must he reported to the Registrar's Office. An "Incomplete"
must be cleared bv the last LiaV of classes of the second quarter fol,vas received.
lowing the quarter in which
All grades submitted to the Registrar's Office are

Cbaugc of Ciratic.

final, except in the case of a clerical error. An instructor may not
change .a grade at the request of a strident for special consideration

unless the grade submitted was erroneously reported. This regulation
exists for the protection of the instructor and is nut intended to violate
his prerogative of a"ignin1.,g+ the original grade.

Credit/No-Credit Grades: Undergraduate Programs
'Senate;

5 21 68. President. 8 29!68

would indicate units com\ pass credit I grade, denoted "Cr,-credential,
but would not be

pleted and creditable t(!kk ;red a degree or
integrated into grade point aVeratles.
no- credit 1,rade. denoted t*, would be considc,:d as units at2.
tempted. would he Computed in Lunde point averages, and would appear
on the student's transcript- as an I'.
or 1). A no-credit grade is defined
;. \ ( , LiJiaLlc as defined as .-1,
trade, of WI' or Inc would retain the standard
as UT, CU',
definition.
Lool.atiom
1. The option To select ('r /. \ "(. is (muted to students in good standing
w Ito have C(Ifilpleted at least 12 units at CSCI,.1 or who have been admitted to (SCI. \ in upper-division srandinua,.

\ student ma% elect no more than one-half of a quarter's study
load as (.,/.\'(
2.

student m.1% rcgster for (ink- one (,'I-/A'r course in any quarter,
store than 2.7 percent of the total units
\
-4
(.S(.1.A
toss
aid a degree or credential to Cr/NC
talscn in rc-odcrice
courses.
tit 0, not 1,i

(

cit.:, red on a ( ii",\( basis si, here specifically re-

dc,'Ecd ua aril device ni cicdemial program

quio:d

on nci. ionl
Cri,",\(
6.

hether in the

cMilk.At. specific courses appearing

nt.uol dtplltnqm of

vomiter. (..Acn if stikeied from among a group of
meet ,Irp.rrrra,cnt,tf .H.QA requircrrrcnts. arc prohibited on a

1 ;Isis.

\ srmdclar tpusi elect (

.tirading at the time of registration.

the requital minimum units in the desigLour
n It, .1 ( oirct,d I driL.Ition rielcl, trdi quarter units) inav not he ;it-tempted
['ducation courses ( 12
I w.\ t s c r..idclitu,nal (
on a
o.rtf
Hit;
1.1Vt.1-.1)1
-2
mhirrer
unit minimum may
!Hut, :1,:cdtd
wen. jAL

(
;

t !it;
1

(;11Y1

;;

;

!WI.- .4 .1;10

o ilo Umr .,f

1!.)

tans 1,11111,1:.

8. Faculty will report letter grades according to current practice. The
Cr/NC' grade will be assigned b% the Registrar. A :VC grade is defined

as an F, Grades of II'I',
definitions.

UW, or Mc will retain their standard

9. The Cr /NC program cyill he reviewed and evaluated by the Instructional Affairs Committee following three quarters of operation. A
report based upon this evaluation will he made available to the Academic

Senate,

19. Courses normally graded Cr/F may not be attempted on a Cr /NC
basis as defined in this document.

Credit by Examination
(Senate: 5 20 65, 4 '21.66; President: 5 27/65, 4,18/661

Approval to receive credit by examination is to be granted at the
discretion of the appropriate college authorities and under the following conditions:
t. The student must he in good standing (not on probation), be
registered in at least one other course (not extension) at the time credit
by examination is authorized, and pay for additional units if cost exceeds
fees already paid. In S11111111er sessions the total units earned for courses
and examinations cannot exceed the limit authorized by the Education

Code.
2. Prior to taking the examination, concurrent approval of the chairman of the department concerned, and the instructor in the course is
required. Forms for approval may be obtained from the departments.
One copy of the approval to take the examination must be filed with

the Registrar prior to the examination date.
3. Credit by e\amination is restricted ro regular undergraduate and
graduate courses listed in the General Catalog (College Bulletin); it is
without unit limit, but does not count as residence credit.
4. Credit by examination is not treated as part of the student's work
load and therefore does not require a petition for excess study load;
it is not considered for Selective Service purposes nor by the Veterans
Administration in the application of their respective regulations.
5.
hatev cr grade the student receives for the examination must be
entered on his record and counted toward his grade point average. It
shall be designated as "credit by examination.' on the student's permanent record card.
6. The examittition is to be interpreted broadly to include whatever
activity teat or demonstration the instructor deems appropriate in order
for him to evaluate the student's understanding, skills, or knowledge as
required by the objectives of tire course.

Credit for Peace Corps Volunteers Training on Campus
(Senate: 5 25 65; President: 6 14 65)

Credit determinations still be made individually for each training
group.
2. 11'hen the training schedule for each group is determined, the
project director (a faculty member) will ask each department contributing to the training program if it wishes to give credit to the trainees
82

for its portion of the program and, if so, to indicate Nvhat course nuMher and title should he used. and how inanr units arc to be given. (It is
ith reference to the units
possible for this purpose. to obtain a
recommended: to give, for instance, two units for a course normally
received three.)
;. The project director w iii fora and these recommendations, along
ith his ow ii, to the 1)can of Academic Planning, who Nvill then ask
the Instructional Affairs (.onimittee,$) of the school(s) in which the
departments are located if it trill accept the recommendations. If the
w ill notify the
ansttcr' Is aflirmatit c, the Dean of eademic
Records
of the action
Peace Corps and the Director of \dmissions and
taken.

4. The I)irector of .Admissions and Records will prepare special
record cird,, for this credit in order that it can he certified to this or
another institution w hen the volunteer returns to school after his tour
of dut\
L.nder usual circuin,..t,fficc), Ina \itinini college credit to be allowed

one unit for each \lcck of the n.aining period. Grades will be recorded unit as Cr.
Idle college credit sr ill he V.1111.1ted unit when the volunteer has
G.
heouic a matriculated student ;it this ur another institution of higher

education. Graduate units w ill he validated if the volunteer had a Imeca',wreak; dcgi tie from an accredited institution w hen he entered training
this campus. and has hecn accepted as a graduate student at this or
mother institution of higher education.

Gradtrate Course (:reclit for Undergraduate Students
,Senate, 11 25 69, President, 12 3(69)

(indult,. course credit mar not ire .11)1111Cd t()\\ ;It'd a bachelor's degree,
his final quarter of untlervratluate stride nrav apply
lint a student
I8) units 1)cy(md the ntmlour ard graduric credit a inammuni
2.75 overall
her lopilitti for iz.irldurtion pro hied he has maintained a
3.0 average may
ri
lc.
A
student
,with
a
sr
ti:1.112.e In all lipprr Cllr ision
includ in this rho, Ince one course at the ion ii yd. I he coursels)
rein is arc I sought must he approved in advance
for sr loch
the department in \t litchi the master's degree
hr .1 l,radu ii. .lift Iser
(;1.1,1tiait,
credit I, granted under this provision hr
taken
\dioissions and Records during the quarter prior
io,on to the ()Iiicc
to ill ti ii s, inch the courses are taken.
111

1.11

(;11dtiate Theses and l'rojects
c.F.,on,iti,

ruin

8 8 6'. President 9 11,671

titers of piu:st.t n list he 3pprmd I)\

filer t conlinivcc shall include. as

project

minimum, the

pio,o. I dot( our swirl une oihcr imiliber of the faculty,
r nlurintlec i-,11.111 he ajiprore l hr the department- chairman
I ht.
( onimittee. a subcommittee of the
and t eltilted to the (gym ulti
tionat traits ( minium( c, lis the school dean or his designee.

tire-'

Second Baccalaureate Degree
(Senate 12/2169; President: 12(31169)

In order to provide similar baccalaureate degree opportunities to native
and transfer students, the following policy is in effect:
I. First degree completed elsewhere, regardless of academic field:
Students seeking a bachelor's degree from CSCLA after having received a baccalaureate from another institution may qualify for gradu-

ation with the approval and recommendation cif the faculty upon
completion of the following:
a. General education requirements then in effect.
b. Residence and scholarship requirements then in effect.
c. ;Major program as specified by department.

d. Complete a minimum of 36 additional quarter 'units beyond

the first degree.

2. Two baccalaureates from CSCLA: A student completing a baccalureate program at CSCIA will have completed the general education. residence and scholarship requirements. 1Vith the approval
and recommendation of the faculty, he may qualify for a second
baccalaureate upon completion of the following:
a. General education requirenients then in effect.
b. Residence and scholarship requirements then in effect.

c. Major program in a different academic field as specified by
department. Y% hether concurrently or in sequence.

d. Complete a minimum of 36 additional quarter units beyond
the first degree.
3.

Multiple majors: Students desirous of haying multiple majors

listed on their diplomas must:

Fulfill all departmental requirements in the several majors.
h. File a request endorsed by the several major departments to
the Deans) of the appropriate school(s).
c. Be approved and recommended for graduation by the faculties
of each major department.
Units included in second baccalaureate program way not apply to
graduate degrees.
a.

Field Trips
In order to provide information to the college concerning the location of an instructor or a student in case of an emergency, and to protect
the faculty member and the student in case of an accident. faculty mem-

bers are askedprior to leaving on such a tripto complete the "OffCampus Field Trip Request" form and to deposit it in the office of
the school dean.

Final Examinations
Final examinations or final class meetings are required in all courses,
and shall be held at the time and place as shown in the Class Schedule.
Any exception in time or place must he approved by the school dean.

Final examinations may not be given before the scheduled time.
84

Students who find it impossible ro take a final examination on the
date scheduled inav make arrangements in advance with the instructor
to have an "incomplete grade" reported. The student must then follow
the regulations concerning the make -up of "incomplete grades" as out-

lined in the Catalog. Exceptions ro this rule may he made only with
the approval of the instructor and the school dean.

Procedures for the Lvaluation of Instruction
(Senate: 11'25 69; President: 12'31/69)

1. Each department shall develop a program for the evaluation of
faculty instructional performance, including. but not necessarily limited
to, student evaluations.
2. It shall be the responsibility of the Faculty Affairs Committee to act
as a resource agencv to aid departments in formulating appropriate

student evaluation forms ;mil procedures.
Procedures providing for the participation of students in the evalu-

ation of instructional performance. including the design, distribution,
and use of student evaluations, shall he submitted to the Faculty Affairs
Committee as part of the annual submission of department and school
procedures.

4. The Faculty Affairs Commit-tee shall formulate an evaluation form
and procedure to be used by all departments that either do not submit
their on\ n procedures. or prefer to use that provided by the Faculty
Affairs Committee,
5, As used in these prucedure,, for cvalu:Ition of instruction, the term
"facultn." includes hoth full-time and part-time members of the faculty.

Attendance at Commencement
(Senate 1,13.70; President: 2:6170)

Commencement is a formal reconition of the completion of undergraduate and graduate programs and the conferring of degrees on students upon the recommendation of the faculty. Attendance at cominenceme.nr is parr of the regular professional responsibilities of all
tullume faculty memhers. And therefore., they are expected to attend.

Teacher Disclosure Policy
(Senate. 3 !8 65 President: 5 27 65)

When interrogated directlY by prospective employers of any kind,

or indirect-In h\ the college's administrative officers in behalf of pro -

spectin e emplo erS, a professor can safely answer questions which he
finds (lead\ concerned sn tin the student',, competence and fitness for
the ioh. Bur questions rehiring to the student's political, religious, moral,
or social heliefs or opinions may ieopardiye the professor-student relationship and constitute an infringement of the student's academic freedom. I lie college ii ill support- any professor in his decision not to
respond to questions in Inch he considers ro be of this type.

lo guard against the diner of putting their students in all unfavorable light, professors should preface each in ritten questionnaire or oral
intervie.\\ o ith a brief pro forma statement c\plaining that the academic
85

policy to which they subscribe precludes their answering certain types
of questions, and that no presumptive inferences about individual students should be drawn because of their adherence to this established
college policy,
There should be no exceptions to the rule not to respond .to such
questions, even though an individual student might wish it. Personal
expediency should not he permitted to override a principle which seeks
to insure the kind of intellectual climate in w Inch unhampered inquiry
and uninhibited learning can tale place.
It is recommended that copies of such a statement be made available
to professors for use, through their departmental offices. The text of
such a statement might read: "It is my practice, in accordance with
expressed collel.,re policy, not to answer questions relating to the student's political, religious, moral, or social beliefs or opinions because
answering such questions tends to jeopardize the professor-student relationship and often constitutes an infringement of the student's academic
freedom."

Television Policy
(Senate: 5,15.65; President: 6/14/65)

and Administration
I. The faculty of CSCIA recognizes educational television as a potential asset to the instructional program of this college. The development of educational television on this campus shall be determined by
continuous faculty examination and control.
2. A committee, the Television Committee, shall be established as a
standing subcommittee of the Instructional Affairs Committee. The
De-cc/op/w/o,

major concern of the Television Committee shall be the orderly development and use of instructional television at CSCIA. Membership on this
committee shall include the Vice President for Academic Affairs or his
designate, the Co-ordinator of the Broadcast Service Center, and five
representatives of the faculty selected by the Instructional Affairs Committee.

Te/evision Committee
1. It shall he a function of this committee to recommend new policies
and review existing policies governing the use of all television facilities

of the college, including the production, retention, and re-use of television tapes,
2. It shall be a function of this committee to make certain that the
rights .of faculty members involved in television production on this

campus are protected. In particular, the committee shall review all television negotiations and contra, :s involving the faculty and shall utilize
professional legal consultants when advisable.

This committee will be particularly concerned with continuous
evaluation and appraisal of the effectiveness of instruction carried on
through the medium of television and reporting- these evaluations to
the faculty.
4. This conunirree shall serve as a consultative body to the President
to provide him w ith 3 source of advice regarding community service
television broadcasting. Ir is assumed that the President will consult with

this committee before arrangements are made with groups outside
CSCLA which involve the use of television.
86

Hie Television Committee shall recommend policies for the presen-

tation of courses for instruction by television. These ,.policies should
include specific requirements for submitting proposals, for presentation,
and for evaluation procedures.
6. I he proposals for course content and procedures for evaluating
courses shall be submitted to the Television Committee according to
methods outlined below.
7. The Television Committee shall implement policies and make decisions regarding choices from ;inionL, competing proposals for television
offerings, and shall make decisions removing courses from instruction
by television.
firoadcast .S'eruice Center

1. The Broadcast Service Center is an all-campus instructional facility.
I he activities of the Center arc directed by the Television Coordinator
ho is administratively responsible to the Dean of Instructional Services.
2. The Center, acting w ith the advice of the Television Committee,
coordinates all campus broadcasting activities including programs of
culture and enrichment for release over commercial and educational
s

stat ions,
3. I he Center \\ ill coordinate and integrate existing and proposed
radio and tele\ ision facilities on the campus.
4. I he Center \\ ill maintain a file of reference materials to assist in
evaluation of instruction by television.
5, The Center \\ ill maintain a tile of instructional and reference material to assist in instruction by television, in consultation with the Television Committee and the Audiovisual Center.
Responsihilit.'s
Instruction by Television
Ir is recommended that the School take appropriate steps to accom-

plish the folio \\

I. To examine and screen television course proposal,. within the
adequacy, and specific
School with emphasis on desirability,
content.
2. lo approve proposals for extension or summer session courses to
be offered on telex ision by the School.

To reewiunend action

(fil

proposals initiated within the School

and to for \, and these proposals to the Television Committee.
indicate whether necessary instructional facili4. To determine
ties, materials and staff are available.
5. In provide for the evaluation of courses being offered for instruction by television.
Procotnies for the Subwission of Requests for
Cou,.\cv to fit

Tcicz:ision

Ail proposals fur new courses to be offered for credit shall be allthUriled first by the Instructional Affairs Committee following its usual
procedures
.\ proposal for a course to he taiq.2,1it by television should be submitted to the I ele\ ision Ommitfte t 11 ri ItIL.411 the urinal School channels.

A. course proposal normally should he submitted to the Television

Committee t.\\ o quarters poor to the quarter in s hich the course
87

8'8

is to he offered on television. Any objections to the proposals are to be

submitted in writing to the Committee within twenty (20) regular
school days following submission of the proposal.
In order for the Television Committee to take action, each proposal
for a course should contain, after the name of the course and the
number of units credit. the following information:
I. What is the justification for presenting this course on television?
How will this offering differ from the same course as might be offered
in the classroom? flow does this course fit in with college-wide plans
for instruction by television? (Consultation with the College Television
Coordinator may be required for assistance in answering this question.)
2. Is the same course to be offered concurrently in the classroom?
If so, how will students be assigned to television and non-television
sections?
3.

Is the entire course to be offered via television, or will there be

some class meetings directly with the instructor?
4. Has the course or a similar course been offered before on television? If so, When, and with what results?

.5. Has a pilot script been taped and evaluated by the instructors
of the proposed course? (A pilot study in cooperation with the Broadcast Service Center is recommended.)
6. Fins there been consultation w .th all interested departments and
the Broadcast Service Center? Persons consulted and dates of consulta-

tion should be included in the proposal.
7. The following questions related to feasibility should be answered:
a. Are the appropriate faculty and staff already available? (The
names of all such persons should be listed.)
b. What are the proposed contractual arrangements?
c. What is the estimated student enrollment for the proposed
course? How was this estimate obtained?

d. When is it planned to first offer this course on television and
how often thereafter?
e. What equipment and other facilities will be necessary? XVill
these he available?
f. Is it planned to have all or any session of the course taped prior

to the quarter in which the course is to be offered?
8, Procedures for evaluation of television courses should be incorporated in the proposal.
a. \ School k\ hick is presenting courses on television must establish adequate procedures for
,thEiting the televised courses. Consultation k\ ith the 'Feick ision Coordinator and the Director of Institutional Research regarding evaluation procedures is advised.
The evaluation of a television course and the consideration of all

curriculum implications are the responsibility of the instructor(s),
department(s)ind the School offering the course.
c. In addition to customary standards for evaluating courses, the
proposer(s) of a television course should address themselves to the
follokk ing questions:
( ) Is television being properly used as a medium of education?
(2) Is it enouL4-11 to merely move a classroom lecturer's podium

into a television studio?

89
88

(3) What advantages does television have over the classroom?
(4) What techniques and materials can he used on television
that cannot he used in the classroom to make for better education?
9. Signatures of the instuctor(s) submitting the proposal, the chairman(men) of the department(s) involved, and the School dean(s).
Faculty Rig is Pertaiuinf; to Dc-celopment. Re-n.ce. Retention
anti Distribution of Telcz..ision Materials Produced by College
I.

The conditions under which a television offering shall he made will

be determined by the faculty member(s) involved and the Television
Committee. A written contract stating such conditions shall be executed, signed by the faculty member(s) and the President of the College
or his representative.
2. Agreements for the presentation of instruction by television must
be renegotiated or renewed on a yearly basis with the parties involved
in the original negotiations or their successors. At the time of such
negotiation, any faculty member involved in the actual instruction may
request in writing that any or all recordings of his presentation be erased
or revised if, in his professional judgment, such action is deemed necessary. If extensive revision is necessary, consideration must he given to
the availability of facilities.
3. No presentation of recorded course sessions can be made beyond

the regularl scheduled campus class offerings without the written

permission of the instructor(s) involved.
4. It should be clearly understood that the instructor(s) involved
shall retain his (their) proprietary rights and other right, title, and
interest in, and to, the lecture materials; such materials shall not pass
into the public domain nor become the property of the collegiate institution or any other institution or person presenting such lecture materials by television.

5. .nv release of television lecture materials beyond their original
intended purpose (for example. for rental to other schools) must be
approved in w riting b the instuctor(s) and department(s) involved
and provisions made for distribution of any remuneration received.
Such negotiations and resultant contracts must be approved by the Television Committee and the President of the College.
he instructor w ill not receive royalties for the presentations of tele\ ised material on the originating campus.
Simultaneous and/or subsequent telex king in other institutions will
be subiect to p.o mcnt to the instructor and the originating institution.
faculty- menthes may contract away his rights to withdraw part
or all of his program materials or assign away his rights in perpetuity.
6. (:)p rights for w mi.hooks. guides. and other published materials
used to support television proLtrams must he in the name of the instru-

torts). \, ho then receive(s) ro\ alty fee, for the sale of such materials.
When released time is given to stn instructor for the preparation
and presentation of at television course or other approved television
offerintt. (for instance, a public service program ), the adjustment in
faculty load is 111,1de on the assumption that the college will receive
substantial benefits front these services. Hence. the college has been
reimbursed for his released time; And

pAynlenrti which may

accrue from future use of the course or offering arc the property of
the television instructor.
89

8. Should do in-dim tor II hH is participittinlr in instruction by television permanent], se\ cr his relations with the college. or have his
reason. there \\ ill he no subsequent
enlplol Illent ter111111iliCli for
presentation of his lecture material ) ithout 1.n-ten agreement from
hint. the 1 eicl ision Committee, the clepartnient(s) invol\-ecl, and the
l'resident.

1)etinition of Ct)ntinuing Students
(Senate

2 13 68: President: 4'3 68)

It an omit: ,4rltlu,uc student maintains cootimio,r, ;orcoilance at any
accredited (:alifornia minor college ;Inc! thereafter At CSCI..\ he was'
(ACC( lc) cr,ltluatc (111(kl those CS CI. A requirements in effect at the time

of his tirst inarrictilat ion in either institution. In no event will this policy
other
ond ten 1 In) y ear, after the initial matriculation.
(2\ tend
transfer students or those students it ho have not maintained continuous
artetattice n ill he lielk1 resprinsilde to those CS(;I...\ requirements in
eiruct It the hct,nuunt, (If Their 1,14 continuous attendance at. CSCLA,
or to Iltcl requirements included in the catalogue in effect at the time
thcir plograios arc est,ildished.
In ilk (1 cut dill courses dem:I-dick! under earlier 'requirements are no
die maim' department may require appropriate sublongct
stitutes.

In this Lout( st continuous attendance implies that the student \vitt

tegistci
III al
04.

;Ind 11.111

It la

(tI 111.'c

tbc 1,!r,

assignci.1 (except for UT. W.. or L'it')

NVIliCh
tloriov, cati, 11111 1 1LT (Or
,:it /r ILY proz.i,vo that
I, (1.11111Cti. I. .1p/),();.Vti
°Pl\ to (1)1 ace,i cc require/writs under -...:.1.11c1.1 tr

/11.11

SirtttliS t>f (:(111tilitlillg St1.1(lelltti
(Sr:ntite

3 16 61. F'resident 4'3;68)

in tint:tin cOminnon, .ittenklmice front one (planer to
for each succeeding quarter. A
not tile .in
11(,.1
II))) WI:MCI,' of the college year,
studt.in n(r. clot I to he ahsent
lint not morc than 11tH of an four successive quarters. \\ idiom losing
prodic Mcmiciit
11,1r111 ,1.11
Ill. ct 11111111111'!
ord) to ,cigi,t,,,titm
ol
1'0(1,:tit

loll

,,,o%

Ilpgistration l'riorities for lieturning Veterans, Pctee
Cows .,tud Vista 'Volunteers, and (:onscientic)us

()I)j(tors to \Val.
,sendt, 2 13 68. Presrdert 4 3. 68)

\ student 'tont this college entering active milli:Iry service. the Peace
cr1 Altertiotive service (Inv to conscientious rib=
ori,
to(?( ill itithroA 'Cl) (cc 11111 he ,211 cil ri...1.4istration priorities within one

',ear of the ,aimploilin of Ills set) ive. ..1ppo-,..c,/ /)1 /tic
!Pt ./:!/('///ci// /0,/to 0///y /0
pt,,zho
,11111

prOCC11//Ve

in,'/i)///:;;R4 Mit/LW/ (/,1///.. pi/Orit/L'S /// tc'gi.Nratif)//.)
90

Statement of Student Rights
(Senate: 1/23'68, President, 3;26/681

The rights and privileges of the student as a member of the academic
community are outlined in the "Statement of Student Rights." For complete text, see Appendix F.

Student Disciplinary Procedures
(Chancellor's Executive Order No. 109: 8114/70)

`Ihe procedures governinor hearings in matters of student discipline
were established fur the La litnrma State Colleges by Chancellor's Executive Order 109 of Ativust 14. 1 9 0. For the complete statement on
-Student Disciplinar Procedures," see Appendix G.

Usc of Pliotographic Evidence in Discipline Hearings
(Senate: 5 6 69, President: 5 14 69)

1 he determination of the .ipprnpriatencss of photographic evidence
in discipline ht..arit:s shall he considered a matter for the judgment- of
the committee or enuncil charued to ascertain the facts in any discipline
hearing.

Conmunlications Code
(300 AS: 3 27 67; Senate. 4 6 67: President: 4 21

67)

he regulations governing the publications and hroadcostintr, activities subsidized hy the Assnciated Students and affiliated with an instructional department of the college are detail,:d in the "Communications
Code.- For COI11pkfc text, se. ppcildix

92
91

Opportunities and Benefits
Outstanding Professor Axyards
The Academic Senate of the California State College. Los Angeles
established the OutstandinL,, Professor Awards Program in 1963 in the
belief that unusually competent performance and excellence in teaching
should lie encouraged, rewarded, and publicly acknowledged. The
awards arc based upon excellence in teaching-, scholarship, research, and

professional ;wine( einem-. With the financial assistance of the College
Foundation and the College Advisory Board, and the cooperation of
faculty committees and the Alumni Association, four awards were made
in 196i-64, and again in 1964-65.
Since 196c the State I.egislaturc has appripriated funds to the California State (:ollel,es for a new program of Distinguished Teaching Awards,
to give recognition to faculty members with exceptional teaching ability
and for publication of representative y ork of those selected for recognition. On the basis of its slit. the Calitornia State College, Los Angeles
is allocated six awards.

Recipients of the Outstanding Professor Awards arc selected by a
facult committee, assisted by members of the Alumni Association and
the College
Board. The committee seeks nominations front
members of the facult, students, and alumni. Student evaluation plays
an important role in the final selection of the awardees. The following
1

policies and procedures gOVCI'll the selection of awardecs.

()aistancling Professor Atard.s Program
(Senate: 5 2 63.

'12 67; President: 5 '14 63,

23 '671

I. Unusually competent performance and excellence in teaching
should be encouraged, rew arded, and publicly acknowledged by a program of official ay Ards.
2. This prI)gralll shall lie hots n as the "Outstanding Professor Awards

Pr(Train."

f hew \\ itrik arc made for (a) excellence of teaching. (b) scholarship, ( c research, md (il) professional activities.

4. All full-time faculty members shall be eligible for nominations for
such ass arils.

5. Nominations fat ant Ards shall come front three sources:
,-1/,',/m1 .13%0e/di/on

I he Board of Directors of the Alumni Association will notify
(
)
annually all members of the Alumni Association of the awards and
invite nominations.

.93

(2) An appropriate nomination form constructed by the current
year's selection committee will be provided each member of the
Alumni Association by the Board of Directors. This form will indicate that the criteria which are to be carefully considered when
making nominations in the area of teaching excellence arc: (a) teaching, (I)) scholarship. (c) research, and (d) professional activities. The

form will also request the individual to comment directly and indirectly and pertinently within their context.
(4) The nomination form \\ ill request additional information such
as: name of nominee, dare and title of course taken with hint, degree
held by the alumnus, date thereof, signature of alumnus. etc.
Students

The current year's selection committee shall notify the currently
enrolled students of the awards program and, through an appropriat form similar to that provided under 5(2) above, invite nominations
fro; the awards.

fault)

Ilcinbcrs
) The current year's selection committee shall notify all full-time
faculty members of the awards program and, through an appropriate
form similar to that pro\ 'dee] under 5(2) above. ins ite nominations
( I

for the ass ,11(k.

(2) laeultc nicinhers 111AV also submit their nominations informally

by signed letter presenting a statement in support of thcir nominations.

6. A selection committee, \\ h' h shall designate the recipients of each
award. shall he assembled -annually in the following manner:

(a) IheAcadernic Senate. through its appropriate procedures, shall
designate five members of the faculty, who shall he subject to the
provisions of the "Policy for (.:onimittees Which slake Awards to
Individual Facult \ Alembers.(b) The Vice President for Academic 'traits, or- his designee, shall
serve as a continuing member and act as secretary of the selection
utimitt CC. \\ it11(11.0 V(Pre,

he asked by the committee to serve

in a noon- \ oting capacity.

All nominations shall he channeled to the current year's selection
committee.
(a )

I be nominations recei\ ell each Year M ill be retained for the

eonsideraf ion 'of subsequent selection committees. Nominations which
resulted in is ands \\ ill he stoke:intently disregarded.
( b t All nominations and related material arc to be held in strict
confidence and in the e \elusive custody of the selection committee
then in office. I lie file of a person \\ ho has received an outstanding
professor ass and oasts he made available for the purpose of gaining
information supportiq. nomination of that individual for an award
1)\ an agenc \ oolit..rde the college \\ ith the pro\ ision that such a file
ith the permissiom of the professor concerned,
may he usco.I (Ills

5. The nature, pro% isirrnti, and number of ;iwards will be determined
annually by the Chancellor. as provided by the Legislature under the
"Distinguished Teaching Awards- program. In the event rho he Legislature makes no provision for the proczrain. the Academic Senate shall
make this determination and seek the necessary funds invoked. In any
event, additional forms of recognition ma \ be determined by the current year's selection conurittec.

EilleritUS Status
Upon the recommendation of the candidate's school and vith the
approval of the President. emeritus status may he granted to ;t faculty
member \c ho has retired from an active position after at least ten scars
of service at the college. Eineritns status of the individual is indicated
appropriately in the Catalog until one year ;liter death. Additional
honors and privileges accorded emeritus status include faculty library
privileges, recommendation for life membership in the Associated Students. and ;I special staff identification card from the Office of the
President.

( ['waved front "I)efinition of Emeritus Status and Rec-

ommendations." appro\ ed by the Academic Senate, Nlay 2, 1963; and
by the President, .\ lay 14, 1963.)

Carrels
Forty-eight hbrar\ carrels for individual faculty use are available for
assignment for one quarter. Applications shoild be obtained in the
arc made by the Faculty Grants and
Library Office, but
Research Committee.

Support for Research Grants. Fellowships,
and Institutes
The Office of Research and Governmental Relations is responsible
for the coordination and approval of research grants and institutes. Assistance is provided to faculty members in the selection of a sponsor and
the most desirable format for the proposal. Appropriate clearances for
the budget are obtained and academic justification of the proposed
project .ire established. l'ilder the guidance of the Director of Research
and (;overnmental Relations and the Faculty Grants and Research Com-

mittee. the office serves as a clearing-house for announcements, resources, and ;1\% arils. .A library of brochures is maintained, typing serv-

ice is provided. and a tape-recorder is available to faculty for research
purposes. knergency requests, not 1-1) e \CCed 550.00, 11111V be made to

the Director's Fund for items described in the Regulations.

Speakers Bureau
The Speakers Bureau is a ',CI-Vice to commur:ty agencies and organizations in obtaining- qualified faculty for speaking engagements, A brochure listing the speakers and topics is published each Year and made
available to approNimately 1.000 community organif,ations.
94

News Bureau
The News Bureau is the official campus agency which maintains daily
contact on a professional basissith all mass media. The bureau handles

publicity for the professional achievement and activities of faculty
members, as well as for departmental organizations and all collegerelated functions.

Publications Services
The Office of Publications Services provides assistance to members of
the faculty and staff in the production of printed publications about the
college, its educational programs and related activities. Specifically the
office v ill render editorial aid with the preparation of copy and iKiistance with the technical processes of printed production. including the
graphic design and lay out of publications. estimating printing costs, and
working with printers in production of publications.

The Trident Lounge
The Trident I ,ounge offers a number of excellent facilities for organizational gatherings. Teas, banquets. meetings, films, dances and other
activities can be scheduled in the Trident Lounge by filing a Room
Reservation request form in the Associated Students offices of the
Lounge. Additional meeting areas can be arranged by contacting the
Student Activities Office.

Faculty Advisers to Student Organizations
There are over one hundred student clubs and organizations on
campus which are advised by faculty members. Faculty members who
arc interested in advising student groups and who would lilac to fulfill
occasional requests front students for hosting special events are encouraged to list their names vi ith the Student :Activities Office.

1 1 ousing
The Student Acti ities Office maintains a file of furnished and unfurnished apartments, houses. and rooms near the College. Although the
housing services are primarik for students, sonic of the listings may
interesi

inemhers,

California State College at 1.4os Angeles Foundation
he California State College at Los Angeles Foundation is a non-profit
collimation chartered b the Stare of California. existing on state propert. hs imthorit I the Ft/twat/or/ Co,ic, and operating within a broad
framevi (irk approved be the I rustees of the California State Colleges.
I he purpose of the rmintLitiun is to provide a kgallv recognized organin. And dispose of property
,Aiiiin
r to coml.:RI, receiie,
separate and apart front the stmt.: in order to further the educational objectives of the California State College. Los Angeles and to render
services either impossible or impractical under existing regulations in95

eluding operation of the Clowns Store and Food Service and the fiscal
administration (4 Federal and other grants and contracts.
It is the policy of the California Stare College, 1.os Angeles and the
Foundation to encouralFe the seeking of grants -in -aid from all sources
for %vorthv projects and activities. The kinds of projects for which financial aid may he received include experimental research by individuals
or groups of faculty members. the sponsorship of chairs for the faculty,
the financing of depositories of materials, grants for the improvement of
curricula or administration of the college, programs that improve the
welfare of the faculty or students, the addition of buildings or e Iuipnient, scholarships, loan funds, institutes, ii ark- shops, and projects that
are proposed or sponsored.by departments or groups in the college.

Workmens Compensation
faculty members are covered by the Stare Compensation Insurance
Fund for \\ (irk-connected injuries. It is the responsibilir% of the faculty
member to report- all accidents ro his department immediately, but not
later than 24 hours after the injury becomes known. I f medical treatment
is needed, the faculty member should go directly ro :-he Student Health
Center \\ here first aid treatment \\ ill he pro', idcd. If further treatment
is indicated. the Student i lealth Center \\ ill refer faculty members to
clinic for initial treatment. If further treatment- is required
111
and the faculty member desires to obtain medical services through a doctor or clinic of his otyn choice, arrangements should he made through
the College's Personnel Office. If a work- connected disability requires a
faculty member to be aft ay from employment, disability benefits are
paid by S( :IF commencint, with the eighth clay after the accident, unless faculty members .ire -hospirali/ed, in \\ hich case benefits begin on
the first do after the accident. ',ccumulated sick leave will be used to
supplement temporan disability and indemnity pavilions ro provide a
full salary \\ bile disabled unless the Personnel Office is notified, in
writing. that the faculty member does not wish to have his sick leave
used in this manner.

Tax.-1)eferred Annuities
The California Stare Colleges offer a tax-deferred annuity program
( I)) of the Internal Revenue Code. The program
under section
offers the employee an opportunity to agree to a reduction in salary;
the amount of the reduction is then paid to An insurance company fur
this program
the purchase of an annuitv. Fmployees participating
avoid haying to pay inconic tax on Hu!. portion of the salary which is
deferred, thercby shifting the income from a period of high earnings
and high ta \es to the post retirement period \\ lien earnings are likely
to be reduced \\ ith a (MTC:p()Ilding reduction in federal tax obligations.
Additional information is available in the Personnel Office.

insurance 'Plans
R.r.,ic health benefit plans are \ ailahle to ;ill full-time faculty members. New faculty members .ire eligible to enroll at any time on or before the wilt day of the month in hich they complete six months'
emplo\ ment. fun- six months. rite are eligible for an S5.00 contribu96
Si

tion by the state toss ard their approved monthly basic health plan
premium.

.\lajor medical. group term. and ordinary life insurance; disability
income insurance. accidental death insur:ince, auto insurance. and the
like are available through the various organizations on campus. During
the first six months of emplm went at the college. faculty members
have open enrollment privileges for most of these plans. After that time
faculty members are eliLrible ru apply but \\ ill be requited to submit a
health statement. All of these plans ;I re available on pad roll deduction
and require maintenance of membership in the sponsoring organization
for continued coverage. Applications arc available in the Personnel
Office.

Credit Union
Faculty members of tb.. college are eligible for membership in the
California Stare College Federal Credit Union. Shares may be purchased

in the credit union through monthlY payroll deductions or by direct
payment. Loans arc also available under the policies established for
loans by the credit union committee. Applications for loans are available in the Credit Union Office.

Pa\Toll DedlittiOnS
Charitable contributions to MD nia be made through pa roll deductions. Dues in organization., and other paylllentS as sell as annual parking fees may be payroll-deducted.

All cancellations of deductions for dues in organizations and all insurance plan premiums. other than basic health insurance plans, must be

effected by writing directly to the organization or compan concerned.
Payroll deductions for basic health insurance plans may be cancelled by:
completing the appropriate documents in the Staff Fmployment Office.

Saviiigs Bonds
payroll ,avituo Man through cc hick .United States Savings Bonds
may he purchased is .ivailable. pplications for payroll deductions for
these bonds mat he ()brained front the Personnel Office.

Recreational Facilities
Facilities in the Ph\ sisal Fducation Building, the outside emit areas,
and the athletic fields ore available fur faculty use when not occupied
by scheduled programs. Recreational s\\ Miming hours are provided.
Facult \ are granted ',wiser room privileges and may obtain information
concerning use of these facilities from the Physical Education Department offices.

kali]) Services
inclid,r, are (6,en emergency care by the Student Health
Sett ice. [hey also are invited to participate in immunization programs
Inch include polio. tetanus. snaaltpns, t\ phoid, paratyphoid, cholera,
typhus, and other injections, for travel in foreign countries.
97

Retirement Plans
A;i faculty members employed one-half time or more are required to
enter the Public Employee's Retirement System. New faculty members
become members of the PFRS immediately upon employment. Contributions to the PERS are a percent of the gross salary, which are based
upon the nearest age at the time of becoming a member. The following
are representative rates:
Rates

Age

,tiale

5.54%

25
35

45
55

_.
.

6.63
7.95
9.07

Female
6.16%
7.62
9.18
10.64

In addition to membership in PERS, faculty members also are required to contribute to OASDI (Social Security). Social Security payroll deductions arc made on the first 57,800 paid in the calendar year.
Contribution rates for Social Security are
will increase to 5.2%
in 1971.

Emplo cc contributions to PFRS are matched by the State, and benefits are computed on the basis of the combined state and employee con-

..tributions. If employment with the state is terminated, contributions to
PFRS, together ith any accumulated interest, will be refunded. Information pamphlets on PERS arc available in the Personnel Office.
Faculty- members ,re eligible to retire and receive a monthly allowmice at age 55 if they have at least $500 on deposit or have 20 years of
credited set.% ice. t he normal retirement age is 60; the compulsory retirement age is 70.

The formula for voluntary service retirement is based upon the fact
that faculty members at age 60 with 30 years of service will receive retirement compensation ar the rate of one-half of their highest annual
salary for any 36 consecutive months in state employment.
For detailed information on retirement benefits, faculty members are
referred to lotormation for Public Employees. California State Fmployces' Retironent System, July I, 1966, copies of which are available in
the Personnel Office.

Professional Organizations
Amcrican .4,scociation of University Professors is a national organization devoted to protecting and extending rights of academic free-

dom and tenure. and to enhancing the general welfare and status of
faculties of colleges :Ind universities. .-1-he -California State College at Los

.Atnieles endeay ors to implement these purposes, in cooperation with
(
) considering questions of general
concern to college professors. (2) considering local questions of educa
tional policy, and (3) acting as an initiating agency for faculty action
[he President (or his designee) of 'Ihe American Association of Uni'
ersity Professors is an honorary member of the Academic Senate.
Association, affiliate of
California College and University
.Faculty
to promote continuing studies
California Teachers Association, aims (1)

other faculty organi/ations, by

of the problems of the profession, (2) to encourage cooperation and
participation or all college professional personnel in endeavors to solve
problems uniquely applying t:4) the profession. (3) to promote professional attitudes and ethical conduct among its members. (4) to raise the
standards of the teaching profession, (5) to advance the professional
w

clfare of its members and the welfare of the college. and (6) to en-

couage closer relationships between the college and the total profession
and between the college and the anncies which it serves. The President

(or his designee) of the California College and University Faculty Association is an honorary member of the Academic Senate.
California State Employees Association is a statewide association of
over 100.000 members. Chapter 107. with its.900 members. is the largest
employee organization on campus. Membership provides both academic
and non-academic members with numerous benefits. such as legal coun-

seling and repitsentation in grievance matters. a degree of influence
over legislative and other statewide matters, special insurance plans, and

purchasing discounts. the president (or his designee) of the California
State Finplo ees Association is an honorary member of the Academic
Senate,

Faculty ironhvis Association of California State College, Los
Angeles is organized to (1) provide a scholarship for a deserving woman
student, 12) initiate. or lend support to movements concerned with col
members. Offilegee improvement, and (3) foster fellow ship among its
i

ces are elected for a one-year period to carry Out the program. Dues
arc nominal and used to finance the scholarship.

Unite./ riatc.,'.,ors of California is a professional organization composed of facultY and staff members of the State Colleges and Universities in California, Its purposes include furthering educational opportunity, protecting intellectual freedom. improving scholarship and
teaching, and priiinoting reason and justice. "I:o achieve the objectives
of the organization. UPC seeks to unity the faculty in support of the
following activities: securing, collective bargaining rights; engaging in
political action
support of higher education; representing the faculty
before decisionmakin2- bodies; and providing members of the academic
community all assistance necessary for the just settlement of their
grievances. I lie President ;I)r his desiv:ncel of the United Professors of
California is an honorary member of the Academie Senate.

100
99

Appendices
Appendix A
CONSTITUTION OF THE ACADEMIC SENATE
OF THE CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGES
(as amended through January 21, 1965)

In order to pros ide for participation by the faculties of the California State Colleges in the formulation of systemwide policy relating to the Colleges, there is
hereby created the Academic Senate of the California State Colleges.

.1rticle I.
Sectimt I, !'(depose
It shall he the purpose of the Academic Senate of the California State Colleges to sem e as the otheial Noice of the faculties of the California State Colleges in
matters of stsituttside concern., to consider matters concerning systemwide policies
and to tithe recomowntiations thereon. Ni endeavor to strengthen the senates and
councils of the sc cral colleges; and to assume such responsibilities and perform
nar be delegated to it by the Chancellor or the Trustees of the
such functions
California State Collep-c;.
.Ncaci,nuc Senate of the California State Colleges shall have no authority
the Chancellor or by the
tit er those matter, delegated to rite individual colleges

1.rustees. and nothing in this Constitution shall he construed to impair the right
of ,coat's toll councils of the set eral colleges to communicate through appropriate
I
I rustces.
channels with the Chancellor atic.I the
recommendations of the Acidemic Senate of the California State Colleges
(e)
shall he addressed to or through the Chancellor.

Article II
/.,ji.qiltiji/1 to rote for Representatives
Section
weinhvr, ,1 the fable at each college shall be eligible to vote for reprecm itucs to scrcc in the \each:tow Senate, Hie term faculty shall mean all personnel at the college tct ith full time assignments in teaching, research, administration
ant! other a, tit iut s closed~ related lit the educational program, or a combination
of these. I it .enate or council of each college shall determine, in a manner con I

.1t1,Pted by the rrIhteCS, a Iliell administrative and other posi\\ all
tions are dosser related to thc educational program at the college. the term senate
or council of t lc!) college slit!! 111e,111 the elected representative body established
he taenIty of the college.
cult

ift.;:biIit\ /o Se/ ,c'e ,1S a Icpresentative

Suet nut
!ell!

;333.!11 Cht.::hle I. tote for representatives shall be eligible to serve
tif,z7,1t1: that the !acuity of a college trite, in its discretion,
Iddif1111111 retitIllt.IllelltS for eiitiltifrtt to sett c as representative if that

college.

Sect tin I.

I /cmh,./1,//)

cons.t of:
11( n Itcr. of the \ cationic Sul tic:
Cit:Cted trust Lich college c kit less than ten-thousand full-runle(3, 1,,
t:quo alt..nt enrollment
100

101

(lit three members die, ted front each college i ith more than ten-thousand fullnine-olui% dent em (diluent, but less than Tv, enty- thousand full tints equivalent
enrollment
(c't four members elected hum etch college: with inure than IA\ ent, -thousand
full-time-cquie Aleut enrollment
( de The Chancellor or his representatk e as all '2'4e-officio member.
For purpose", of this section, full-time -equi :dent enrollment shall mean the averenrollee tit reported fur the Academic year in
age annual total
which all Cleetillti is held. Fut purposes of rept esentation, the Sall Luis Obispo and
Kellogg campuses of the California State l'ul) technic College shall be considered
as separate colleges,

Section 4.

Rcprcsoltation for .Vc-:: Colleges

'the faculty of each 11011y eS1.11111,11L d ettlielte 511.111 dee( its ti!St toting represent-

at is es in the spring of the first Vicar of instruction. \t any tittle after establishment
of the college and prun to the tiros toting reprise ntaw es take ()Ole e, the faculty
of the college 111,15 send .1 non- siting It:pie:ea:mad

Scetiiin 5.

Elcclions

111,11111er tlt he determined
Itepre.entAloc. shall be elected at each CitIlel.te ill
II:, the fac,11t) of the eolleec. In am t car in \\ hich An election shall be held at
deSielloted tiffieer of the
uolltge, the. t. leetion residrs shall be cettifeel Ill
,\ 1J1.11.1111i S1.:1,1te II \ the principal elt.cted officer ot the facult of such college
sin or heft \In I and Ieprescn.ttites sheeted shall take office tin or before
June Is,
.1

lib of ()flirt!
Section 6.
herll, of three )
ItcpL,1):.,,i,c, shall

ee up; As other u ise pro+ ;dud

in this see. Hon. I he 1.....idetnic Senate. At its tirst meeting shall establish In. appro-

print pi iiectleit es
of the ttienilicrs
111111 of

Loner:11i tut (elites of its member,: in such fashion that on -third
Lai. It .'tali also establish the length of the
III elected etch

ill

.11. h .idthtit111.11

riltreSelltatIS e at or prior to the time such

4111111e

rerrist.ntatr. L.- rakt

Section
'II it

In
the foie
Selltati \ c.

tit

Ail

Ilk led member st ill be altsent for one semester or longer,

his collect ,half rititco hint in the same manner is Other reffe-

elected ttl' ill 'slls...11 orbi r 111 ,miter as may
t urn di It t t,111.y.te ;Ire trill
be eleteiltinie In the t le ohs of the L'Ill!tee. III the 111111 an Lle..tt.el representative
nie.e.ting of the \ eatiemic Scnate, the senate
of a eidli ge is unable 14, atte nel
shill has e the right to
ttr council It that cutIlt..pL. shill name a substitute
c.
we
Ar
that
itie
att old And

/cca/1 tif

Section

;.L l

ik, re, .111,.,1 i):,

I't

5, Hun the. e onstine ;le

v. In. 11

11110

11,,,,111i1 \

occeleire

in1411.1

tote of those toting
\

the

t, till of

A rt icle
Sec:film I.
lit re sh ill 1,
,Pl+ iiit,l
sh i l l

S((ii,10

11!

sit

Ill'

1)1,111.1

I hi time and m itint
SpttlIsibiht s sit ttlit

1;1

Cot

III

\ eadt.ti

its, And slit 11 tither of!it ets As

()//e,

(lei 'too. the length of Rims and the elutiei and rethe

he :111.1 tt.e

101

102

,I1'

Article IV

Section I.

.1/iTtiutp

There shall he .11 ast t)\
41111111g rich )1cademi year. Within budgetary
limitations. Additional nlcetings it s be convened by the C,hancellur of by procedures %illicit shall be specified in the By-l.aws.

Section
['wing
A quorum shall consist of a maiorit of the membership. Action shall require
the .tppriii al of a matority of those present and voting. Voting by prosy shall not
be permuted.

Article V
Section I. 1?cleroulum
And tcommend.rion adoptd by the Academic Senate shall be refet red to the
faculties of the California State Colleges \\ hen resolutions requesting such a referendum ale adopted
the senates in conned, of at least one - third of the colleges,
or \t hen fort per-et in of the membership 1,1 the Academie Senate supports :I
Illiql1.11 for -Ault
ieferendunt Approi al of recommendations so referred shall require a 111,1;4.1'il) of the sines CAS( at 'I balloting held for the purpose.

Article VI
Section I. Communication -,;:ith the College.;
In Lode1 to plan it adequate ionmumications milli the faculties of the several
colleges, flu, \ukinii. Senate shall eneulate to the senate or council and to the
president it Laell college suLlt
ituri.d, As agenda for and 111illtIteti 14f its meetings.
eutimuti,,- lipid is and twin-m.1min on pending matters.

Article V II
Section I. 81.-1.,r7.:.'S
Ilse ACatietlik Senate nil' adopt

-1,14w,, not inconsistent with this Constitution. pion ide for committees, and establish its own rules of procedure.

Rules of Orifcr

Suctimi 2.

othcnp..c pros ided in this Constitution or in the By-Laws, the rules contained in kola t , Rules I/I I )rdt r Re\
as 4.4)pyl'I1:11ted in 1951 by Isabel Ul.
Robert. .1; 01 Lantern the moce, ding, at and the conduct of the meetings of the
`st . it and it, committees.
t

Article: VIII
;I:c;,/,(//,,,///

I-

Se( 111,11

\u 11..!.,,
1i,,

Ii.

Hat,i

tbni pit

111

1.4

1111,

11..11.

( .iv-.111111ol i,111111111e
tpr Ni., to, a rcst dot

l'.

Chili

111;11111-ily VOI I.f
441'

1)\

Illailwrity

14f

.'1///,'1',//1 /,://t
011'1
1'1.1

ItIplit

if) ul

Set l

\Il uidr

ac,:agne,1

the

.4111ptt'(.1

s,iiatas nr conned, of 1111. 1..t.') C11,11 L-,11(.1.1,i2,,
t.itIctita
!;1',.. 1, .1 Inc( tItip

.1! ,r1.!

,11

IC'.

1.1. tilt

1111)1)n) \
1:1E.

of lb(

Suites 1:3,1

1,0,1

at c,tch of

ttut, cast in
natimat of the collegi"..

1.td ,t;.pitti

'moo

(ft

Lei
1i

111

du.

it skis

102

103t,

ratitii Mon in' tile faculties of the

Appendix B
CONSTITUTION OF THE FACULTY
CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGE, LOS ANGELES
(Faculty Council: 5/15/58; President: 5/15/58; Faculty: 11/6/58)
(Senate: 5/4/67; Faculty: 6116167; President: 6/30/67)
(Senate: 4116'63; Faculty: 5/17/68; President: 5/23/68)
(Senate: 11/4/69; Faculty: 4/7/70; President: 4/9/701

PREAMBLE
General Principle
It is assumed that orderly faculty participation in policy making, and a clearly
defined organizational structure dsigned to promote such participation, will contribute to 2 clearer understanding of thc mutual problems and responsibilities of the
faculty and the administration of the California State College, Los Angeles.

Means of Promoting Orderly Participation
Effective faculty participation in the formulation of policies requires the establishment of a representative body which acts for the faculty, provides for faculty
planning and consideration in the development of college policy, and insures regular communication between faculty and administration in policy matters.

Faculty Constitution
To nicer this need, a constitution for the faculty of the California State College.
I.os Angeles is recommended. "The following proposals arc incorporated in this
draft of a constitution:
1. There shall be established an Academic Senate elected by, and representative
of, the faculty body.
2. The Academic Senate shall meet regularly with the President and other mem-

bers of the college administration to represent faculty viewpoints in the determination of policy.
3. There shall he established an FAccutik e Committee composed of representatives
of the Academic Senate.

4. The success of the program for faculty-administration relationships and the
ultimate value of the contributions made by the faculty in policy areas depends on
the assumption that Senate recommendations will be accepted whenever there is no
compelling reason to reject them.

Article I. Name
The name of the organivation shall be the Faculty of the California State College.
Los .Angeles.

Article II.

Purpose

The purpo,c of this (wrganiiation of the faculty is to provide procedures for the
orderly ci)fiperation of the academic administrative and academic faculty in the interests of the college as a whole. To achieve this purpose there are established
herein the follm iltg recognised bodies: the faeuh the Academic Senate of the
103

104

California State College, Los Angeles. hereafter referred to as the Academic
Senate. the I xccutitc Committee of the Academic Senate; and such other bodies
as are described belou t,r as shall be designated from time t( time. The Academic

Senate is the representative body of the faculty of the college.

Article III. The Faculty
Section
lembership
The faculty of the California State College, 1.os Angeles is defined to include
all members of the full-time academic and academic-administrative staffs as designated by the California State College personnel regulations, the President. and the
Academic Senate.

Presiding Officer

Section 2.

The President of the College shall preside over meetings of the faculty. In the
absence of the president, a person appointed by him shall preside.

Meetings

Section 3,

General meetings of the faculty may be called at the request of the President of
the College. or at the request of the Chairman of the Academic Senate, or by a

petition signed by ten per cent of the members of the faculty currently in residence.

Agenda

Section 4.

Agenda for meetings of the faculty shall he established by the President of the
College and the Fxectitive Committee of the Academic Senate. Items for the agenda
may be submitted by the President of the College, by the Chairman of the Academie Senate, or by a petition signed by ten per cent of the members of the faculty
currently in residence. The agenda shall be in the hands of the faculty at least two
days prior to the meeting.

Quorum

Section 5.

A quorum shall consist of t%% enty-ffie per cent of the members of the faculty
currently in residence, but in no event less than I 50.

Voting

Section 6.

All matters put to a vote (except as provided in Article VI) \ill be decided by
a nunority of those present, provided that a (11111111111 is present. The Ixecutive CUM-

lilittee of the Academic Senate is responsible for submitting substantive matters to
a vine of the entire faculty by mail ballot if a majority of those present at any
faeulty meeting. t ith or without a quorum. so directs. Such ballots shall lie accompanied by .irgunients fa oring and opposing the proposed action; the responsibility
for preparing the fat oralile argument shall rest with the mover of the proposal; the
responsibility for preparing the ads erse argument shall he assigned by the Fxecu-

rive Committee of the Academic Senate from among those 55-110 opposed the
mom m.

Scution 7,
1.-.Neept as

Duller, of Procedure
eotithcts ttith dd.; constitution, Hubert) nufes of Order (Revised)

shall be used in not L ruing all metings of the faculty,

Sections FIlivlolto IN rotc
\II full twit 1,..11111t.11 and pruhanonary faculo hat e the right to tote in faculty
Llei. mut, as do tlio-t

inembi:rs mu

ears of age trim achic%ed tenure

t Irvine!), racolt) nicink rs employed specifically for one year or less
ill"( 11M clieibli h, t ige in elections or eolltgoKle meetings or on personnel matters

prior to

104

1.05

of any nature. The eligibility of full-time faculty employed specifically for one year
or less to vote in school or department meetings on other matters shall be determined by the school or department concerned. These faculty shall not vote in that
determination. Part-time faculty are not eligible to vote in faculty meetings or in
faculty elections at any level.

Article IV. The Academic Senate
Section I. Function
The Academic Senate is the official representative body of the faculty.

Section 2. Membership
a. All members of the faculty are eligible for election to the Senate and shad be
chosen on the proportionate basis as described in Section 3 below. In addition to

elected senators, the Academic Senate shall include the vice presidents, the deans of
the schools, the division chairmen, the immediate past chairman of the Academic
Senate. and the faculty representatives to the Academic Senate of the California
State Colleges, as ex-officio members of the Senate. If any of the foregoing members has been elected to the Academic Senate, no additional vacancies shall accrue.
b. The President of the College shall be an honorary member. The presidents (or

their designees) of the professional campus organizations open to all full-time
faculty shall be extended the privilege of honorary membership. Honorary members shall have the right to participate in debate, but may not introduce motions or
vote.

c. In addition to the membership indicated in Article IV, Section 2, Subsection
A, there shall be five student voting members of the Academic Senate, four elected
as indicated in Article IV, Section 3, Subsection H, plus the President of the Associated Students ex-officio.

Section. 3.

Election to the Senate

a. Each school or division shall elect the proportion of thirty-five members which
shall represent the school's and did ision's proportion of the total faculty. No school
or division shall have fewer than two members. For the purpose of election to the
Senate. faculty members in administration, counseling, and the library, excepting
those covered in d., belout. shall he construed to lie a division. The College Librarian shall conduct elections among the eligible members in administration. counseling and library as indicated in e. below.
b. To provide replacements during vacation periods or other absences of an
elected member. each school or division, shall also elect a number of alternates
equal to at least fifty per cent of the number of regularly elected members.
c. The proportions shall be determined by the Exec:inn e Committee and pre-

sented to the Senate no later than eight necks prior to the end of the spring
quarter. The official list of full-time faculty maintained by the Vice President for
Academic Affairs indicating the number of full-time positions filled in each de-

partment in the quarter that the election takes place will be used by the Executive
Conimitt cc for determining the proportions.
d. Faculty members selling in admijstrative posts will vote with the school or
di% ision in u hielt they hold academic rank and will be eligible for election to the
Senate as members of that school or division.
e. Gp in Appro% al of the proportions by the Senate, the Chairman of the Senate

shall promptly transmit this information to the appropriate schools or division
indicating the number of reprocritatix es to be elected for the coining year. Not

later than six weeks prior to the end of the spring quarter, each school or division
shall name from among its ou n members at least tss ice as many nominees as there
are positions allocated by the Senate. Nomination procedures niust insure faculty
participation in the selection of names for noniination. Not later than two weeks
after the nominations has e ben made. elections, by secret written ballot, for rep105

1:06

resentatives to the Academic Senate shall be held in each school or division. No
candidate or alternate shall be declared elected unless he has received a majority
of the votes cast.

f. Certification of election procedures and election of Senators shall be made
to the Senate by the school or division election committee.
g. Five members-at-large and three alternates will be elected to the Senate by
the entire faculty. Each school and division will provide at least two nominees for
each vacant position. Said nominees will be placed on a ballot for a faculty-wide
election to be conducted by the Executive Committee after schools and divisions
have conducted their elections of Senators. Additional nominations by petition may
be made as indicated in Section 4 below.

h. One sophomore, one junior, one senior. and one graduate student shall be
elected to the Academic Senate by the student body in general election. Students
elected to the Academic Senate shall serve one year terms. Undergraduates elected
to the Academic Senate shall he students in good standing, be enrolled in at least
six units during their service in the Senate. and, at the time of election, have been
in residence at CSCLA for at least two quarters. The graduate student elected to the
Academic Senate shall have classified standing, be in good standing, be enrolled
during his service in the senate, and, at the time of election, have been in residence
at CSCLA for at least two quarters. In the event that a student senator's office becomes vacant, the Board of Directors of the Associated Students may appoint a re-

placement from the appropriate class to serve until the next general election.
Certification of election procedures and election of student senators shall be made
to the Senate by the Student Elections Commissioner.

Section 4.

Membership in the Academic Senate of the California State

Colleges
Faculty representatives to the Academic Senate of the Califorina State Colleges
shall be nominated by the Academic Senate of the California State College, Los
Angeles, and elected by the faculty at large. At least two members of the faculty
must be nominated for each open position. Additional nominations may be made by

petition of fifty members of the full-time faculty provided such petition is submitted to the Chairman of the Academic Senate within five school days following
the presentation to the faculty of the slate nominated by the Academic Senate.

Section 5.

Tenure of Office

a. Each elected member of the Senate or his alternate shall take office at the
first Senate meeting of the Fall Quarter. Each elected member shall serve for
three years except that terms of one year or two years may be assigned. by lot,
to Senators when necessary to allow one-third of the membership to be elected
each year.

b. Replacement during the vacation of an elected member. At least six weeks before a member goes on vacation, such member shall notify the office of the dean

or division chairman concerned. The dean or division chairman will notify the
Executive Committee of the Academic Senate of the replacement.

Section 6.

Officers of the Academic Senate

The officers shall consist of a chairman, vice chairman, and secretary. After
election of the new Senate in the Spring Quarter. but no later than the last week
of scheduled classes in the Spring Quarter, an organizational meeting of this new
Senate shall be held for the purpose of electing officers and other members of the
executi% c committee to take office at the first Senate meeting of the Fall Quarter.
1. Election of the Chairman. The Senate shall elect a chairman from the Senate
membership. He shall take office upon election and serve until the election of his
successor. The chairman shall be elected by a majority of the votes cast by secret
ballot.
106

107

b. Duties of the Chairman. The chairman shall preside at all meetings of the
Senate. If the chairman is unable to be present at a meeting, the vice chirman
shall act in his behalf. The chairman may appoint such committees as are deemed
advisable to carry out the business of the Senate. The chairman shall approve publication of minutes of Senate meetings. The chairman shall be the presiding officer
of the Executive Committee of the Senate.
c. Election of the Vice Chairman. The vice chairman shall be elected in the same
manner as the chairman.
d. Duties of the Vice Chairman. The vice chairman shall act in the absence of
the chairman and Alan become chairman of the Senate in the event the chairman
is unable to complete his term of office. In the latter event, the Senate shall elect

a Vice Chairman to fill that office for the remainder of that term of office.
e. Election of the Secretary. The secretary shall be elected in the same manner
as the chairman.
f. Duties of the Secretary. The secretary shall keep a permanent record of minutes

of all meetings of the Senate. He shall distribute copies of such minutes to the
President of the College. the Senate members, the faculty, and the Board of Directors of the Associated Students as soon as possible after each meeting.
g. If any of the officers of the Academic Senate or members of its Executive
Committee are to 1w on leaYe or absent for a quarter, the Senate shall at the last
Senate meeting in the quarter preceding such leave or absence elect interim officers
or Executive Committee members until such absentees resume their duties at the
College.

Section 7.

Standing Committees

a. Erecutive Committee. The Executive Committee shall plan the actions of the
Senate inclu1;ng the agenda.

1. The Executive Committee shall consist oi the chairman, the vice chairman,
and the secretary of the Academic Senate plus the immediate past chairman (as
a non-voting member) and four other members who Ire elected by secret ballot
by the members of the Senate for a one-year term. No more than three members
of the Executive Committee shall be from any one school or division.
2. The Exectitive Committee is empowered to act in emergency situations for
the Academic Senate during the Summer Quarter and at such other times as it
is impossible o gather a quorum of the Senate. Any action taken by the Executive Committee in this instance must be reported to the Senate at its next meet-

Mg. No action may he taken by the Executive Committee, acting in behalf of
DAR% \\idiom two-thirds of the soling members of the Executive
the ACAdeliliC
Committee being present.

3. The Fxcentiee Committee is empowered to refer any niars not requiring

emergency action to appropriate committees. It may also make recommendations
to the Senate on items which are not under the jurisdiction of any Senate ComMittee.

b. Ail-Cotteec Committee). 1 he President, the Senate, or the faculty' by majority
vote may request the establishment of all-college committees. Appropriate all-college committees shall he established by the Semi^ to recommend policies and procedures necessary to the orderly funetioring of the college. Each all-college committee is an agent of the Senate and 111,0,..s its recommendations to the Senate. As
the first order of business after autumn ements, any member of the Senate may
gi L. notice of intent to raise questions concerning the actions of any committee.
When reports and reeoninwndations of ,,II- college and ad hoc committees are made
to the Senate, committee members shall have the privilege of addressing the Senate
throughout the period Of the discussion of the report.

Section S.

llecting,

a. Regular Ifecring3 .111(.11. 01,111 be 31 least three meetings of the Senate in each

kVinter. and Spring Quarter of the year at a time and place designated by,
the Senate. In the event that such regular misting dare falls upon a legal holiday.
107

108

then such meeting shall be held on the same day of the following week at the
same time and place.

b. Special Meetings. The chairman shall call a special meeting on the request of
the president or after petition by ten members of the Senate or at his own discretion. Such meeting shall be called %\ithin one week after such request or petition;
and written notice thereof shall be given to all members of the Senate by special
delivery to their homes at least two week days prior to the meeting, and shall
contain a general statement of the business to be brought before the meeting.
c. Visitors. Meetings of the Senate will be open only to members of the faculty
and other persons granted prior permission by the chairman.

d. Quorum. One-half of the voting membership of the Senate shall constitute a
quorum.
e. Conduct of Meetings. FAcept as herein otherwise provided, Robert's Rules of
Order (Revised) shall govern the conduct of meetings.
f, Agenda.
I."1-he agenda will be prepared by the Executive Committee for each regular

or special meeting of the Senate. The agenda will be made available to the
President. the Senate. the faculty, and the Board of Directors, Associated Students, at least two days prior to the meeting.
2. Members of the faculty may submit agenda items to the Executive Committee at ;My tune in writing.
3. Matters not included on the agenda as adopted shall not come before the
meeting until all agenda matters have been disposed of, at which time new business may be proposed for consideration, provided, however, that new business
may be brought before the !fleeting out of regular order with the consent of not
less than two-tYrds of the members present.
g. Voting on !illbstantive Motions. Voting or substantive motions or amendments to such motions shall not take place until the meeting immediately following
the introduction of the ;notion, except that the Academic Senate, by three-fourths
vote of those present, may waive this requirement.
h. Granting Floor Pri-cileges to Non-Senate Members. The chairman of the ACa
demic Senate may at his discretion recognize anyone wishing to address the Senate
on any agenda item under consideration.
Provics. In the el cur an elected member of the Senate is unable to attend a
meeting, he may designate an authorized elected alternate to act as a proxy. Exofficio members without elected alternates may designate any member of the faculty to serve as a proxy. This must be accompanied by a notice in writing to the
chairman of the Senate prior to the meeting.
j. hi the event that the President rejects a Senate recommendation. he shall

inform the Senate, in writing to the Chairman of the Senate, of the compelling
reasons for his reiection of the Senate recommendation.

Article V. Relationships with Other Organizations
Nothing in this constitution shall be construed to discourage members of the
faculty from freely associating in other groups and organizations and through such
associations independently presenting their views to the President of the College
and/or the Academic Senate.

Article VI. Amendments
nvly be amended by a two-thirds majority of the votes cast
by the faculc; of !he College in a !nail secret ballot with the approval of the
Preside!!! of the College, provided that all members are given notification of the
proposed amendment at least ten school days in advance and provided further
that the deadline for return of the ballot is not less than ten school days after
tutton

its distribution,

108

109

Appendix C
PRESIDENT'S DIRECTIVE REGARDING THE USE

OF STATE COLLEGE BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS

1. Authority for Issuance
Elis directive is issued pursuant to Sections 42;50.-42353 of Article 9. Subchapter

4, Chapter 5 of Title 5 of the California Administrative Code, relating to the use
of State College buildings and grounds.

2. Scope of this Directive
This directive is limited to those matters with respect to which the regulations
just cited envision directives or designations 1w Stare College presidents. In the
sections of this directive w hick follow, the Tide 5 regulations arc set out in italics
and are followed by specific directive provisions or designations, where appropriate.

Violation of the Title 5 Ngulations including this directive, is punishable as a
misdemeanor. (Fducation Code Section 23604.1)

All directives and policies of this college rehiring to its students and employees
now in force, or which may hereafter be adopted, arc continued, except to the
extent that a specific conflict may arise between such provisions, and 5 Cal. Adm.
Code Sections 42;50 42;5.; and the provisions of this directive which follow.

3. Soliciting, etc.: Section 42350
Subdivision (u)

"The soliciting. yelling. exposing for sale, or offering to Sell of any goods, articles, wares or merchandise of any nature ,whatsoecr, on a State College campus, is
prohibited cveept by 7.;:ritten permission of the president of the State College or
his desighee,"

DIRECTIVE.:
a. Advertisements in the College Times and other publications of recognized
student or faculty organizations arc approved ithuut further notice.
b. Advertisements by students. and recognized organizations thereof. are ap-

proved fur posting on student bulletin hoards subject to the provisions of the
Notifications Code of the Associated Students of the California State College at
I.os Angeles. Advertisements by employees, ;and recognized organizations thereof,

are approved for posting on bulletin hoards provided for the joint use of said
organizations and located at North Hall, Administration Building, and the lobby
of the Faculty Dining Room, subject to the rules established by the Personnel
Officer S 4th respect to size and priority of posting.
DESIGNATR)N:
c. The President's designee for purposes of this subdivision is the Dean of Students w hen the applicant is a student or a recognized organization thereof; the
Vice President for Business Affairs w hen the applicant is an employee or a reeog_
tilted organization thereof.
Subdivision (b)
"This section shall not apply to private sales between individuals where no general or public solicitation, expontre for sale or offer to sell is involved,"

Subdivision (c)

-This section shall not apply to the soliciting, selling, exposing for sale, or
offering to sell of books, newspapers, magazines, pamphlets and similar published
109

110

materials pursuant to .Section 42351, unless the same is attached to or made a part
of some other article, v.,,rre, or merchandise as, for exmittple, a printed wrapper
covering an article of apparel."

4. Soliciting, etc. of Published Alaterials: Section 42351
Subdivision (a)

"The personal soliciting, selling, exposing for sale, or offering to sell by any
person or persons, of any books, newspapers, magazines, pamphlets and similar
published materials shall be permitted on a State College campus, provided that such
published materials are not available for sale at the college bookstore; subject,
however, to reasonable regulation by the respective State College president as to
the time, place ,ind manner thereof. All directives issued by a State College president pursuant to this section shall be available to the public at places designated
pursuant to Section 42353."

DIRECTIVE:
a. Activity within the scope of this subdivision is approved subject to the following:

TIME: At times determined by the President or his designee (Dean of Students),

based upon other requirements which may be made of the facilities at or about
under this section, any
the same time as that requested, including other requests
conflicts with the College calendar and programs, and the availability of such
facilities and personnel as the President or his designee (Dean of Students) may
consider necessary.

PLACE: Public Expression Areas, King Hall Walkway. Entrance to Cafeteria. Entrance to Trident Lounge, and Entrance to South 'rower. Posting of materials is not authorized under this section.
MANNER: Without deliberate provocation, harassment, or disturbance of perin the area, or any disturbance of the peace as outlined in Sections 4B and
416 of the California Pend Code; and subject to the premises being left in the
same nullifier as they are found. Published materials shall be sold from tables only
and vendors are not to confront passersby with materials for sale.
Subdivision (b)

-This section shall not apply to private sales between individuals .;;here no general or public solicitation. exposure for sale or offer to sell is involved."

Subdivision (c)
"Nothing in this section shall permit the soliciting, selling, exposing for sale or
offering to sell of an} material in violation of the provisions of Chapter 7.5, Title
Part 1 of the Pella? Cole, including any amendments thereto which may be
enacted subsequent to the adoption of this Section."
9,

Handbills and Circulars; Section 42352
Subdivision (al

"No person or persons shall, upon any of the grounds of any Sti., College,

cast, throw, deposit, or di)tribute .vuong pedestrians, or to persons in vehicles, any
commercial .ttivertising handbills or circulars, or any handbill or circular distributed
for the purpose of advertising any' merchandise', commodity, property, business,
service, art or skill. offered, sold or rendered for hire. re-ward, price, trade or profit;
provided, bo-,;.ever, that the president of a State College, or his designee, may
permit students enrolled at that college, and persons employed at that college, to
distribute handbills and circulars as part of the activities of a recognized student
organization at the State College, or an organization of employees at the State
College."

111
110

DESIGNATION:
b. The President's designee fur purposes of this subdivision is the Dean of
Students when the applicant is a student or a recognized organization thereof; the
Vice President for Business Affairs when the applicant is an employee or a recognized organization thereof.

Subdivision (b)

"It shall be unlawful to dispose or place in or on any motor vehicle parked

within any State College any commercial advertising handbills or circulars, or any
handbills or circulars distributed for the purpose of advertising any merchandise,
connnodity, property, business, service, ware or skill, offered, sold or rendered for
hire, reward, price, trade or profit."
Subdivision (c)
"The distribution of written or printed matter devoted to the expression of views,
opinions, beliefs or comentiont relating to, or of notices or announcements of meetings to be held for discussion of religious, political or sociological subjects, or to
public or civic affairs, or other controversies, or which treat any social or economic
order or which relate to the arty or sciences or which otherwise are not distributed
for the purpose of soliciting business. trade or custom shall be permitted on State

College campuses, subject, however, to reasonable regulation by the respective
State College president as to the time, place and manner thereof. All directives
Issued by a State College president purmant to this section shall be available to the
public at places designated pursuant to Section 42353."
DIRECTIVE:

TINIE: At times determined by the President or his designee (Dean of Students)
based upon other requirements NVIIICI1 may be made of the facilities at or about
the same time as that requested. including other requests under this section, any

conflicts with the college calendar and programs, and the availability of such
facilities and personnel as the President or his designee (Dean of Students) may
consider necessary.

PLACE: Public Expression Areas. King Hall Vallovay, Entrance to Cafeteria,
Entrance to -Trident Lounge, and Entrance to South Tower. Posting of materials
is not authorized under this section.
NIANNER: Vithout deliberate provocation, harassment. or disturbance of persons in the area, or any disturbance of the peace as outlined in Sections 415 and
416 of the California Penal Code; and subject to the premises being left in the
same manner as they are found.
6.

Public Meetings, Performances, Rallies. and Similar Public Events:

Section 42353
president of the State College or his designee may restrict the use of
State College buildings and grounds for public meetings, perform-nces, rallies
and similar public events to those public meetings, performances, rallies and simi-

lar public events which are held in accordance with reasonable regulations by
the respective State College president as to the time, place and manner thereof."
MEC f.I VE :
a. Activity within the scope of this section is approved subject to the following:
TIME: At times determined by the President or his designee based upon other
requirements which may he nude of the facilities at or about the same time as
that requested. including other requests, under this section. any conflicts with the
college calendar and programs, and the availability of such facilities and' personnel
as the President or his designee may consider necessary.
PLACE: To be determined by the nature of the event.
111

112

MANNER: In conformity with the guidelines. criteria, and procedures set forth
in the "Summary of Policies on Creative and Related Arts Developed at California
State College at Los Angeles. July 18, 1968."

DESIGNATION: The President's designee for purposes of this section is the
Dean of Students %hen the applicant is a student or a recognized organization
thereof; the Vice President for Business Affairs when the applicant is an employee
or a recognized organization thereof; and the Vice President for Academic Affairs
when the activity is related to the instructional program of the college. The Vice
President for Business Affairs shall be the Presidene< designee when the applicant
is not a member of the college community.

7. Notice: Section 42354
"Notice shall be posted at or near the principal entrances of each State College
calling attention to the existence of regulations relating to soliciting handbills and
circulars, and to public meetings, performances, rallies and similar public events,
citing by the number the sections in this Article, and designating the places where
copies thereof and of directives issued by the State College president pursuant
thereto way be examined."

This directive shall be available for examination at the College Business Office
or the Campus Police Office.

NOTICE
SOLICI TING, SELLING, EXPOSING FOR SALE. OR OFFERING FOR
SALE OF GOODS, AR HICLES, WARES, MERCH.ANDISE; THE. DIS-

TRIBE-HON or HANDBILLS AND CIRCULARS; AND PUBLIC

MEETINGS, PERFORMANCES. RALLIES AND SIMILAR PUBLIC
EVENTS .MIE SUBJE.CT To REGULATION. VIOLATIONS ARE
PUNISIIABLE AS MISDEMEANORS, Truly. 5, CALIFORNIA ADMINISTRATIVE CODE.. SECTIONS 42350. 42351, 42352, 42353, AND
42;54, COPIES OF THESE REGULATIONS AND or DiRrcrivrs
ISSUED THEREUNDER MAY IW EXAMINED AT THE OFFICE OF
-HIE VICE PRESIDENT FOR BUSINESS AFFAIRS, DEAN OF STUDEN I'S. OR CANIPUS POLICE.

113
112

Appendix D
POLICY FOR USE OF CAMPUS FACILITIES
(Senate: 7/11/67; President: 7/12/67)

Campus facilities shall he made available for the use of faculty and recognized
on-campus student groups and outside groups under the conditions set forth in
the following definitions. rules, and codes.
1. When a faculty or recognized on-campus student group encumbers a facility
(whatever the purpose). they will pay all costs for services provided in conjunction
with "out-of-pocket- costs.
a. Out-of-pocket costs are to include direct salary expense incurred as the
result of the particular event for on-campus groups. Hours worked on an event
shall be, by definition, overtime and will be charged at time and one half.
b. Such costs shall also include any repair of equipment and physical plant
required beyond that incurred by normal wear and tear, and shall include prorated depreciation costs for expendable accessories.

2. No charge shall be made to all faculty and recognized on-campus student
groups for any equipment utilized. However, responsible use of the equipment is
implied in making it available to faculty. student, and staff groups.
3. Prior event charges must be paid in full before any subsequent request for
facilities by the saute griffin will be approved.
4. Fourteen calendar days' notice will be required for all facilities use requests
requiring rooms of over 205 capacity.
5. For the purposes of facilities utilization, recognized on-campus student groups
are those whose names appear on the roster of student organizations published and

maintained by the Student Activities Office.
6. Definition of faculty groups:
a. A faculty member for the purpose of facility utilization is defined as follows:
All members of the full-time teaching staff, the President of the College, the
Chief Instructional Officer, the Chief Fiscal Officer. Deans, Associate Deans,
Assistant- Deans, and professional employees in Administrilion, Library, and Student Personnel.

I'henever the classification of a position as to faculty status is in doubt, the
question shall be referred to the Executive Committee of the Academic Senate
for decision.
b. For the purpose of use of facilities, a faculty group will be defined as one

of the following:
(I) Any faculty group granted honorary membership in the Academic
( 2 ) Any professional or scholarly organization which holds its national,
regional. or local meeting on the college campus. Whenever the status of a
group is in doubt. the question shall be referred to the Executive Committee
of the Academic Senate for decision in consultation with the President of the

(;) .-1,1 Joe faculty-sponsored groups whose purposes are consistent with
the State Administrative Code.

7. Request for use of facilities by outside groups may he considered providing
said group falls within one of the following categories as defined by the Education
Code.

a. A governmental agency.
b. A n profit, i-ha ritable, educational. or a character-building organization.
113
5 --,a)(a,A

114

c. A group or individual for educational or non-commercial purpose.
Outside groups are defined as any group which holds a function on campus
which is not sponsored by the college.
8. Definitions of off-campus group activities that would not be allowed to use the
facilities as governed by Section 24101 of the Education Code and as interpreted
by SCAM 923.02 and 923.03, include but are not limited to:

a. Activities primarily of a social nature; e.g., dances, concerts, parties, and
dinners.

b. Political rallies.
9.

Rental FeesOn-Campus Student Groups. Rental fees are not to be assessed

against recognized on-campus student groups where the following conditions are
met:

a. All fees collected by the group generated as the result of an activity where
an admission charge is made must be deposited and administered through established channels as defined by the Office of Student Activities.

b. Funds collected must be disbursed only for the purpose for which the
group is organized and compatible with the objectives defined in the charters
granted student organizations.
10. Rental FeesOff-Campus Groups. Rental fees shall be charged for the following facilities according to fee schedules authorized by code and policy and
reviewed by the Fiscal Affairs Committee.
a. Athletic facilities.

b. Conference rooms, classrooms, and lecture halls.
c. Auditoriums and theatres.
d. Broadcast Service Center.
II. The college Business Office shall act as the agent to implement these policies
according to the fee schedule established under California State College Board of
Trustees policy.
12. Parking.

a. Persons coming to campus to perform a service to the college without

remuneration (speakers, musicians, commercial consultants, medical center, etc.)

shall be provided courtesy parking. Prior arrangements should be made with
the Information Desk to provide parking for these persons.
b. Persons coming to campus to perform a service to the college for remuneration (teacher substitutes, general sales, coaches, speakers, etc.) shall pay for their
parking.
c. Persons coming to campus to receive a service (placement, counseling, admissions, advisement, information, etc.) shall pay for their parking.
13. It is recognized that from time to time there may be requests for use of

campus facilities where the application of policy and the fee schedule would be
inappropriate. In such cases it is assumed that the college will act as co-sponsor
for the event and only direct costs would be charged. Such determination shall
be made by the President or his designee.

Appendix E
FACULTY DISMISSAL
(Provisions of the California Education Code)

Dismissal, Demotion, or Suspension
24306. A permanent or probationary academic or nonacademic employee may
be dismissed, demoted, or suspended for the following causes:
(a) Immoral conduct.
(b) Unprofessional conduct.
(c) Dishonesty.
(di Incompetency.
(ei Physical or mental unfitness for position occupied.
(ft Failure or refusal to perform the normal and reasonable duties of the position.
(g) Conviction of a felony or conviction of any misdemeanor involving moral
turpitude.
(h) Fraud in securing appointment.
(i) Drunkenness on duty.
(i) Addiction to the use of narcotics or habit forming drugs.
(Amended by Stars. 196!,

1828.)

lnclttsiotts within *Unprofessional Conduct"
24307. "Unprofessional conduct" as used in Section 24306 includes, but is not
limited to:

(a) Membership ill, or active support of, a "communist front," a "communist
action" organization, or a communist organiiatiun, as those terms are now defined
in the act of the Congress of the United States designated as "Internal Security
Act of 1950."
(b) Persistent active participation in public meetings conducted or sponsored by
an organitation mentioned in subdivision (a) of this section.
(c)
advocacy of the overthrow of the Government of the United States
or of the State, by force, violence or other unlawful means, either on or off the
c.11111)115.

(di Willful advocacy of communism, either on or off the campus, for the

purpose of undermining the patriotism of pupils, or with the intent to indoctrinate
any pupil with communism or inculcate a preference for coniniunism in the mind
of any pupil.
Notice of Dismissal, Demotion, Suspension, or Reassignment
24308. Notice of dismissal, demotion or suspension for cause of an academic

or nonacademic employee shall be in writing, signed by the Chancellor or his
designee and be served on the employee, setting forth a statement of causes, the
events or transactions upon which the causes are based, the nature of the penalty
and the effective date, and a statement of the employee's right to answer within
20 days and request a hearing before the State Personnel Board.
(Amended by Stars. 1961, Ch. 18210

Hearing for Employee Dismissed, Suspended, Demoted, or Reassigned
24309. Aoy :icatlemic or nonacademic employee dismissed, suspended, or demoted for cause may request a hearing by the State Personnel Board by filing

such a request, in xvriting, with the hoard within 20 days of being served with
the notice. 11w request- may be on the grounds that the required procedure was
not followed; that there is no ground fordistniss;11, suspension, or demotion; that
the penalty is excessi% e, unreasonable, or discriminatory; or that the employee did
115

116

not do the acts or omissions alleged as the events or transactions upon which the
causes are based; or that the acts or omissions alleged as the events or transactions
upon which the causes are based were justified.
The State Personnel Board shall hold a hearing, following the same procedure
as in state civil service proceedings and shall render a decision affirming, modifying

or revoking the action taken. In a hearing, the burden of proof shall be on the
party taking the dismissal action.
(Amended by Stars. 1961,0). 1828.)

Restoration of Position and Payment of Back Salary on Revocation or
Modification of Dismissal, Suspension, Demotion, or Reassignment
24310. If the dismissal. suspension. or demotion or the reassignment is revoked
or modified by the State Personnel Board or the trustees, the employee shall be
restored to his position in accord with the decision, and shall be paid back salary
equal to that which the employee would have earned if continuously employed in
accord with the decision.
(Amended by Stars. 1961,0.7. 1828.)

AGA') lee Without Leave as Resignation; Reinstatement
24(11. Absence without leave of an academic or nonacademic employee,

whether voluntary or involuntary, for five consecutive working days is an automatic resignation from state service, as of the last date on which the employee

worked.
An academic or nonacademic employee may within 90 days of the effective date

of such separation file A u ritten request with the State Personnel Board for reinstatement. If the appointing authority has notified the employee of his automatic
resignation, any request for reinstatement must be in writing and filed within 15
days of the service of notice of separation. Notice may be personally served or
it may be served by mail to the last known residence or business address of the
addressee and is complete on mailing. Proof of service, either personal or by
mail, shall be made by affidavit. Reinstatement may be granted only if the employee makes a satisfactory explanation to the hoard as to the cause of his absence
and his failure to Obtain leave therefor, and the board finds that he is ready, able,
and willing to resume the discharge of the duties of his position, or, if not, that

he has obtained the consent of his appointing power to a leave of absence to

commence upon reinstatement.
: \n employee so reinstated shall not be paid salary for the period of his absence

or separation or for any portion thereof.
(Amended by Stars. 1961,0). 1828.)
(Provisions of the California Administrative Code)

emporary .S.ilspension
.122. When there is strong and compelling evidence that the presence of an
employee on his lob might create serious problems. if such evidence were subsequently proven to be correct, a president or the Chancellor may temporarily
suspend an employee pending investigation and/or the furnishing of formal notice
of chsciplinao action pursuant to Section 24;08 of the Education Code. Unless
earlier terminated by the president or the Chancellor, as the case may be, such
tvinpoi.ir; suspension shall automatically terminate upon the furnishing of formal
notice of disciplinar action or, unless extended as provided by this section 30
days titer its commencement. whichever first occurs.
I he date for such automatic termination of the period of temporary suspension,
cc here. no turnishme of formal notice of disciplinary action has occurred, may be
extended 'woo the, ill atk n statemcm of the employee addressed to the president
or the Chancellor. as the case may he, requesting such extension.
SuTension under this section shall not prejudice the ease of the employee or any
right, he may be poo ilk(' under this article.
116

117

Dismissal
43524. Dismissal of academic employees with tenure shall be recommended by
the president of the college to the trustees through the Chancellor. Dismissal of
administrative employees and other disciplinary actions affecting academic and
administrative employees shall be recommended by the president of the college

to the Chancellor.

Use of Grievance Procedure in Disciplinary Actions
43525. Employees shall have the right and arc encouraged to resolve their
grievances regarding disciplinary actions through the use of internal grievance

procedures.

When an employee has failed to resolve his grievance at the college level, he
shall have the right of appeal to the Chancellor and the trustees.

Nothing in this article shall be interpreted to prejudice any rights of appeal
established in the Education Code, Section 24309.

If a dismiss:!, suspension, or demotion is revoked or modified, the employee
shall be 'restored to his position in accordance with the decisions, and shall be paid
back salary equal to that which he would have earned if he had been continuously
employed.

Disruption of Campus Activities
43526.

NOR% alistanding any pro% ision in this Subchapter 6 to the contrary, any

employee of the Galifornia State Colleges who, following appropriate procedures
at the college, is found to have disrupted or to have attempted to disrupt, by force
or violence, any parr of the instructional program of it state college, or any meeting. recruiting inter\ itnk or other activity authorized to be held or conducted at
the college, may, in the discretion of the President, be disciplined pursuant to
Section 24306 of the Education Code.

Appendix F
STATEMENT OF STUDENT RIGHTS'
(Senate: 1/23/68; President: 3/26/681

Preamble
A _:adennic institutions exist for the pursuit of knowledge. As members of the
academic community, students should be encouraged to develop the capacity for
critical judgment and to engage in a sustained and independent search for knowledge. Free inquiry, free expression, and the responsible exercise thereof, are essential
to any community of scholars.
Lach member of the academic community has both rights and responsibilities deriving from the standards of that community. By virtue of their basic purpose in
joining the academic community. the primary right and responsibility of students is
to exercise and to cherish the freedom to learn. The freedom to learn depends upon
appropriate opportunities and conditions in the classroom, on the campus, and in
the larger community. The purpose of this statement is to enumerate some of the
conditions conducive to the freedom of students to learn. Since one of the conditions which threatens student freedom to learn is the abuse of that freedom, students should exercise their rights with maturity and responsibility.
The responsibility to secure and to respect general conditions conducive to the
freedom to learn is shared by all members of the academic community. The College has a duty to develop policies and procedures which safeguard that freedom.
In developing such policies and procedures, it is the overriding principle that the
student is a citizen or resident of the United States, and all rights and privileges
which accrue to him as such are not abridged by his membership in the academic
community.

In The Classroom

The professor in the classroom and in conference should encourage'free discussion, inquiry, and expression. Students shall be evaluated solely on the basis of
their academic performance, not on their opinions or conduct in matters unrelated to aca,kmic performance.
a. Protection of Freedom of Expression. Students are responsible for learning
thoroughly the content of any course of study, but they are free to take reasoned
exception to the interpretation of data or opinions offered.
b. Protection Against Improper Acadonic Evaluation and Unethical Conduct by
Faculty. Students are responsible for maintaining standards of academic performance established by their professors. The measurement of a student's performance is the prerogati% e of the professor. Students have the right to appeal
against prejudiced or capricious academic evaluation by means of the procedures set

forth in the Appendix.

c. Protection Against Non-Performance or Incompetent Performance of Duties
[he student has the right to a substantial preselitation by the
instructor at the times scheduled except in mitigating circumstances, Repeated
!nun-performance by the mstructtir, or repeated hick of preparation by the instructor
resulting in incompetent performance. or repeated incompetent performance by the
instructor, noy be reported by the student through the procedures set forth in the

by tic luoructor.

Appendix.

d. Protection Againo improper Disclosure. Protection against improper disclosure of itibtrinatig in regarding students is a professional obligation of faculty
itiembers and administratit e staff sk hich must be balanced with their other obligaParts of this document are excerptd from the Association of American Colleges "Statement
of Desirable Plovisions fur Student freedom to Learn," revised drat t, Ncnember 7, 1966,

118

119

dons to the individual student. the institution, and society. Faculty and staff members are free to participate in such professional consultation with their colleagues
as serves the welfare of the student. Further, after inquiring a_ to the nature of the

requesting agency and the intended use of the information, they may properly
provide information concerning a student's competence and fitness for a given task,
including relevant judgements of character, to other persons who they are satisfied
have legitimate grounds for seeking such information. But free inquiry and free
expression; which are vital to good education, may be jeopardized by disclosure of
information about students' attitudes, beliefs, and political associations which may be
acquired in the course of teaching, advising, and counseling students. Answering

questions relating to the student's political, religious, moral, or social beliefs or
opinions may constitute an infringement of the student's academic freedom.
2. Student Records

The policy of the institution should reflect a deliberate balance between its
obligation to contribute to the growth and welfare of students and its other
obligations to society. It must include a carefully considered policy as to the

information which should be part of a student's permanent educational record and
as to the conditions of its disclosure. To minimize the risk of improper disclosure,
academic and disciplinary records will be kept separately. Transcripts of academic
records will contain only information about academic status. However, disciplinary
action taken against a student which affects his eligibility to re-register may be
recorded when authorized by special action of the President or his designee. Information from disciplinary, counseling, or activities tiles except as provided in
3, b, (2) shall be available only to persons on campus who require such records
in the normal course of performing their assigned duties.
Files shall not be available to any person or organization off campus except as
authorized by the student concerned. The term 'aff-campus organizations" is intended to include investigative branches of local, state. or federal government.
Any records which reflect the political activities of students will be considered
confidential. These records shall be released only under legal compulsion. The stu-

dents should be aware that records may be subject to subpoena. Under such

circumstances, although the College will make every effort to insure the student's
legal rights. it cannot ignore such demands. The Dean of Students or his designee
twill periodically and routinely evaluate and destroy non-current disciplinary records. Administrative staff and faculty members shall respect confidential information about students which they acquire in the course of their work.

3. Student Affairs
a. Freedom of Access to Higher Education.
The College will make clear tile
characteristics and academic performance of students which it considers relevant
to success in the institution's program. The race, religion, or sex of a student is
not relevant to admissions decisions. 1Vithin the limits of its facilities, the College
is open to all students who are qualified according to its admission standards. College facilities and services are open to all students. and the institution shall use its
influence to secure equal access for all students to public facilities in the local

community. b. Freedom of Association.

Students bring to the campus a variety of interests
previously acquired, and develop many new interests as members of the academic
community. They shall be free to organize and join associations to promote their
common interests.

Affiliation with an extra-mural organization shall not disqualify a student
institutional recognition. At the same time, all actions of a
student organization shall be determined by vote of only those persons given
voting privileges in that organization and .110 also hold bona fide membership
(I)

organization from

rifle 5, Education Code, Section 10751, permits but does not require disclosure of informs

stun ,oncerning students to officers or employees of federal. state, or local governments.
See also Government Code. Sections 9405 and 9411 (1-lonoving a Legislative Subpoena).

119

120

in the College community. These College organizations may not represent themselves as expressing official policy or practice of the College.

(2) The institution requires student organizations to make every effort to
secure a faculty adviser.* Each organization shall be free to choose its own
faculty adviser. Insti ,nonal recognition will not be withheld or withdrawn
solely because of the inability of a student organization, after conscientious effort,
to secure an 3th iser, Members of the faculty perform an important educational role and serve the College community when they accept the responsibility to advise and consult se ith student organizations. They shall guide organizations in the exercise of responsibility, but they do not have the authority to
control the policy of such (organizations.
(3) Student organizations are required to submit a Constitution, a statement
of purpose, a list of officers, a definition of membership, and rules of procedure
to the Director of Student Activities. Student organizations are not required to
submit a membership list as a condition of institutional recognition. The list of
officers shall be destroyed when it is no longer in effect.
() Campus organizations, including those affiliated with an extra-mural organization, will be open to all students without respect to race, creed, religion,
or national origin.
(5) Students and student organizations are free to examine and to discuss all
questions of interest to them, and to express opinions publicly or privately. They
are also free to support causes by any means which do not disrupt the regular
and essential operation of the institution. At the same time, they must make
clear to the academic and the larger community that in their public expressions
or demonstrations, students or student organizations speak only for themselves.
(6) Students are allowed to invite and to hear any person of their own choosing, providing the in nation is in consonance with the College Policy on
Visiting Speakers. The institutional control of campus facilities will not be used
as a device of censorship. Sponsrship of guest speakers does not necessarily
imply approval or endorsement of the vies( s expressed, either by the sponsoring
group or the institution.
o;..er nment. As constituents of the
Student Par ticipatiwt in 1 nstitutional
academic community, students shall be free, individually and collectively, to express their views on issues of institutional policy and on matters of general interest
to the student lolly.I the role and character of student government shall be redo% ed and modified only through prescribed procedures.
d. Studolt Publications and Broadcasting. Student publications and the student
press are a valuable aid in establishing and maintaining an atmosphere of free and
responsible discussion and of intellectual exploration on the campus. They are a
means of bringing student concerns to the attention of the faculty and the institutional authorities and of formulating student opinion on various issues on the
campus and in the se odd at large. They also represent the institution to the public.
The Communications Code states College policies on these matters. Editorial freedom of student editors and managers entails corollary responsibilities to be governed by the canons of responsible journalism, where libel, indecency, undocumented allegations, attacks on personal integrity, and the techniques of harassment
and innuendo arc especially inappropriate.

4. (Iff -(.'illptist.,.,..61()1,1 of Sttitiiits

Students are citizens as well as members
1?iglt. 01
Ct.
of the academic comummity. As citizens, students (AIMy the same freedom of

tilt,

5.
also,
iii
+ Ihr student

u.f.., Sestina 41501.

requires student organtiations to submit a constittt

I ,porn Ivor, 1,(11 g 011k Article III, Setion I.
. III. the sOLi.lied Students, base t. clearly defined
,,do ,d
and in determining institutional policy (See
role in ristirt...ing the %%idle. of the student
4.1 4, ,nil the S,seults ('oustituriou). The
Nliimies of 1 i Ottolv(, hthh,
taviti, tomonssion ()permit'', Code is the °finial student body policy statement governing
still
be
too.u.lered
a.
the
polio
in effect in those areas not covered by
student aeti%ities. It
College polio, or Is here it rmilfort CS or interptel. existing College polity. If a conflict exists
supersedes.
l'ullege
bent ven the last,

.t firlflel

120

121

speech. peaceful assembly and right of petition that other citizens enjoy., as mem-

bers of the academic community, lumever, they are subject , the obligations
%%inch accrue to them by virtue of this membership. Students contemplating offcampus activities should be clear in their objectives. and they should be fully
aware of the legal situation and of the itossible consequences of their actions to
themselves and to the College community. Institutional officials perform an important educational role in discussing these and other considerations with students prior to their participation in off-campus activities. At the sante time, faculty members and administrative officials will insure that institutional powers arc
not employed to inhibit such intellectual an'l personal dee elopme.nt of students as
is often promoted by their exercise of the rights of citizenship both on- and offcampus.

b. Institutional Authority are,! Civil Pohl hies. Activities of students may upon
occasion result in violation of law. In such cases. the Dean of Students. upon request, e% ill apprise the student of the I.cgal Bar Association reference service and
y otTcr other ad% ice or assistance. Students who violate the km may insure pen-

alties prescribed by sit it authorities. but institutional authority will never he used
merely to duplicate the function of general laces. The student who incidentally
violates institutional regulations in the course of his off- campus activity. such as
those relating to class attendMICe. %\ 111 be subject to no greater penalty than would

normally be imposed. Institutional action should be independent of community
pressure.

Procedural .Staudar(1s
I)Isciplivar), l'roccediugx
In ele eloping responsible student conduct. disciplinary proceedings will play a
role set:titular). to counseling. guidance. admonition. and example. At the saute
rime. the College has a duty and the corollary disciplinary powers to protect its
educational purpose b setting standards of conduct for students.
a. Mt....at/gat/on of Stri,lem Comluct

(I) I siCept. as 1M:i11k:Ill II) arrest. or after (11)14111111F A search warrant. institution-controlled premises occupied by students and the persoval possessions of
ill not be searched. the student shall be present, if at all possible,
students
during the search. l'or premises not controlled by the institution. the ordinary
requirements for last fill search st Ill hr follim ed.
ith eiolations of institutional reg,-,11tions. or arrested
(2, Students charged
for inftai nuns of ordinary tact should he informed of their rights under the
student 1)iscipline Subcommittee ['too:dines and fir tinder civil het. \o form

CS t(l coerce At11111Sof herrassinent still he IISLAI bt all y II1St it 116.11;11
shuns of guilt or to obtain inform Mon about conduct of other suspected persons.
I). Statin. of ')',)!../,./it l'ettittr.; rtnal 1)1.wiplinarl ,4etion. fending action on the
snadcnt shall nut be altered. nor his right to be present on
charges, II c status of
1

the canions and to attend classes su,pendtd. evecpt for reasons relating to his
or lot reasons relating to the safety
phystl+! of emotional s ifety and
and ks ell being of tither students. tacult, or College property.

Appendi
(iiC-C.N/('tt
I

ht ,rude

1,) belt, t es t11,11 his 111,:llts As set

t.,)1111

in tills document have' been

its croon to Cult c the issue. by consolting the faculty
ablidged ,1111ild ,tahr nits
ntetilhcr ur t,lmmisrl atm

concerned. It the

is,1.1e

l'.111,14

resulted

lie

sh 1,;ld itinsuli the chrirnrul id the appropriate department to
HI this tutu ,r.
her). he :nay appeal to the dean of the
risolution of the
seeh
.1

school tuttectne11. 1111 the case of a facult member tut' ,1411111111Striltll' not assigned
itpurior, of the
It ll ,il+l+r(yrtrtc akiiiiinistr.tne
to a school. eonsultation .1)»»1.1
mtlie1111111

It till
Iet cos, he

leantst

IOW

[lit

tt1ip1.1111i

lit:1101:s that

111.1111,1

I H. 1,1111)41ml

d stAtl'illlill
121

122

11.1,

011I11111111.;

II1CSC

Alit p 111101S In the Student

Grievance Committee.' The student shall be notified that this statement must indicate the grounds on which his allegations are based, that the burden of proof
rests on him, and that if the matter proceeds to a hearing, the faculty member or
administrator concerned shall receive a copy of the statement.
This statement shall be given preliminary consideration by the Student Grievance

Committee. If it concludes that there may he grounds for the allegatiol and the
matter is of sufficient weight to justify further investigation, the Student Grievance
Committee shall arrange a hearing. Both parties to the dispute shall be notified
promptly. The faculty member shall receive a copy of the statement made by the
student outlining his allegations. The hearing shall be closed, although either party
to the dispute may bring witnesses or be represented by counsel with prior notification to the Student Grievance Committee and the other party. At its discretion
the Student Grievance Committee may hear each party separately unless one or
the other party requests a confrontation. The Student Grievance Committee shall
determine whether there are grounds to refer the matter to the appropriate faculty

body or administrator. Both parties shall be notified concerning these findings.
Allegations which, in the opinion of the Student Grievance Committee, consist
merely of a disagreement with the grade or other rating given by a faculty member
shall be rejecetd by the Student Grievance Committee.
If the Student Grievance Committee determines that there are grounds for further consideration of the allegation, it shall refer the matter to: (a) The Committee
on Academic Freedom and Professional Ethics if the issue involves alleged violation of academic freedom or professional ethics; (b) The Faculty Affairs Committee (Personnel Policy Committee) of the school concerned if the issue involves

alleged non-performance or incompetent performance by an instructor; (c) the
Dean of the School in all other cases.
If the grievance is based upon alleged improper academic evaluation, the student

bears the burden of proof to demonstrate to the Student Grievance Committee
that said evaluation has clearly been prejudiced or capricious. In cases referred to
the school, if the appropriate faculty committee of the school as determined by
that school finds that evaluation of the student has been prejudiced or capricious,
that committee of the school may recommend to the dean the means for achieving
appropriate redress for the student. The results of such action may include a recommendation for a grade change. Such a grade change shall be so identified on
the permanent record card. Under no circumstances shall a change of grade be
made by an administrator without a committee recommendation. Such a recommendation shall be the result of peer group action.

the Student Grievance Committee shall consist of one faculty member, one student, and
mein her of the faculty or administration to he appointed by the President. The faculty
member shall he selected by the College Committee on Committees to serve a three-year
term. The student shall be selected by the ROD of the Associated Students for a period of
time to be determined by that body. The Presidential appointee shall serve at the pleasure
ut the President. The Student Grievance Committee will elect its own chairman.

123
122

Appendix G
STUDENT DISCIPLINARY PROCEDURES

OF THE CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGES
(Chancellor's Executive Order No. 109: 8/1400)

This Executive Order is issued pursuant to Section 41304 of Title S of the
California Administrative Code.
1. Except as provided in this Executive Order, the Student Disciplinary Procedures for the California State Colleges is established for the California State Colleges, and shall govern disciplinary procedures with respect to students according
to its terms. A copy of these procedures is attached to this Executive Order as
Attaclmtent A.
2. These procedures supersede other procedures previously in force in the
California State Colleges, as to all future matters and all pending matters in which
hearings have not yet been held.
3. (fearing officers will be designated by the Chancellor for each State College,
as provided in Section 9-a of these procedures. Until further notice, hearing
officers appointed by the Presiding Officer of the Office of Administrative Proce-

dure (Government Code Sections 11370-11370.4) are hereby designated as Hearing Officers under these procedures. Arrangements have been made whereby such
Hearing Officers will he assigned upon request of the President to the Presiding
Officer, at his office in Sacramento.
4. These procedures should he read with the memorandum of the General
Counsel, which is attached to this Executive Order as Attachment B.

Attachment A
1. Purpose and Scope

a. It is the purpose of this document to provide procedures which are fair and
lust, to both the student charged and to the institution, by which it can he determined whether violations of conduct and conduct-related regulations have occurred.
b. These procedures are established pursuant to Section 41304, Title 5, California Administrative Code.' They govern determinations under Sections 41301,
41302 and 41303 of that Code, and other state and federal laws which require
college hearings.

2. Authority of the President
a. The President shall exercise his authority in disciplinary actions pursuant to
Sections 41:01, 41302 and 41303 of Title 5, California Administrative Code, these
procedures, and other laws and regulations as applicable.
b. All determinations and findings made at the college level by anyone other
than the President, including determinations and findings of the Hearing Officer
(see Section 9). are in the nature of recommendations to the President, who shall
have final campus authority. Decisions of the President are subiect to review by
the Chancellor or his designee, and by the Board of Trustees, The designation of
Hearing Officers (see Section 9-a ) and decisions on challenges of any Hearing
Officer for cause (see Section 11) -c) shall he made by the Chancellor or his
designee.

the following sections of these
c. Elie functions of the President as described in
procedures, may be delegated by him to individual designees who are members
of the staff of the College, and who shall exercise those functions in his name,
Specific code sections referred to in these Procedures ;re set nut in Appendix.

123

124

All references in these procedures to the President include such designees. The
President shall be responsible for any action taken under his authority.

3. Immediate Suspension
a. The President may order the immediate suspension of any student for the
interim period pending a hearing whenever he determines such action to be
required in order to protect lives or property and to insure the maintenance of
order. The student so suspended shall be afforded an opportunity for a hearing
with respect to the immediate suspension. The hearing on the immediate suspen-

sion will normally be afforded within two working days' of the suspension but
in any event, not later than ten days of the suspension. The hearing shall be
held_ pursuant to the provisions of Section 6-a of these procedures. The issues
shall be whether his continued suspension pending such disciplinary hearing is
required in order to protect lives or property and to insure the maintenance of
order, and on any issues presented by a request for hearing pursuant to Penal

Code Section 626.4(c).

b. Immediate suspension will be coupled with a withdrawal of consent to remain on campus, pursuant to Penal Code Section 626.4, whenever it is determined, pursuant to that section, that there is reasonable cause to believe that the
person has willfully disrupted the orderly operation of the campus or college
facility, and that his presence will. constitute a substantial and material threat to
such orderly operation.

4. When Hearings Are to be Held; Waivers
a. Action under these procedures shall go forward regardless of possible or
pending other administrative, civil or criminal proceedings arising out of the same
or other events.
b. The President shall cause campus action to be initiated on the basis of the
criminal conviction of a student whenever applicable statutes or regulations require it.
c. Hearings shall be held whenever the President accepts the Coordinator's
recommendation to that effect, or does not accept a contrary recommendation
from him, and whenever required by stature, action by the Board of Trustees, or
the Chancellor. The President shall decide the kind of hearing to be held, as authorized in Section 5.
d. In any case in which a student is entitled to a hearing, the student may instead %valve a hearing and accept a sanction with respect to discipline and decision with respect to eligibility for or termination of financial aid, as recommended by the Coordinator and approved by the President. The student may
accept the sanction and financial aid decision without admitting that he engaged
in the conduct charged. Should the student not accept the sanction and financial
aid decision, the nutter shall proceed to hearing, and no cognizance shall be taken
of the recommendation made pursuant to Section 4-d.

5. Alternative Kinds of Hearings
a. Based on recommendations of the Coordinator (see Section 8) and such other
considerations as may be pertinent, the President shall decide whether a disciplinary
matter should be conducted:
( ) By ail administrative officer of the college
,as provided in Section 6.
(2) By the Hearing Officer, as otherwise provided in these procedures.
(3) By a residence hall committee, in the case of charges of conduct violations

in residence hall facilities where the infraction charged, as determined by the
Coordinator, does not involve a possible sanction of suspension or expulsion.
b. In making his determination, the President may consider the expressed wishes
of the student charged, the degree of apparent complexity of the facts or issues,
" "Working day" is defined in Section 13e.

124

126

and the seriousness of the offense. Ordinarily, the desire of the student charged for a
hearing by an administrative officer, the apparent absence of complicated facts or
issues, and the relative lack of seriousness of the offense, arc factors in favor of a
hearing by an administrative officer.

6. Office Hearings by an Administrative Officer; Hearings Under Section 5-a(3)

a. Office hearings by an administrative officer shall he informal, and subject to
such procedure as the President may determine; provided that a student whose case
is considered in this way shall: receive notice of misconduct charged in terms of
a general description of the conduct and the provisions he is charged with having
violated; be informed of any evidence to be considered against him and have an
opportunity to challenge and rebut it, and to present evidence on his own behalf;
be informed of the decision of the President and of the administrative officer's
recommendation to the President, Such hearings shall he closed to all persons

other than the students and the Coordinator, a single adviser for each of them,
and witnesses while they arc presenting evidence.
b. I learings under Section 5-a(;) shall be subject to such procedures as the Presi-

dent shall determine, but shall afford the student charged with at least the provisions enumerated in Section 6-a.
a, The 0)ordinanir shall prepare and mail notices as appropriate to the student
charged. Notices addressed to hint at the last address posted on the records of the
Registrar of the College, and deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid,
shall be presumed to have been received and read by the student charged.
h. The Coordinator shall initiate hearing procedures against a student charged,
by mailing or personally delivering a notice letter to him, by registered or certified
mail, return receipt requested, which notice:
(1) Contains a statement of the charges against him, in terms of Sections 41301
and 41302 of Title 5, California Administrative Code, Section 22505 of the Education Code if that Section is applicable, and applicable financial aid eligibility
termination provisions, if any, and is factual description stated with reasonable
particularity, of the conduct upon which the charges are based.
(2) Notifies him of the time and place of hearing.
(it Refers to or encloses a copy of these procedures.
(4) Notifies him that he may he accompanied at the hearing by an adviser
of his choice, %%110 may act on his behalf, and ss ho may lie an attorney, and of
the time within which he must inform the Coordinator of the name and address
of his advisor if lie is an attorney.
irmation as an immediate suspension and withdrawal of
(5 ) Includes such information
Col-Herat to remain on campus It here such action has been decided upon; a request
for the student's preference as to the kind of hearing to be conducted (Section

5). and any determination reached pursuant to Section 4-d with respect to
possible sanctions and financial aid eligibility termination pursuant to Section
12-c, and such other information as the Coordinator may wish to include,

S. Coordinator

.5. the President shall assign a member of the College staff the general charge
of the administration of these procedures, the dories described in these procedures;
and such other duties as the President may determine. The person so assigned shall
serve in this assignment at the pleasure of the President,
b. the person sn assigned ina use such [neat, administrative title as the President may determine. For eons enience. he is referred to herein as "Conrdinator.c. All references in these procedures to the Conritinator shall include any other
persons who are authorized by the President to a.,:ast the Coordinator and act in his
name.
125

12($

d. The Coordinator shall investigate all alleged violations of Sections 41301 and
41302, Title 5, California Administrative Code, Section 22505 of the Education Code
and related matters concerning withdrawal of consent to remain on campus and of

eligibility for and termination of financial aid.
e. As a result of his investigation, the Coordinator shall make a recommendation

to the President as to whether the matter should proceed, and of the kind of
hearing, authorized in Section 5, which should be held.
1. The Coordinator shall send such notices as are appropriate, and institute hearings pursuant to these procedures.

g. The Coordinator shall make physical and scheduling arrangements for the
hearing of cases.

h. Except where other provision is made by the College with respect to hearings
by an administrative officer (Section 5 -a ( )) and to residence hall matters (Section

5-a(3)), the Coordinator shall attend the hearings and shall marshal and present
the evidence against the student charged.

9. Hearing Officer
a. The Chancellor shall designate one or more Hearing Officers, who shall serve
for terms as determined by the Chancellor.

b. Hearing Officers shall be attorneys, admitted to practice law in California
who are qualified by professional experience in presiding at judicial or quasi-

judicial adversary proceedings, or who have been members of the California State
Bar for at least five years. They will not hold any employment, or other contract
(other than as a hearing officer) with any State College during the period of their
service.

10. General Provisions Relating to Hearings by Hearing Officers
a. Evidence. Evidence shall be admitted if it is relevant and is the sort of evidence

on which responsible persons arc accustomed to rely in the conduct of serious
affairs, regardless of the existence of any common law or statutory rule which
might make improper the admission of evidence over objection in civil actions.
Hearsay evidence may be used for the purpose of supplementing or explaining
other evidence but shall not be sufficient in itself to support a finding unless it would
he admissible over objection in civil actions. Formal rules of evidence shall not

apply, but the rules of privilege shall be effective to the extent that there are
statutory bases for their application. Irrevelant and unduly repetitious .evidence
shall be excluded, No evidence other than that received at the hearing shall be
considered by the Hearing Officer.
b. Both the student charged or his adviser and the Coordinator or his adviser shall
be entitled to present relevant evidence and to question witnesses presented by the
other. The President shall request students and employees of the State College to
present evidence at a hearing when requested on behalf of the student or the Coordinator.

c. The student will not be required to give self-incriminating evidence, and no
inference of his guilt shall be drawn by reason of his not giving evidence on this

ground.
d.

The Ilearin,4 Officer shall:

(I) Make an rulings on matters relating to the conduct of the hearing, including
matters regarding admission of evidence.
(2) Maintain an orderly hearing and permit no person to be subjected to
abusive treatment. He may eject or exclude anyone who refuses to be orderly.
(3) Recognize the student charged or his adviser, and the Coordinator or his
adviser. for the purpose of questioning witnesses or presenting argument, evidence

or requests to the Hearing Officer. The Hearing Officer may also question
witnesses.

(4) Make such rulings regarding the conduct of the hearing as he deems appropriate, not inconsistent with these procedures.
126

127

e. A student charged may challenge the Hearing Officer for cause by submitting
a written statement setting forth facts which establish that:

(0 The Hearing Officer was a participant in the event out of which the action
arose except events connected with the conduct of a hearing: or
(2) The Hearing Officer is related to or has had past association with the student charged or his adviser, the Coordinator or his adviser, or another person who
has been adversely affected by the events giving rise to the action, which past
association is of a kind which would prejudicehis judgment to the degree that it
appears that a fair hearing could not be had. "Past association" does not include
an association acquired in ci:onection with a previous hearing.
grounds
The Chancellor or his designee shall determine whether the facts present
for disqualification and his decision shall be final. The Hearing Officer may disqualify himself on his own motion. No peremptory challenges may be made.
f. Following presentation of evidence, the Hearing Officer shall privately consider
the evidence with all other persons excluded and shall prepare a written report to
the President. The report, which shall ordinarily be submitted to the President
within two business days of the termination of the Hearing, shall contain as to each

student charged:
(1) A summary of the facts as found by the Hearing Officer, and a determination that the student did or did not commit the acts charged.

(2) A finding that the act did or did not constitute one of the causes for discipline listed in Sections 41301 or 41302 of Title 5 of the California Administrative

Code.

(3) Findings as appropriate with respect to eligibility for and termination of

financial aid.
(4) A recommendation of discipline, if any.
(5) Such further report as the Hearing Officer may consider appropriate.

g. The student charged shall be regarded as innocent of the charges against him
until the contrary is established by a preponderance of the evidence. The Hearing
Officer shall find a student to have committed the acts as to which he is charged
when the Hearing Officer is persuaded by a preponderance of the evidence that
the student committed said acts.
h. The Hearing Officer shall make his report only to the President of the College.
i. Advisers: attorneys

(1) The student charged may be accompanied by one adviser of his choice,
who may act on his behalf. If he desires that his adviser be an attorney, the student
charged must give written notice of the name and office address of the attorney
to the Coordinator at least three working days before the time set for commencement of the hearing, if there are less than four working days between that time
and the date of the notice of hearing, then the notice that his adviser will be an
attorney must be given at the earliest reasonable time. Otherwise his attorney
will not be 'admitted to the hearing.

(2) Should a student charged advise that he will be accompanied by an attorney, the Coordinator shall immediately advise the Office of General Counsel,
so that an attorney may be present with the Coordinator to present the case,
j. Timec I f'itbin Which Hearings Are to Proceed
\laro:rs ,orelhoinary to hearings shall be decided, hearings conducted, and
cases determined wider these procedures as quickly as possible, consistent with
reasonable notice.

(2) Normally, matters preliminary to hearings shall be decided and notices of
hearings given, within three working days of the time the Coordinator is informed that a proliable conduct violation or other basis fur a hearing has occurred, and of the identity of the person or persons apparently responsible.
(1) Hearings %%ill normally be held within seven working days of the date
notice is sent to the student charged.
127

128

(4) Other than as required for the convenience of the Hearing Officer, exten-

sions of twit: for heating,' shall he authorized only for good and compelling
reasons. -I he ptssibilit) or pendency of other administrative, civil or criminal
proceeding's against the student charged is nor such a reason unless the trial or
hearing in that matter is scheduled for the same day as the College hearing, or
unless it is phystcall) impossible for the student charged to attend the College
hearing.
I:. I tearing.

er tone other than the person conducting the
be closed to
hearing. du. student charged and the Coordinator, a single adviser for each of them,
the person designated to record the hearing pl11,411111f to Section 10-m. and witnesses
while the are presenting cc idenee.
I. It is the polio) of the California State Colleges that evidence, proceedings,
findings and recommendations (hut not the final decision of the President) are
confidential and shall not he made public 6 the College or by any participant in a

hearing, including the student charged. In the event these matters should become
public, tun\ 1.1% Cr, the College 111.1y authnti/e such public statements as arc appropriate and %%Inch do not violate any legal prohibition against such statements.
toss

A. tape recording but not a transcription, will be kept of the hearing. The

staultair charged. 4)11 request. and at Ins tiv%n expense. subsequently may have or,

copy of such recording provided that use of such a copy
e and iudicial proceedings held in connection v, iii the matt,..r. \n tape recording by the student charged by other persons
at the hemp!! sill be permitted. bur the student charged. at his own expense, may
tinder superx ision. wake

oiii be limited to 441111441141111111C atillIlllistraf

forms') a Lertitied court reporter prim ided that a copy of the transcript made is
prompil) 1.111111,114.'4f to the President it HO cost to the college. and that use of such
transcript cx ill be limited to subsequent administrative and iudicial proceedings held
tot tonne lion 1, 1111 the Waller.
Cm/,4(41/./.ff
(1

iit:41/*///g.!

'When: morl than one student is uharged

ith conduct arising out of a

single occurrence, or out of cnnnected multiple occurrences, a single hearing may
be held for all of the students so charged. Such students may request that their
case he cun,ulidated With others, or separated from others. The Coordinator shall
make determinations regarding consolidation. All such determinations shall be
subject to its) ision by the Ilearing Officer. In the event of such revision, all cases
affected shall be rescheduled for hearing.
I he scparan, to of one or more eases front a group of cases previously set
for a consolidated hearing shall not be considered to affect the remaining cases
in the wimp.

()

//cc

NI17.1/1 (.l'ar=411

If the student charged does not appear, (personally or through his adviser) without satisfacior) explanation for his absence hac ing been made at his earliest oppor-

omil). or should he hue the he.-mg before its c(inelusion, or adiournment, the
begun, shill pro& ced 111111)iit hums .11141 t110 C !eating Officer shall render a decision
ec:denec and make his ieport nist as though the student
the a)
bascd

chargvd 11.1, been present throughout the hearing. I he fact that an administrative
hearing 1,1 a c 1111 it 411111111.11 I 6,11 for the stink:it 1s pending shall not he considered
,,,AthiActtir\ t pl inAt ion unless the actual hearing or trial date conflicts with the
collegt. 11( al me d nu. or 11111f1,44 it is ph) sieally impossible fur the student charged
to ,ittctul the ).),Ilig). 114:J111441.
11.

stud( ills

ith

c.1.0,!kl, A procedure \\ here) A committee of students. or
Hit} And admiivkivaiive personnel. \till

lit oininclidati»)r, of Olt
0141 .141 i.e
to ha unp),cd. it

()Ricci ith respect to the discipline

ro !is% ilk

if established,
shall hi (o)t);),sid u1 stall mantic! as the college lists dcturtninu. It shall not receive
fill\ el id( 114'4. or at-you:tin. or conduct hearinJ.s, and its members shall he hound
i he President. Such 4111111111iff (TS.

128

129

by the policy of confidentiality as stated in Section 10 -!. If such a committee is
established, the President shall forward 11 copy of the report of the Hearing Officer
to the committee as soon as it is received, and the committee shall present its recom-

mendations, if any, to the President within two working days of its receipt of the
report.

la The President shall review the report of the Hearing Officer. and recom-

mendations if any, of any committee established pursuant to Section 11-a. He may
take the action recommended by the Hearing Officer; he may adopt 2 lesser sanction; he may, if necessary, refer the matter back to the !caring Officer for further
findings on specified issues; or. after a review of the record. he may adopt 2 more
severe sanction. In cases where a committee has not been established pursuant to
Section II -a, the President,normally shall render his decision within three working

days of receipt of the recommendations of the Hearing Officer. In cases where
such a committee has been established. the President normally shall render his
decision within three working days of receipt of the recommendations of the committee, and no later than six working days after initial receipt of the report of the
Hearing Officer.
c. The President shall cause notification of his action to be sent to the student
charged. If the action taken is suspension or expulsion with denial of access to the
campus and college facilities, notification shall be by certified or registered mail.
The report of the Hearing Officer. and the recommendations of any committee
established pursuant to Section 1 I -b, shall be made available to the student.

d. If the action taken is suspension or expulsion, and the student charged is a
minor, his parent or guardian shall be notified of the action by certified or registered mail. return receipt requested. sent to the parent or guardian's last address
posted on the records of the Registrar.

/2.

/)iscipline Whicb ,Ilay be imposed; Eligibility for and Termination of Financial Aid

a. Students may be expelled. suspended. placed on probation. or given a lesser
sanction, as pros ided in Section 41101 of Title 5, California Administrative Code.
b. Students who are expelled or suspended on the basis of conduct which disrupted the order's- operation of the campus or any facility of a State College. may
be denied access to all or any part of the campus or other facility:
(I) In the case of expulsion. for up to one year.
(2) In the case of suspension. for a period up to the period of the suspension.
c. Determination on Fligiffility for and Termination of Financial Aid.
Concurrent'y ssith actions under these Procedures, the person conducting the
hearing shall also del ethi,ne as hether the particular conduct found to have occurred
is a basis for ineligibility for or termination of financial aid under applicable provisions of state tit- fedil 1.1. and of the Board of .Trustees,
Financial aid shall he terminated ur eligibility defiled by the President whenever
required lo any of these pro\ isions.
I

Hearings by a hearing board on questions of financial aid termination

shall be held N\ here required by Ebrearron (Ate Section

1). Otbcr Provisions
1. ,\ studunt enrolled At a State College who is accused of conduct subiect to

diseiplinar action at ;mother State College. shall be suhiect to disciplinary action
at the campus o ith respect to u Inch the s iolation is alleged to 'last: occurred. and
all references to the President. the Coordinator. and the I !caring Officer shall refer
to those persons at that campus. pros ided that the President of the college at
u hie It the student is 1111)111'd shall make the final decision with respect to discipline.
II,

I Lamy, on (pull/it:361:W, fur aadnnssion or dental or admission pursuant to

Section 4111); of I itle 5. Ca/dorma .1.1wirmo-arrac (.o.lc, shall be conducted pursuant to Sccrurns 6 or 111 of these Procedures. ns the President shall determine.

129

130

c. The President may combine the duties of Coordinator with those of any other
officer or employee, but may not combine such duties with those of the administrative officer assigned to conduct an office hearing pursuant to Section 6 of these
procedures, or with those of the Hearing Officer.
d. Arguments by the student charged or his adviser concerning the legal (as
distinguished from factual) applicability, or legal validity of any provision on the
basis of which the student is charged, or of these procedures, shall not be addressed
to the person hearing the case, but to the President, as soon as the hearing has concluded. The President will seek advice on the matter from the Office of General
Counsel. The advice will be reported to the President and will be considered by
him before a final decision is rendered.

e. As used in these procedures, "working day" shall mean any day other than a
Saturday, Sunday or holiday as defined in Government Code Section 18025. Technical departures from these procedures and errors in their application shall not be
grounds to withhold disciplinary action or a determination of ineligibility for or
termination of financial aid unless, in the opinion of the President, the technical
departures or errors were such as to have prevented a fair and just determination
of the issues.

APPENDIX
Title 5, California Administrative Code Sections
41101.

Expulsion, Suspension and Probation of Students. Following procedures

consonant with due process established for the State College of which he is a
student, any student of a state college may be expelled, suspended, placed on probation or given a lesser sanction for one or more of the following causes which
must be State College related:
(a) Cheating or plagiarism in connection with an academic program at a State
College.

(1)) Forgery, alteration or misuse of State College documents, records, or identification or knowingly furnishing false information to a State College.

(c) Misrepresentation of oneself or of an organization to be an agent of a State
College.
(d) Obstruction or disruption, on or off college property, of the State College
educational process. administrative process, or other college function.
(e) Physical abuse on or off college property of the person or property of any

member of the college community or of members of his family or the threat of
such physical abuse.

(f) Theft of, or non-accidental damage to, State College property, or property
in the possession of, or owned by, a member of the college community.

(g) Unauthorized entry into, unauthorized use of, or misuse of State College
property.

(h) On State C lege property, the sale or knowing possession of dangerous
drugs, restricted da verous drugs. or narcotics as those terms are used in California
statutes. except when lawfully prescribed pursuant to medical or dental care, or
when lawfully permitted for the purpose of research, instruction or analysis.

(I) knowing possession or use of explosives, dangerous chemicals or deadly
weapons on State College property or at a State college function without prior
authorintion of the State College President.
(i) Frigaging in lewd, indecent, or obscene behavior on State College property
or at a state college function.

(k) Abusive behavior directed toward a member of the college community.
( I) Violation of any order of a State College President, notice of which had
been given prior to such violation and during the academic term in which the
violation occurs, either by publication in the campus newspaper, or by posting
on an official bulletin board designated for this purpose, and which order is not
inconsistent with any of the other provisions of this section.

130

131

(m) Soliciting or assisting another to do any act which would subject a student
to expulsion, suspension or probation pursuant to this section.
(n) For purposes of this article, the following terms are defined:
(1) The term "member of the college community" is defined as meaning
State College Trustees, academic, non-academic and administrative personnel,
students, and other persons while such other persons are on State College property or at a State College function,
(2) The term "State College property" includes:
(A) real or personal property in the possession of, or under the control
of, the Board of Trustees of the California State Colleges, and
(B) all State College feeding, retail, or residence facilities whether operated
by a college or by a State College auxiliary organization.
(3) The term "deally weapons" includes any instrument or weapon of the
kind commonly knowe as a blackjack, slung shot, billy, sandclub, sandbag, metal
knuckles, any dirk, dagger, switchblade knife, pistol, revolver, or any other
firearm, any knife lv.ving a blade longer than five inches, any razor with an
unguarded blade, and any metal pipe or bar used or intended to be used as a
club.

(4) The te:in "bAavior" includes conduct and expression.
adopted pursuant to t fixation Code Section 23604.1.
(o) This section
(pi 1 he provisions f this section as hereinabove set forth shall only apply to
acts and omissions occurring subsequent to its effective date, Notwithstanding any
amendment or repeal pursuant to the resolution by which any provision of this
article is amended, all acts and omissions occurring prior to that effective date
shall he suh1ect to the provisions of this article as in effect immediately prior to
such effective date.
41302. Expulsion, Stispenyion

or Probation of Students: Fees and Notification.
the President (4 the State College may place on probation, suspend, or expel a
student for one or more of the causes enumerated in Section 41301. No fees or
tuition paid by or for such student for the semester, quarter, or summer session
in which he is suspended or expelled shall be refunded. If the student is readmitted
before the close of the semester, quarter, or summer session in which he is suspended. no additional tuition or fees shall be required of the student on account
of his suspension. In the event that a student who has not reached his twentyfirst birthday is suspended or expelled, the President shall immediately notify his
parent or guardian of the action by registered mail to the last known address,
return receipt requested.

During periods of campus emergency. as determined by the President of the
individual campus. the President may. after consultation with the Chancellor, place
into immediate effect any emergency regulations, procedures, and other measures
deemed necessary or appropriate to meet the emergency, safeguard persons and
property. and maintain educational activities.
The President may immediately impose an interim suspension in all cases in
is Inch there is reasonable cause to believe that during a campus disturbance a student has interfered w 4th the peaceful conduct of the campus by an act which is
a cause for disciplinary action pursuant to Section 41101 and that, unless placed
nn interim is()lisiort: such student would commit further acts of the same or a
..,ionlar character. .\ student SI) placed on interim suspension shall be gisen prompt

notice of charges and the opportunity for a hearing within mit to exceed one

week of the imposition of interim suspension. During the period of interim suspension, the student shall not. without prior written permission of the President or
his designated representatis e. enter any campus of the California State Colleges
other than to attend the hearing. Violation of any condition of interim suspension
shall he grounds for expulsion.
41;1)3, Co/rime! hj Appbeallis for ..1,/miNsion. Notw ithstanding any provision
in this Chapter 1 to the contrary. admission or readmission may be qualified or
denied to any person who, m, bile not enrolled as a student, commits acts which,
131

132

were he enrolled as a student, would be the basis for disciplinary proceedings pursuant to Section 41301 or 41302. Qualified admission or denial of admission in such
cases shall be determined under procedures adopted pursuant to Section 41304.
41304. Student Disciplinary Procedures for the California State Colleges. The
Chancellor shall prescribe, and may from time to time revise, a code of student

disciplinary procedures for the California State Colleges. Subject to other ap-

plicable law, this code shall provide for determinations of fact and sanctions to be
applied for conduct which is a ground of discipline under Section 41301 or 41302,
and for qualified admission or denial of admission under Section 41303; the authority of the State College President in such matters; conduct related determinations on financial aid eligibility and termination; alternative kinds of proceedings,
including proceedings conducted by a Hearing Officer; time limitations; notces;
conduct of hearings, including provisions governing evidence, a record, and re-

view; and such other related matters as may be appropriate. The Chancellor
shall report to the Board his actions taken under this section.
Education Code Section
22505. Disciplinary Actions; Hearing; Immediate Suspension. The chief administrative officer of a junior college, state college, or state university, after a
prompt hearing of the facts, shall take appropriate disciplinary action against any
student, member of the faculty, member of the support staff, or member of the
administration of the junior college, state college or state university who has been
convicted of a crime arising out of a campus disturbance or, after a hearing by a
campus body. has been found to have willfully disrupted the orderly operation
of the campus. Nothing in this section shall be construed to prohibit, where an
immediate suspension is required in order to protect lives or property and to

insure the maintenance of order, interim suspension pending a hearing; provided

that a reasonable opportunity be afforded the suspended person for a hearing'
within 10 days. The disciplinary action may include, but need not be limited to,
suspension, dismissal, or expulsion. The provisions of Sections 24308 to 24310,
inclusive, shall be applicable to any State College employee dismissed pursuant to
this section, The chief administrative officer of each such institution shall submit

periodic reports as to the nature and disposition of cases acted upon pursuant
to this section to his governing board.
Education Code, Division 22, Chapter 4, Consisting of Sections
31291. Financial Aid Agreement; Ineligibility for State Financial Aid; Hearing
Board. In accepting a scholarship, loan, fellowship, grant-in-aid, or any other
financial aid given or guaranteed by the state for assistance, every recipient thereof
who is a student at a public or private university, college, or other institution of
higher education, shall he deemed to have agreed to observe the rules and regulations promulgated by the governing authority of the university, college, or other
institution of higher education, for the governing thereof.
Any recipient of such state financial aid who, on the campus of the university,
college, or other institution of higher education, willfully and knowingly commits
any act likely to disrupt the peaceful conduct of the activities of such campus,
and is arrested and convicted of a public offense arising from such act, may be

determined to be ineligible for any such state financial aid for a period not to

exceed the ensuing two academic years.
Any recipient of such state financial aid who, after a hearing, is found to have

willfully and knowingly disrupted the orderly operation of the campus, but has
not been arrested and convicted, may be determined to be ineligible for any state
financial aid for such period as the hearing board may determine, not to exceed
the ensuing two academic years.
Any such recipient who is suspended from an institution of higher education for
such acts shall be ineligible for such state financial aid for a period not less than
the time of such suspension.
132

133

The governing authority of the university, college, or other institution of higher
education shall for purposes of this Section, cause to be reviewed the record of
each recipient and shall, as soon as practicable, notify a hearing board established
by it of the name of any recipient who committed any such act and was arrested
and convicted of any such public offense, or is found to have willfully and knowingly disrupted the orderly operation of the campus, cr has been suspended from
an institution of higher education for such acts.
31292.

Notice of Report to Hearing Board; Hearing; Determination of Sus-

pension of Financial Aid; Notification of Determination. Upon receipt of notice,

as provided in Section 31291, that any recipient has committed any act likely to
disrupt the peaceful conduct of the activities of the campus and was convicted of
a public offense in connection therewith, or is found to have willfully and knowingly disrupted the orderly operation of the campus, or has been suspended from
an institution of higher education for such acts, the hearing board shall immediately give the recipient written notice of the report. The notice shall inform the
recipient of the pendency of the proceedings for the suspension of assistance. It
shall inform the recipient that he may present evidence of mitigating circumstances to the hearing board within 14 calendar days of the date of the mailing
of the notice, and shall specify the procedures and means by which such evidence
is to be presented, including the date at which any hearing to be afforded him is
to be held. The hearing board may prescribe any procedures and means for such
purposes which it may deem appropriate, provided that any hearing which may
be afforded the recipient shall not be held sooner than seven days after the date
of the mailing of the notice.
If no response to the hearing hoard's notice is made within the period specified
in this section, the hearing board may suspend further assistance to the recipient
and the suspension shall remain in effect not to exceed the ensuing two academic
years.

the hearing
After the conclusion of proceedings provided for in this
board shall, by majority vote, determine whether further assistance to the recipient shall be suspended. If the recipient was arrested and convicted of a public
offense arising from campus disruption. the suspension may remain in effect for a
period not to exceed the ensuing two academic years. If the recipient is found by
the hearing board to have willfully and knowingly disputed the orderly operation
of the campus, but has not been arrested and convicted, the hearing board may
suspend further assistance to the recipient for such period as the hearing board
may determine not to exceed the ensuing two academic years. If the recipient was
suspended from an institution of higher education for such acts, the hearing board
shall suspend further assistance to the recipient for a period not less than the
time of such suspension. The findings of the hearing board shall be in writing.
The hearing board shall notify the appropri^te state agencies of any suspension
of state financial aid pursuant to this section, and no state financial aid shall be
extended to the recipient during such period.

Any notice required to be made by this section shall be sufficient when it

deposited in the United States registered or certified mail, postage paid, addressed
to the last known address of the addressee.
31293. Scope of CL'apter. Nothing in this chapter shall be construed to prohibit any public or private university, college. or other institution of higher edu-

cation front suspending or refusing to grant scholarships. loans, fellowships, grants-

in-aid. or any other financial aid given or guaranteed by the state for academic
assistance to any individual because of any other misconduct which in its judgment bears adversely on his fitness for such assistance.
31294.

,...

State Financial Aid Defined. For the purposes of this chapter, "state

financial aid- means any assistance given or guaranteed by the state which is predicatLd

on attendance at an institution of higher education.

133

134

Penal Code Sections
626.

Definitions.

(a) As used in this chapter:

(I) "State university" means the University of California, and includes any
institution thereof and any campus or facility owned, operated, or
controlled by the Regents of the University of California.
(2) "State college" means any California state college, and includes any campus or facility owned, operated, or con rolled by the Trustees of the California
affiliated

State Colleges.

(3) "Junior college" means any school established pursuant to Chapter 3 (commencing with Section 25500) of Division 18.5 of the Education Code.

(4) "Chief administrative officer" means the President of a State College,
Chancellor of the California State Colleges, or the officer designated by the
Regents of the University of California or purstnnt to authority granted by the
Regents of the University of California to administer and be the officer in
charge of a campus or other facility owned, operated, or controlled by the
Regents of the University of California, or the superintendent of a junior college district or a school district maintaining a junior college.
( b ) For the purpose of dererminiug. the penalty to be imposed pursuant to this
chapter. the court may consider a written report from the Bureau of Criminal
Identification and Investigation containing information from its records showing
prior convictions. and the communication is prima facie evidence of such convictions, if the defendant admits them. regardless of whether or not the complaint
commencing the proceedings has alleged prior convictions.
626.2. Entry Upon Campus or Facility of State College or University After
Written Notice of Suspension or Dismissal Without Permission; Punishment.
Vvery student or employee who, after a hearing, has been suspended or dismissed
from a junior college, state college, or state university for disrupting the orderly
operation of the campus or facility of such institution, and as a condition of such
suspension or dismissal has been denied access to the campus or facility, or both,
of the institution for the period of the suspension or in the case of dismissal for a

period not to exceed one year; who has been served by registered or certified mail,
at the last address given by such person, with a written notice of such suspension

or dismissal and condition; and who willfully and knowingly enters upon the
campus or Inility o!' the institution to which he has been denied access, without
the expless written permission of the chief administrative officer of the campus
or facility, is guilty of a misdemeanor and shall be punished as follows:
Upon a first conviction, by a fine of not exceeding five hundred dollars
)

(5500), by imprisonment in the county jail for a period of not more than six
months. or by both such fine and imprisonment.
(2) If the defendant has been previously convicted once of a violation of any
offense defined in this chapter or Section 415.5 by imprisonment in the county
jail for a period of not less than 10 days or more than six months, or by both
such imprisonment and a fine of not exceeding five hundred dollars ($500), and
he shall not be released on probation. parole, or any other basis until he has
served not less than 10 days.

(3) If the defendant has been previously convicted two or more times of a
violation of any offense defined in this chapter or Section 415.5, by imprisonment in the county jail for a period of nut less than 90 days or more than six
months, or by both such imprisonment and a fine of not exceeding five hundred
dollars (s5o0i. and he shall not be released on probation, parole, or any other
basis until he has served not less than 90 days.
Knots ledgc shall be presumed if notice has been given as prescribed in this section. The ptcsui ption established by this section is a presumption affecting the
burden of pmof.
625.4. Notice of Withdrawal of Consent; R,:port; Action on Report; Reinstate num of Consent; Hearing; Unlawful Entry Upon Campus or Facility; Punishment. .
134

125

(a) The chief administrative officer of a campus or other facility- of a junior
college, state college, or state university, or an officer or employee designated by
him to maintain order on such campus or facility, may notify a person that consent to remain on the campus or other facility under the control of the chief administrative officer has been withdrawn whenever there is reasonable cause to

believe that such person has willfully disrupted the orderly operation of such
campus or facility.
(b) Whenever consent is withdrawn by any authorized officer or employee
other than the chief administrative officer, such officer or employee shall as soon
as is reasonably possible submit a written report to the chief administrative officer.
Such report shall contain all of the following:
(I) The description of the person from :whom consent was withdrawn, including, if available, the person's name, address, and phone !mother.

(2) A statement of the facts giving rise to the withdrawal of consent.
If the chief administrative officer or, in his absence, a person designated by him
for this purpose, upon reviewing the report, finds that there was reasonable cause

to believe that such person has willfully disrupted the orderly operation of the
campus or facility, he may enter written confirmation upon the report of the
action taken by the officer or employee. If the chief administrative officer or,
in his absence, the person designated by him. does not confirm the action of the
officer or employee within 24 hours after the time that consent sivai withdrawn,
the action of the officer or employee shall be deemed void and of no force or
effect, except that any arrest made during such period shall not for this reason
be deemed not to have been nude for probable cause.

(e) Consent shall he reinstated by the chief administrative officer whenever he
has reason to believe that the presence of the person from wlnint consent was withdrays it will not constitute 3 substantial and material threat to the orderly operation

of the campus or facility. In no case shall consent he withdrawn for longer than
14 days front the date upon which consent was :1141311y withdrawn. The person
from whom consent has been withdrawn may submit a written request for a hearing on the withdrawal within the two-week period. Such written request shall state
the address to which notice of hearing is to be sent. The chief administrative officer

shall grant such a hearing not later than seven days from the date of receipt of
web request and shall immediately mail a written notice of the time. place, and
date of such hearing to such person.

(d) Any person who has been notified by the chief administrative officer of a
campus or other facility of a Minor college, state college, or state university, or
by an officer or employee designated by the chief administrative officer to maintain
order on such campus or facility, that consent to remain on the campus or facility
has been withdrawn pursuant to subdivision at. who has not had such consent
reinstated. and who tt illfully and knowingly enters or remains upon such campus
or facility during the period for which consent has been withdrawn is guilty of a
misdemeanor. this subdivision does not apply to any person %% hit enters or remains
on such campus or facility: for the sole purpose of applying to the chief administrative officer for the reinstatement of consent or for the sole purpose of attending a hearing on the ei ithdraii al.
te) This section shall not affect the power of the duly constituted authorities of
a junior college. state college. or ',OW university to suspend. dismiss, or expel :my
student or employee at such university or college.
An person coat icted under this section shall he punished as follots s:
1...pon a first conviction, by a fine of nut exceeding fit e hundred dollars
( I ;
(.;rte by imprisonment in the comity jail for a period of not more than six
months. or by doth such fine and imprisonment.
(2) If the defendant has been prey iousl cons icted once of a violation of any
t)y ittiprismitriciu in the county
offense defined in this chapter or Section

jail for a period of not less than 10 days or inure than sis months. or by both
such imprisonment and a fine of not esceeding five hundred dollars (SC00), and
135

136

he shall au be 1-i:teased on prubatoin, parole, or any other basis Until he has
served not less than 10 days.

Ciovermeut Code &rio',
18025. Holidays. All employees shall be entitled to the following holidays: the
first day of January, the 12th day of February, the third Alonday in February, the
last Monday in May, the fourth day of July, the first Monday in September, the
ninth day of September. the second Monday in October. the fourth Monday in
October. the 25th day of December, every day on which an election is held
throughout the state, and e% cry day appointed by the Governor of this state for
a public fast, thanksgis Mg, or holiday.
AVhen a day herein listed falls on a Sunday. the following .\ londay shall be
deemed to be the holiday in lieu of the day observed. Any employee who may be
oerem mentioned, and who does work on
required to sm.ot1,-, on any of the holidays herein
any of said holidays, shall be entitled to be paid compensation or given compensating time off for such vs ork within the meaning of this Article. For the purpose of computing the number of hours worked, time during which an employee
is excused from work because of holidays. sick leave, vacation, or compensating
time off, shall be considered as time worked by the employee,

Attachment B
AINIORANI)UAI OF GENERAL COUNSEL

Student Disciplinary Procedures for the
California Stare Colleges (Executive Order No. 109)
At its July I -.14. 1970 meeting., the Board of Trustees adopted changes in
Fide 5., California Administrative Code, authorizing establishment of a State College comic of student disciplinary procedure. A draft code was available at the
time and distributed as part of the agenda item considered by the Committee on
Fdticational Policy. The week of the Board meeting. this draft, together with the
Board's action, v% as distributed to all State College Presidents, to the Academie
Senate of the California State Colleges. and to the California State Colleges Student Presidents' Association (CSCSPA). All sere requested to present their comments and suggestitIllS On the procedure,, including possible changes, to the Chancellor.
Responses ha% e oven rcceked from nearly all Stare Colleges. From these comments, the sugge-stiOns of stafT numbers and two extensive meetings with the
CSCSPA Steering Committee. a very large number of valuable suggestions have
been received. All of than has e been thoroughly reviei%ed ;111%1 a siteable majority
art reflected in changes in the procedures established by I xecuti% c Order 109.

hn memorandum discusses the nature and function of the procedures and

eomnnents 1.111 certain of Its pros i!..1011',. Some of the questions asked in several of

the college rtpoilses arc addressed in the discussion.

Tbc Natttrc and I-/// /Clio;/ of the' Procedures
thc,e 1,11wedur,,, complete a major pha c of re% ision in the area of student
discipline. In the Spring of I'm, the Boa. of I rustees completely rewrote its
41301 and
rules and regulations grim erning student cons tier (5 Gil. Adm. Code
Huse provisions constitute the groonds for disciplinary action. The next
41 ;
major phase is the current revision of the procedures through %% Inch determinations
A.

136

137

can be reached in particular cases. However, the issuance of the procedures does
not complete revision 111 the area of student discipline. There is further work to
be done and it is important to recognize what the p.ocedures do nor do, as %yell
as %Out they do.
The procedures attempt no articulation of the underlying purposes of student
discipline or the questions of its relationship to counseling or the place of discipline as a part of the educational process. Neither do they attempt to set out a
"code of student rights and responsibilities." That is a subject of independent
view by the CSCSPA, and is not within the competence of a procedural document.

The procedures should nut be construed to modify the operation of student
codes in areas other than student disciplinary proceedings. Thus. studen't judicial
systems which have been established or which might be established in the future
with jurisdiction over such matters as election disputes on the campus, the interpretation of student body documents, and the like, are not affected by the
Order.
In discussions with the CSCSPA Steering Committee, it became evident that in
some instances the proposed code had been examined in relation to courtroom
procedures with the result that a number of suggestions were made with a view
toward replicating court rules and practices in student disciplinary actions.
The courtromn analogy is not appropriate. Instead, the proper comparison is to
administrative ;adjudication by public agencies. That is a field which, by t)w, is
well established and iiidesprcad. rhe procedures in use for administrative aditidicadon, at federal, state and local levels, typically d° not involve Panels, juries (and

the highly refined special rules which have to be developed in order to have

juries). unusual standards of proof, or a number of other special rules that attend
certain kinds of court actions, such as criminal trials. But this is not to say that
they contemplate open-ended, "anything goes' kinds of proceedHgs. At least in
California, at the state and local levels, they have developed thrtiugh rules vhich
articulate the kinds of evidence which can be received, procedures th-ough which
hearings can be conducted, decisions which can be reached, notice, provision for
representation at hearings, and other elements of a fair hearing. Finally, the procedures are intended as a living document. It is anticipated that they %vitt be changed
from time to time, on the basis of experience and developments in the law. It is
a corollary of this fact that no one is under the illusion that a perfect document
has been created. BLit, judging from the responses and discussions which have
been had, it is sincerely believed by most of those who have reviewed it, that it
establishes a far better procedure than had existed before, and that it will be
possible to make it better yet on the basis of experience and such refinements and
modifications as experience indicates.

ConmR.vits on Particular Provisions
(Section references correspond to the procedures)
of collsent to rt'lllaill on campus). The
;. (//rame./iatc itispens.ion
standards for implementation of immediate suspension and fur ivithdraival of conB.

sent to remain on campus, is set out in this sc,ion, are taken directly from the

applicable statutes: I:dm:anion Codc Section 2250; in the case of immediate suspension, anI Penal Code Section 626.4 in the case of ivithdrawal of consent. We have
not felt that '(. W011id 1-11 y the standard prescribed by the Legislature, and there-

fore have used it v about change.
It is anticipated that ,m immediate suspension would almost always be coupled
The reason is that the factors
ith wirhdra%al of consent to remain 1111
which would justify suspending a student before hearing can be held on the
almost- necessarily require his removal from the campus during the
merits
;1

same interim period of Tillie.

It is unfortunate that the ,t,itutory franici (irk separates these two actions
immediate suspension and withdrawal of consent to remain on Lampus. The statu-

137

138

tory differences benvcen them have necessarily complicated this provision dealing
with their implement:won.
For both immediate suspension and Nl ithdr3 veal if consent, the law requires that
a hearing be held within specified periods of time; 10 days for the former and 14
days for the latter. [he issue at the hearing is no t the ultimate question of the
student's guilt or innocence under charges or the f nmal discipline, if any, to be
imposed. Instead, it is whether at the tune of the hearing, conditions justify a
continuation of the temporary suspension and wit-11dr awal of consent.
In some circumstances, it may be possible to coil bine this hearing with the
hearing tm the merits, provided the student charged is given adequate notice.
4-b. (fiction following criminal con.cictions). 1."ducatic in Code Section 22505 requires proceedings for discipline to be initiated in the c se of a student who has
been convicted of a crime as described in that section. As pointed out in the

General Counsel's Digest of Selected Legislation as Enact ed in the 1969 Regular
Session 1pp. 51-54), the hearing must be held in the even of such a conviction,
es en if there had been all earlier campus proceeding on t ie student misconduct
issues. In the event of a conviction, the code requires "ar propriate disciplinary
action" to he taken. The issues at the hearing are whether the student charged
vvas convicted of :t crime, and whether the crime arose out
f a campus disturblure.

Fin...16mi Code Sections 31291 and 31292 are similar with respect to financial
:aid termination vv here state financial aid of some kind is involved. These sections,
together with federal aid termination statutes are discussed in our opinions L68-328
(Student Disturbance Limitations on Eligibility for Federal Assistance Programs)
and 1.69-780 (Forfeiture of State Aid to Students) previously distributed to State
College presidents. deans of students and State College financial aid officers. The

stare and federal statutes also require proceedings to be initiated under circumstances other than conviction of certain crimes. (See discussion with respect to
Section 12-C(1) .
4-d. (Waiver of INarin,ti and acceptance of determination of tbe Coordinator).
It is anticipated that, is a matter of general practice, the Coordinator will make
preliminary determinations of the appropriate disciplinary sanction and of the
financial aid issues merited by the case. Once the president or his designee has
approved those preliminary determinations. the Ogirdinator will then give the
student concerned an opportunity to discuss the matter with him. WI ere this
practice hiss been used in the past in the State Colleges, the Coordinator has typically

informed the student in some detail of the evidence in hand against him. The
student may then accept the decision arrived at, or not. The section makes it
quite clear that in the event the student does nor accept it, the preliminary decision

has no further standing whatever, and limy not be received in guidance or considered at a `IllbSelltICIlt hearing,
5-a-1

.and 6-a.

(Office hearings). These sections allow informal hearing by an
Huey were prepared to retain maximum flexibility at the

administrativ e officer.

college. As a result. they provide that the president is to determine the procedures
to be followed With respect to such hearings, except for the provisions spelled utat

in the document itself. These include the following: The hearings must he lick
before a single administrative officer rather than a panel; the student charged is
entitled to adequate nonce; evidence considered by the administrative officer must
be shared v.. ith the student charged so that he is informed of all such evidence
against hint and Can Lint:SI-1(M It; the student charged must have an opportunity to

present evidence on his own behalf; and the student charged must be notified
that he I-nay he accompanied by an adviser. It is for the college to further develop
rules to implement this section in a manner w hich retains both the elements of
fundamental fairness null the informality the provision is designed to provide.
It is recommended that the standard of evidence set out in Section 10-a be used;
and that the substance of Sections 1n-f, c, g, i, j. I. m. n, and o, also be retained.
The college procedures should provide that the Coordinstair be present at these
138

139

proceedings, as is contemplated in the final sentence of Section 6-a. Finally, the
college may appropriately provide for findings by the administrative officer to
covet the elements set out in Section lb-f, and for presidential action and review
along the lines of Section I 1.
5a-3 and 6-b. (Residence ball committees!. This provision is designed to enable
colleges which is ish to do so, to continue the practice of residence halls committees for minor infractions in residence hall facilities. Such proceedings are
now relatively informal in nature and, under these procedures, they would invols c relatively minor alleged infractions. l'he provision is permissive so that the
college may elect to hive such committees or not, as it chooses. It was considered
that similar committees for other areas arc beyond the scope of this document,
thus, action by a fraternity with respect to its members would not be a matter of
student discipline and, as already indicated, the functions of student judiciaries in
non-disciplinary matters arc also outside of the scope of the document.
7. 1.\',..licesr. The Office of General Counsel will prepare forms for notices,
v. hick ma>. be considered for use by the State (..olleges. Should an immediate prob-

lem arise prior to the time these forms are received, it is suggested that the Coordinator or other appropriate college ()dicer disClIY., it itith the attorney assigned
to the State College.
s

f; -a. (Coonlimitor,. The provision with respect to appoininlent of the Coordinator
draon to pros isle maximum possible flexibility to the college. It is not anticipated

that the functions of this position will be full-time. \lore likely, they will be

sporadic, occasionally !wing not only full time, but requiring assistants, while on
other occasions requi..ng
seem to suggest

eery ',Wall ;111011111t of time. This circumstance \\amid

combination of the duties of the Coordinator with such other

duties as the college nia consider appropriate.

their comments v itli respect to the proposed procedures, several State
irdinator pusition should be included within the
student personnel this ision of the college. lite function could he included in the
o

Colleges asked is bet let the

student personnel area. Indeed. the dean of students or an associate dean could be
Jppoirited Coordinator. Whether or not this is ads iSable is entirely within the sound
:INC:ft:non of the College.
9. f
Officer,. .\ t the very strong request of the CSCSPA Steering Committee, and in accordance o ith suggestions forwarded by many of the colleges, the
procedures nos\ pros ide that the Chancellor, will designate the hearing officer,
rather than the Presidents.
Work has alteadv begun i1 high it is hoped oil] lead to the designation of professionally qualified nadir [duals in each community is ho can be available
hearing
officers. t the present time, It is not anticipated that a permanent or full-time

hearing officer or panel of hearing officers will be retained through the Chancellor's Office and sent to the colleges on
"circuit riding" basis. Instead, it is
.1

prtqmv,td That is orlong through each college. it W111 be possible to designate qualified

intik ;duals in the :ilea of the college. In many instances, it is hoped that our efforts
in this area can be assisted through the organi/cd liar In the (..;p.e of a few state
colleges, tic noo knoss that it it 111 he possible to designate a retired judge of
considerable stature
hearing otiiccr.
In the meantime, the Chancellor has designates! hearing officers appointed by the
Presiding Otlieer of the Office of .\dministrmie Procedure. I his is :in agency of
die State gm erruilviit ni.kle up pt full nine professional hearing officers. assigned to
conduct ash ersar:.

quasi a u d i c i a l

adininistrarke hearings, i n a II ide s i n cty of matters.

1ind

coalihmi.ilit1 I. These provisions provide for a
rkatti tit the proVee,1111i.:`,, and for a policy of confidentiality.
\\ t ut mf(r;Invki Ilia: 01 111C i less of student personnel professionals, it is in the
interest of the vollsge and of the educational validity of student disciplinary procedures that proceedings in these matters be held 1. onfidential. These procedures

reflect that point of

139

140

It has been suggested that hearings should be closed and the proceedings considered as confidential only if the student charged so requests. Of course, this
would be inconsistent %vith the policy just summarized. Besides complicating
consolidated hearings, it would also seriously weaken the ability of the college to
protect, as confidential, the record of a proceeding which the student charged had
asked be dosed. This subject has been litigated at the trial level on a number of
occasions. Courts have held that a policy of confidentiality on the part of the
college would present a substantial basis for the exercise of judicial discretion
recognizing a privilege with respect to the proceedings. On the other hand, a
college policy that the proceedings are confidential only at the request of the
student concerned, has been held to make the college a mere conduit for the
request of the student. Since the student has no legal right to confidentiality
assei table in court, the court held that the college is in no better position when
its : ction is based only on the student's request.
A breach of this confidence, such as would occur by an unauthorized disclosure

of the tape recording of a hearing, could be made subject to sanction, on the
basis of an appropriate local order published as provided in subdivision (I) of
Section 41301 of Title 5.
The provisions on confidentiality make clear that Ji student charged may make the

campus proceedings public in a court action brought to review the disciplinary
action of the college. 'Thus, should a student suspended under these procedures
apply to a court for iudicial review of the disciplinary action, the record of the
proceedings could become a public document.
The final decision of the President on discipline may be made public.
11-a (Rez.ii-wing Panel). A few suggestions were received from state colleges,
and the CSCSPA Steering Committee recommended, that the panel system be con-

tinued on an optional basis so that a student charged could choose to have his
ease heard by a student panel constituted as before. An alternative suggestion in
one CAW was that the hearing officer he supplemented by a student jury which
would decide all of the factual questions. (The CSCSPA Steering Committee also
recommended a review panel; that suggestion is discussed following a review of
the trial panel and jury proposals.) It is our view char the implementation of either
of these proposals (trial, panel. and jury) would result in procedures just as unsatisfactory as those we have had.
As m as discussed inure fully at the Committee on Film:animal Policy on July
11, 1970. the accumulated eNperienee of hundreds of separate hearings establishes
that the panel system does not work and there is no prospect that it can be made
to work. Among other problems. it calls upon laymen to manage and control a
hearing and decide the many kinds of questions hearing officers arc constantly
called upon to determine during the course of the proceedings. It asks laynien
to perform that m hich. in administrative adjudication, has almost universally become the job of a trained professional; fact determination and settling the record.
Because Of the number of people involved in a panel, and the fact that all of them
have ditferem ongoing campus schedules which they cannot be expected to drop,
ditficult problems of scheduling are created, which in turn have led to one delay
after another.

1 he jury proposal ni;i have resulted from the assumption that since the procedures proposed are mince formal and -legal- than In:Iny of the loose arrangements that hod existed. it would be Letter still to go the full distance toward
-legalisms" and 111,4,111 a proceeding entirel analogous to A court, with all its attendant features, including the itir As indicated at the beginning of this memorandum. the appropriate analogy is not to the actions of a court, blIt to
adjudication. 1.11C installation and management of a jury system is no
simple riling. It imol% us refined procedures tun the selection of the Mo. challenge
keeping extraneous information from
of jurors r for cause and peremptorily
jurors, and instructing the itny. .1his last aspect is particularly technical. The development of a system of formal jury instructions, w hich would be necessary were.
juries to be used. ' ould add .t %cry considerable but den to the hearing provision,
140

141

It would probably make hearings impossible in

211

cases unless counsel were

present on both sides.

While these procedures authorize counsel, they do not require counsel to be
present, and it is anticipated (2nd hoped) that the presence of counsel will be the
exception rather than the rule in student disciplinary proceedings.
What has been said goes to the problems of hearing panel 2nd jury systems with
respect to fact finding and adjudication. The basic reasons advanced for the inclusion of a student panel at any level, as they have been articulated to us, is not

the expertise of the individuals who might sit on it, but rather the opportunity
for students to have a meaningful participation in 2 process through which other
students are disciplined. It has been suggested that it is possible to provide that
opportunity without the problems which have been experienced with the panel
system. One way to do it is through a panel established to advise the president on
the disciplinary consequences to be drawn from the fact 25 established by the
Hearing Officer. The provision in Section 112, which is optional for each college
to apply or not as it chooses, would do just that. In making his final decision, the
president would have the Hearing Officer's findings of fact, his determination as
to which grounds of discipline are established, if any, his recommendation 25 to
discipline. and the recommendation of a panel on the issue of discipline.
It is recognized that there are certain problems inherent in establishing 2 review
panel even along the lines of the suggestions which led to Section 1 Ia. It may be
that experience will indicate that no panel is feasible. At face, it would appear
that it is possible for such a panel to enhance the efficacy of the procedures. Section 11-a is included in recognition of the strong suggestions we have received
from the CSCSPA and some of the colleges. If changes in this 2 re2 are indicated,
on the basis of experience, they can be made, as they can with respect to other
aspects of the procedures.

12-c(I). This provision refers to Chapter 4.7 of Division 22 of the Education
Code (Sections 31291-3129-ii relating to forfeiture of State aid to students. Several
questions have been received as to why a special provision is made with respect
to determinations under this section. The reason is that in this unique instance, the
code requires adjudication by a boardthat is, a panel made up of more than one
individual. (The section contains repeated references to a "hearing board" and in
one instance refers to a -majority vote.) In the event state financial aid in 2 particular case is terminated as a result of any other provision, this section would
become moot. Thus, fot example, if federally supported financial aid is terminated,

that termination would require termination of State aid which is furnished on a
matching basis to the federal program. Similarly, if a student is found by these
procedures nut to hae committed an "act likely to disrupt the peaceful conduct of
the campus", and was acquitted of a criminal charge arising
the activities of .
.

out of the same events. the operative facts for Education Code Section 31292 would
nut exist. In either case. no proceeding would be required under Education Code
Sections 31291 and 41292. It is only where the student is found to have committed

such acts, or is convicted of such a crime. and where state financial aid had not
been otherwise terminated. that a proceeding must be held before a hearing board
as pros ided in this Section. Should it appear that this situation will occur in a
particular case, it is suggested that the Coordinator discuss the matter with the
attorney assigned to the college.
13-b. (Denial or quallfication of admission). Proceedings under this section can
be handled either through the hearing officer process as set out in Section 10-c, or
administrati4e officer as set out in Section 6. The administrative officer
through

may be, but dues not have to be, an individual in the Office of Admissions and
Records.

142
141

Appendix H
COMMUNICATIONS CODE
(BOD/AS: 3/27/67; Senate: 41/67; President: 4/21/67)

Publications and broadcasting activities subsidized by the Associated Students
and affiliated with an instructional department of California State College at
Los Angeles shall be regulated by this Code. The Strident Handbook is also under
the jurisdiction of this Code.
The staff members of these publications and broadcasting activities will be continuing students at CSCLA. They %%AI adhere to the provisions of this Communications Code. which will be administered by the Communications Board as described below.

Objectives of the Communications Code
To help maintain publications and broadcasting activities as an integral part of
the educational program at CSCLA.

To help insure that the publications and broadcasting programs are guided by
the same principles as guide other curricular and co-curricular programs at
CSC /A

To provide a representative body drawn from faculty, administrators and students to interpret and apply those policies established by the Communications Code.
To preserve and guarantee full editorial freedom of students.
To make clear the editorial responsibilities of students.

To preserve and guarantee fair procedures for resolving differences between
publications and broadcasting staffs and their readers, listeners, advertisers and
others.

To define the relationships and lines of authority between the staffs of the publications. broadcasting activities and Communications Board, the Associated Students, the College faculty, administration and staff, the faculties of the Departments of Journalism and Broadcasting and English, the Student Finance Office
and other segments of the CSCLA cononimity.

To provide the editors and student director of broadcasting with a general
policy within which they are expected to guide their publications or broadcasting
activities.
To promote continuity of publications and broadcasting activities,

Functions of the Board
In broad terms the Gonmunications Board shall:
Ratify the selection of major publications executives.
Arbitrate serious disputes bemeen the publications and their readers or clients.

Set general policy for the publications, which shall embrace the best standards and practices of publishing.
Revi a- budgets of publications and broadcasting activities.
Encourage development of new publication and broadcasting activities.

Statement of Responsibility
(:SCLA is represented in parr through its publications and broadcasting activities.
Final responsibility fur the publications and broadcasting rests with the President
of the College. This responsibility is delegated by the President to the Communications Board, the editors and staff mendwrs 't ho ',oldish the College Times, Pitchfork. StatemeotStudeut Handbook mid to the student director and staff members
of the CSCLA Radio Network.
The College has the final authority and responsibility for the publications and
broadcasting programs. The Communications Board, as chief agent fur the Col142

14'3

lege, administers the programs, but will not become involved in the day-to-day
operations. The faculty advisers shall provide liaison between the Communications Board and the publications and broadcasting staffs.
Responsibility for the contents of these publications will be in the hands of the
editors and their staffs. In each case the editor's decision is final. There shall be
no pre-publication censorship by the faculty adviser, the Communications Board
or any other individual or organization of the college community.
The College is aware that the decision of a student editor might not be the kind
of decision that a member of the faculty or administration would make in the same
situation. It is conceivable that an editor's decision might be embarrassing to the

College, but it still upholds the idea that the editor is free to make honest mistakes when personal conviction is at stake. The College believes its concerns are
better served by freedom than by censorship.
The staffs must recognize, however, that every right has its responsibility; every

privilege its obligation. The right to free expression carries the responsibility of
stating facts accurately, of giving adequate coverage to views contrary to those
of the editors and of adhering to standards of professional journalism.

Membership of the Board
The members of the Communications Board shall consist of:
Three faculty members appointed by the all-college Committee on Committees, one to be from the Department of Journalism and Broadcasting. These
faculty members are to serve for terms of three years on a rotating basis to be
determined initially by lot.

Three students appointed by the Associated Students Board of Directors.
These students, to be of at least junior standing, are to serve rotating terms by
this method: The first year, two students will be appointed to two-year terms
and one student to a one-year term. The second year one student will be appointed to a two-year term.
One person appointed by the President of the College.
Membership will be permanent for the terms of the appointment and not at the
pleasure of the appointing body.
Five voting members will constitute a quorum.
Ex-officio, non-voting members of the Communications Board will be the Dean
of Students and advisers to the College Times, Pitchfork, Statement, Student Hand-

CSCLA Radio Network, and any other publications which are developed.
Meetings of the Communications Board will be open with this exception: When
dealing with personnel matters of the board, on the motion of one of its members
and the casting of five affirmative votes, may go into executive session. The chairman is empowered to call meetings, or meetings can be involved by petition of
three members. The Board shall determine its own chairman annually and may
select other officers. Such appointments will be made by a majority vote,
book,

Allocation of Funds
Funds shall be allocated to the Communications Board by the Associated Students Board of Directors..

When it is feasibleand beneficialpublications shall provide as much of their
own financial support as possible, drawing upon advertising, subscription and other
revenue sources.

Each publication shall submit an itemized budget request for the coming year
to the Communications Board. The editor and adviser of each publication shall
appear before the Board to explain the request. The Board shall review the budget
requests and arrive at a final recommendation.

The Communications Board or its representative(s) shall meet with and present
to the Associated Students Finance Commission a recommendation for the total
allocation itemized by total publication and areas within the publications.
143

144

Once the total publications allocation has been approved by the Associated
Students Board of Directors, this fund shall be under the control of the Cotnmunications Board. For purposes of fiscal articulation, the Conummicarions Board should

follow the financial procedures of the Associated Students, If the allocation is
greater or less than the amount requested. the Communications Board shall review
the original budget requests and arrive at a final budget fur each publication. The
Communications Board shall record the final budget for each publication at the
Office of the Director of Student Finances prior to the release of funds.
Should unforeseen circumstances arise requiring additional funds, the procedure
shall be similar to that of the regular budget request process.
The Coinmunications Board must approve transfers of funds front one line item
to another for any publication. Funds may be reallocated from one publication to
another only with the mutual consent of the editor of each publication involved.

Handling of Complaints
The arbitration process of the Communications Board is a voluntary one. It is
not the intention of this Code to prevent anyone from seeking redress in other
ways. A person with a grievance is encouraged to seek the traditional relief of
talking personally to the editor or adviser without involving a third party. In the
case of the Co !lege Times, he may seek to address the College community through
the paper's letters to the editor column. In the case of the CSCIA Radio Network,

he may seek to address the College community through the editorial broadcasts
of the campus facilities.
If a complainant uses one of these methods but the dispute remains unresolved
or if he chooses not to employ either of these methods, he may start the arbitration
machinery as follou s:
"1-he complaint against the CalttplIS publication must be submitted in writing to
the Chairman of the Comninnicatitins Board, who will designate a hearing officer
front among the regular voting members of the Board.
If the hearing (dicer decides the complaint merits further attention, he will set
up a meeting between the person with the complaint, the editor of the publication
and himself. It is believed that a discussion of points of disagreement between
reasonable persons will end in settlement of most dit

If both sides are satisfied at the close of this meeting, the matter will be

dropped.

If, however, the dispute remains unreconciled, the Clanntunications Board at
its mxt regular meeting will hear testimony from all interested parties and attempt
to resolve the matter.
The Communications Board as a board shall not solicit "business". It shall never
initiate the arbitration process described above. It shall never attempt to arbitrate
disputes unless the editor and the person with a complaint have been brought
together for discussion is deSeribell
If an individual member of the Board initiates a complaint he shall not participate
in the adjudication of the complaint.
If the student editor and faculty adviser of a publication are at loggerheads over
a serious matter, they may seek the ilittrisel or arbitratiori of the Communications
Board. They will start the process by first contacting the Chairman of the Board.
This is a voluntary process: the Board shall not step into disputes of this nature
Wiley, asked by the editor or adviser.

Selection of Editors
Any (SCI..\ student limy submit a nomination for editor. Nominations must be

presented to the publication's regular cla s meeting no later than three class meetlogs before the last day of instruction.
Only those enrolled in the publication courses ( Journalism WI, College Times;
Journalism 19;, l'itel,jork; and I nglish ;92, Sratonent ) are eligible to vote for
editor. I leetion must lie by matority vote and held at the publication's next class
meeting niter the close of nominations.
144

145

Each staff's choice for editor must be acted upon by the Communications Board

before the publication's next class meeting. If an editor is not approved by five
Board members, the publication class linitit make another selection; nomination and
election must take place at the same meeting. The Communications Board must act
upon the new recommendation within seven days after the class meeting.
If the Communications Board fails to approve a staff's second choice of an editor,
the responsibility for nominating and electing an editor shall devolve on the Board
itself. The Board should make its selection as soon as possible. but at least three
days must elapse between nominations and election. Election shall be a majority
vote Of those voting.
If for any reason the editorship becomes vacant, the faculty adviser shall name
an interim editor. The Communications Board shall then determine the procedure
for the selection of the new editor.
Nominees for editor must have these qualifications:
Be at least in junior class standing at the COMIllelleelnent of his duties.
Be enrolled as a regular student throughout his tenure of office.

Have a total college grade point average of 2.; or higher at the time of his
election.

1k enrolled in the publication's chss, or previously have completed one quarter
in the class, at the time of his election.
Be of good character and possessed of competent judgment and the necessary
editorial ability and experience.
It shall be the responsibility of the adviser to inform the staff of these prerequisites prior to nomination of candidates and the responsibility of the Communications
Board to inform the College community of the election and the prerequisites for
nomination. Staff election of an editor who is nor so qualified shall justify his rejection by the Communication!, Board. The Board may, however, by five affirmative
votes, waive any qualifications.
The Student Handbook' editor shall be nallICit in the spring tern' by the Associated Students President. subject to the qualification that the editor be a CSCLA
student of good character and satisfactory academic standing. His name must be
submitted to the Communications Board.

If he is not approved by five members of the Communications Board within
fourteen days after nomination. the A. S. President shall name a second choice,
subject to identical qualifications and approval. If he is not ;mint wed within
fourteen days by the Board, or if no second choice is indicated, the responsibility
for selecting an editor shall devolve on the Dean of Students, subject to approval
by a inajOrliy VONe of the COMMUIliC36011, Board.

If the Student Hand book editorship shall become vacant for any reason other
than dismissal of the editor by the Communications Boad, the Dean of Students
shall, on his own authority. appoint 3 new editor, subject- only to the qualifications
that he be a UCLA student of good character and satisfaett ry academic standing.

Primcd .-Lkertising
Ad% ertising space in the student media is for sale to legitimate advertisers at
established rates, as set forth in the official rate cards, and no advertising Will be
be sold with no reference %%hataccepted On any other basis. Athertising space \\
editorial content. %o additional publicity space \\ill be promised
ever to nos
or git, en MI:. ;RR erti,cr, and an news or publicity material submitted %% ith all ad-.
vertisement, or from an advertiser, will be used only if and to the extent that the
editor believes its mit:rent lieu, value u arrants.
Copy and illustrations fur advertisements shall conform to acceptable standards
Fraudulent or obviously misleading adof good taste, integrity and responsibilit
not be accepted. No advertisements contrary in any Way to
vertisements
College regulations or to city, state or federal laws %%ill be permitted.
'Hie student media reserve the right to refuse any adt. ertising. hey will maintain and furnish upon request a list of types of advertising prohibited. These lists
shall be tiled %% ith the Communications Board.

145

146

Role of the College Times Advi

The College Times faculty adviser shall act in an advisory capacity only. His
role shall be to advise students regarding the best standards and practices of
journalism.

His counsel should be sought freely by the editor or editorial staff when questions of judgment are involved. He may make suggestions at any time.
Responsibility for content, however, rests upon the editor and the staff.

Duties of the College Times Editor

The editor is the chief news executive of the College Times and shall be re-

sponsible for making or delegating all editorial decisions.
The editor shall insure that the College Times reflects the activities, ideas, and
events pertinent to the College campus.
The editor shall recognize that the College Times has a service function within
the College community, and he shall provide coverage of events related to the
constituent groups of the academic community such as the faculty, students, administration, alumni, staff, student and faculty organizations, student government,
social, professional and honorary societies.
The editor shall edit the College Times in a manner consistent with the specific
provisions of the CSCLA Communications Code and the general provisions of the
American Society of Newspaper Editors. Canons of Journalism, the "What Makes
2 Good Newspaper?" statement of the Criteria Committee of the Associated Press
Managing Editors Association, the Basic Statement of Principles of the National

Conference of Editorial Writers and the AAUP Statement on the Freedom of
Student Publications.

The chief form of redress against gross violations of journalistic ethics or practices shall be removal of the editors by the Communications Board. No editor shall
be removed from office without due process. Appeals from decisions of the Board
may be nude to the President of the College.

Letters to the Editor

Recognizing that letters to the editor will range between high praise and extreme
censure the editor should consider all letters carefully and print a fair representation of all views. There arc limits in civilized discussion, however, and the editor
should refuse to publish defamatory letters and all letters contrary to law.
Students and members of the faculty. administration or staff subjected to personal attack shall be given opportunity by the editor to reply in the same issue,
but publication of either attack or reply need not be delayed longer than any one
issue.

Letters based on obvious errors of fact should be returned to the senders for
revision. Letters must be signed and full College identification given, but a name
will not be printed if the sender so requests. Identification should be verified when
the editor deems it necessary.
preferably more
The College Times shall print at least once each term, and
often, its policy on letters to the editor.

Amending Power

The Code may be amended only by the following procedures: (1) initiated by
the Academic: Senate, (2) initiated by the Associated Students Board of Directors,
(3) upon petition of 1,000 students, or (4) upon five affirmative votes of the Communications Board. A proposal to amend this Code may be presented to the Academic Senate and the Associated Students Board of Directors. Upon passage by
a majority vote in each, the proposal shall be adopted.

147
146

Appendix I
GRIEVANCE PROCEDURES FOR ACADEMIC PERSONNEL
OF THE CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGES
Executive Order No. 112

This Executive Order is issued pursuant to Section 42714 of Title 5 of
the California ,ildministrative Code.
I. Except as provided in this Executive Order. the Grievance Procedures for
Academic Personnel of the California State Colleges are established effective
this date, for the California State Colleges. and skill govern grievance proceedings with respect to academic employees according to its terms. A copy of these
Procedures is attached to, and made a part of. this Executive Order.

2. As provided in these Procedures, they supersede other procedures previously
in force in the California State Colleges.
3. These Procedures shall be made available to all academic personnel covered by
its terms.
4.

If, in the judgment of the President of a new or small State College, there are
particular provisions in these Procedures which appear impractical to institute
during an identified period of time, he may request the Chancellor to waive
such requirements in the case of the paricular State College. The Chancellor
shall review such requests and take action as appropriate.

DATED: SEPTEMBER 30, 1970

GLENN S. DU NIKE,

Chancellor

1.0 Purpose' and Scope
1.1 All grievance procedures previously adopted for faculty members and academic employees are hereby ro oked except as provided in Section 1.3.
1.2 The Grievance Procedures herein provided are established pursuant to Section 42714, Title 5. California Administrative Code.' and are intended to apply
to every California State Collige.
1.3 Grio ;ince proceedings under the Interim Procedures for Handling Grievances and Personnel Complaints of Academic and Administrative Personnel
(issued in 1961) or under Executive Orders 36 or 80, which were commenced
but not concluded by September 30. PIO, shall continue under the procedures
of the respective Interim Procedures or Executive Order, except that the Chancellor's Review P.Inel shall be advisory to the Chancellor and the Chancellor
shall make the final decision. A. proceeding shall be considered to have been
commenced under Executive Order 56 or 80, as the case may be, on the date a
formal request fora grievance proceeding was filed with the appropriate college
officer or agency.
1.4 It shall nor be the function of any Grievance Committee to act as an appellate personnel committee. If a Grievance Committee finds a prior eonunittee or
administrator substantially departed .from required procedures, and such depart SPIN:ale code seLtions referred to in these procedures are set out in the Appendix.

147

148

ture was substantially prejudicial to the grievant, or that substantial evidence
favorable to the grievant w as ignored, or that under the circumstances, it was
arbitrary to take the action of which the grievant complains, the Committee
shall report its findings to the President with 2 recommendation either:
1.4.1 that the appropriate faculty committee or administrator reconsider the
matter and make a recommendation to the President in accordance with
established procedure; or
1.4.2 that such action as the Committee specifies be taken by the President.

1.5 These Procedures may be utilized by all full-time, tenured and probationary
academic employees of the California State Colleges, including those on leave

of absence with or without pay.
1.6 The purpose of these Procedures is to provide an equitable means of correcting actions taken by the California State Colleges which directly aggrieve
academic employees. It is intended that a grievance proceeding be initiated only
in the gravest situations involving see ,us injustice to an academic employee.
When a grievance hearing is initiated, it thus may be assumed that 2 major
problem is manifest. For this reason, the Grievance Procedures are deliberately
precise. However, it must be emphasized that a grievance hearing is in no sense
a trial. Attempts to resolve the areas of discontent by informal discussion shall
precede, continue through, and preferably be a reason for terminating 2 grievance proceeding.

2.0 Authority of the President
2.1 All determinations and findings under these Procedures made at the College
level by anyone other than the President are in the nature of recommendations
to the President. who shall have final authority at the College level.

2.2 The functions of the President as described in these Procedures, may be
delegated by him to designees who are employees of the College, and who shall
exercise those functions in his name. However, the President shall be responsible

for any action taken under his authority. All references in these Procedures
to the "President" mean the President of the College at which the grievant is
employed and include such designees.

3.0 Definition and Grounds
3.1 As used in these Procedures, a "grievance proceeding" is a proceeding initi-

ated by an academic employ ee who claims that he was directly wronged in
connection with the rights accruing to his job classification, benefits, working
conditions. appointment. reappointment. tenure. promotion, reassignment, or the
like. Such an action seeks correction of that asserted wrong. Such an asserted

wrung may grow out of an arbitrary action. out of a substantially unfair departure from duly established procedures. or because substantial evidence favorable to the grievant %%as ignored. It does not arise from an unarbitrary exercise
of discretion made pursuant to applicable procedures. nor does it arise from a
minor defect in procedure, that is, one which probably did not affect an ultimate
substantive decision. A grievance complains of a college decision or action; it
does nut lie against any individual.. grievance proceeding is to be distinguished

from a disciplinary action proceeding which does not give rise to correction
of the effects of the wrongdoing. but instead looks to a dismissal. demotion, or
suspension. or the imposition of some lesser sanction upon the wrongdoer.
3.2 A griomee proceeding may not be initiated for an asserted wrong arising
ont of either a discipliner' action proceeding or a grievance proceeding where
the academic employee seeking to initiate the grievance was either the person
charged or the grie% ant in the prior proceeding.
3.3 Only final decisions are subject to review by a grievance proceeding: grievance proceedings may not be brought to review recommendations of faculty
148

committees or of administrators. A final decision may be the subject of only one
grievance proceeding by any grievant. The President or his designee shall determine whether a particular decision complained of is a final decision, and whether
it Wati the subject of a previous grievance proceeding commenced by the same
grievant. A grievance proceeding may not be brought to review such determinations of the President or his designee.
3.4 As used in these Procedures, "college working day" shall mean any day other

than a Saturday, Sunday or holiday as defined in Government Code Section
18025.

4.0 Informal Solution
4.1 No grievance proceeding may be initiated unless. in an attempt to resolve
the problem, the grievant has made a reasonable attempt to resolve the problem
amicably on an informal basis.
4.2 At such informal discussions. the only persons present shall be the grievant
and this college (officer or officers who have responsibility for the college action
of which the grievant complains.
4.3 Any statements made in the course of such discussions shall not be admissible in the subsequent grievance proceeding. should it be initiated.

5.0 Initiation
5.1 A grievance proceeding shall be initiated by written Notice of Grievance
grievants to the President. Such notice shall:
sent by the grievant
5.1.1 Contain a concise statement of the facts giving rise to the grievance.
5.1.2 State the relief sought.
5.1.3 List the persons with whom discussions were had on the problem in an
attempt to resolve it on an informal basis.

5.2 On the same date the Notice of Grievance is sent to the President, a copy
of the notice shall be sent to:
5.2.1 The appropriate department chairman.
5.2.2 The appropriate Dean

5.2.3 The Academic Vice President or equivalent officer and the President
shall be so notified.

rittcn statement of the case may he sent by the grievant or
; more detailed
grievants to the President with copies to the persons designated in Section 5.2
of these Procedures within 10 college working days of the date on which the
Notice of Grievance was sent.
5,3

6.0 Period of Limitation
If the grievance results from a single event, a grievance proceeding shall not
he initiated more than 20 college working days after the grievant has learned of
the event. provided that it grievance proceeding may not be instituted more
than one calendar year after the occurrence of such event. regardless of the date
of discovery. :\ grie% MKT may result from a series of events over a period of
tittle. In such case, these Procedures may not be used later than 20 college working days after the grievant has learned of the most recent of these events, provided that a grief ance proceeding may not be instituted more than one calendar
year after the occurrence of the must recent of such events, regardless of the
date of discovery.
6.1

7,0 Ciricvanec Panel
7.1

I ..R.11 College shall have a Grievance Panel.

7.2 The Grievance Panel shall consist of all tenured academic employees of the
College holding the rank of professor or associate professor. holding full-time
149

159

appointments, and assigned at least two-thirds time to teaching or research, or
both.

8.0 Selection of Grievance Connnittee
8.1 Within three college working days of the receipt of the Notice of Grievance,
the President shall cause a Grievance Committee of three members to be
selected by lot from among the members of the Grievance Panel. The grievant,
members of his department or equivalent administrative unit, and persons di-

rectly invoked in the action or decision which is the subject of the grievance
as well as persons %vho made recommendations as to such actions or decisions
shall be excluded from membership in the Panel during this selection. The grievant and the persons receiving notice pursuant to Section 5.2 of these Procedures
shall be notified in advance of the date, time and place of selection and may be
present at the time of selection if they wish to excuse or challenge any persons
selected.

8.2 Service as a member of the Grievance Panel. as a member of the Grievance
Committee, and as a member of the ad hoc panel described in Section 8.4 of
these Procedures, unless excused by the President for good cause, is part of the
normal and reasonable duties of every employee designated in Section 7.2 of
these Procedures.

8.3 The grie%ant and those persons listed in Section 5.2 of these Procedures
may excuse up (-0 two portions from those selected for the Committee without
cause. Each may challenge any person selected for membership on the Committee because he is related to the grievant or to any person directly involved in the
action or decision which is the subject of the grievance or to any person who
made recommendations as to such actions or decisions, or because of past association with such persons which would prejudice his judgment to the degree
that it appears that a fair hearing could not be had. The President shall determine whether the facts present grounds for disqualification and his decision shall
be final.

8.4 If the list of Panelists becomes exhausted before all three members of the
Committee can be appointed, the President of the closest neighboring California
State College to the college attempting to select a Committee shall, upon request
by the President of the college where the grievance has been filed, select by lot

from the Grievance Panel at that neighboring college an ad hoc panel of 20
tiiizing this panel, the procedures provided in Section 8.1-8.3 of these
Procedures will be implemented by the President of the college where the grievance has been initiated. Should this ad hoc panel become exhausted, it shall be
replenished by the means by which it was established,
persons,

9.0 Initial Determination
9.1 The Grievance Committee shall determine on the basis of the Notice of
Grie\ triee and any written Ntateinent of the case submitted pursuant to Section
5.; of these Procedures whether there are sufficient facts asserted to make it appear that grounds for a grievance proceeding exist, and that a hearing should be
held. AO ;Ofirmark L. determination shall be made only if all criteria ;Ind procedural requirements stated in Sections 1, 3. 4, 5 and 6 of these Procedures
have been folly met
9.2 The initt,11 determination shall be made by majority vote of the Grievance
Committee and \k ritten notice thereof sent to the President and to the persons
listed in Section 5.2 if these Procedures \\ ithin five college working days of the
appointment of the third member of the Grievance Committee. Should that fifth
day end \\ idiom such determination and written notice having been made, the
President shall make the initial determination and send notice thereof to the
persons listed in Section 5.2 of these Procedures within the next two college
\\ (irking days, Should the President not IMIke and announce such decision within
the allotted tinte, the matter shall proceed to hearing as though an affirmative
150

151

determination had been made and announced on the seventh college working
day after appointment of the third member of the Grievance Committee.
9.3 If the initial determination is negative, the Notice of Initial Determination
shall state the reasons for that negative decision, and there shall be no further
proceedings under these Procedures.

9.4 If the initial determination is affirmative, the Notice of Initial Determination
shall state the date. time, and place w hen and where the hearing on the grievance shall occur. The date selected shall be within fifteen college working days

of the date of the announcement. Once set, it may only be extended by the
Chairman of the Grievance Committee (see Section 10.2 of these Procedures)
for reasons which. in his opinion, are compelling. In setting the date, and granting extensions, the time restriction in Section 11.3 of these Procedures should
be kept in mind.

10.0 Grievance Committee Procedural Rules
to.t i)cei..sins of the Grievance Committee, except rulings made by its chairman (see Sections 10.3 and 10.4 of these Procedures). shall be by majority vote
of the three members, except as provided in Section 10.13.2 of these Procedures.
10.2 Upon first convening, the Grievance Committee skill elect a Chairman and
acquaint itself with these Procedures.
103 Unless overruled by a majority of the Grievance Committee, rulings of the
Chairman shall be final on all questions except those pertaining to the initial
determination and the substance of the findings and recommendations of the
President. All other provisions of these ProCommittee which are scnt to
cedures pertaining to the atitht.rity of the Chairman shall be subject to this section.

10.4 [he Chairman may establish such other rules, within the general guidelines
of these Procedures, as he deems necessary.

10.5 The Grie% once Committee, through its Chairinan, may obtain advice, as
needed, from the Office of the Chancellor.
10,6 1Wal members of the Grit:\ trice Committee. one of whom must be the
Chairman. shall constitute a quorum fur transaction of the business of the Committee. No member whi is absent during any part of the hearing may participate
in the preparation of findings and recommendations of the Committee without
first listening to the tape recording of the portion of the hearing conducted in
his absence.

10.- The Chairman of the Go:iv:ince Committee shall arrange for tape recording,

but not a transcription. of the hearing. No other recording of the hearing shall
be permitted.
Ifts Once a grievance has been set for hearing pursuant to Section 9.4 of these

Procedutes, the grievant may withdraw all or any part of his grievance only
ith

the consent of the Grievance Committee. Once the hearing has been

completed. the griy%:nit cannot withdraw his grio once, even though the Committee has not 'et formulated its findings and recommendations.
10.Q .At the hearing. the grievant shall present his evidence. following which
other evidence shall be. Neck ed. The i:rievant shall have the burden of persuasion.

to,to \\ murk, 'mire than one grie\;int complaining of a wrong arising out of the
same set of facts has a hetring pending. the hearings IllAy be consolidated with
the approval of all such grievants and of the Grievance Committee first appointed to hold such hearings. The consolidated hearing shall be conducted by
that Grievance Committee.
151

152

in Section 5.2 o'; these Procedures
10.11 The grievant and those persons lishall be permitted to be present at all proceedings of the hearing whenever any
evidence is being presented, and, subject to recognition of the Chairman of the
Grievance Committee, shall be permitted to:
10.11.1 Examine all evidence presented to the Grievance Committee.
10,11.2 Present evidence available to them and to question witnesses. Vritten
statements may be accepted in evidence by the Grievance Committee but

only from peNons unable. in the opinion of the Grievance Committee, to
attend the hearing. Such inability shall be found only in cases of serious illness
or death of the Yvitness or a t; :mber of his family, physical absence from the
area due to preexisting plans which cannot conveniently be changed, and the
like.

10.11.3 Present :in oral or written argument, or both, prior to the conclusion
of the hearing.
10.12 The Chairman of the Grievance Committee shall:
Y,itnesses before the Committee as requested by the grievant and
10.12.1
those persons listed in Section 5.2 of these Procedures and by members of the
Grievance Committee.
10,12.2 .\ laintain an orderly hearing and permit no person to be ;objected to
abthi% c treatment. 1.1e may elect or e-vclude anyone who refuses to be orderly,
10.13 1 veept as provided in this section, no person shall be represented by
another person. Such representation shall be permitted only if:
111.I t.1 Prior to the daft set for the commencement of the grievance hearing,
the grie%ant presents a written request for representation to the Chairman of
the Grievance Committee in u Inch the grievant claims he is incompetent on
emotional, mental or physical grounds to represent himself at the hearing and
gics the reasons why he so claims. and
10.13.2 The Grievance Committee unanimously agrees with the grievant on his
need fur representation. in which ease he shall he so notified by the Chairman
in u riting. and shall he permitted to be represented by anyone he selects, so
long as his representative is not an attorney admitted to practice law before
any state or federal court.
10,11.3 It such representation is granted, then any rights conferred on the
grit.% ant at the hearing by these procedures may be exercised by his rept-e-

st:funk C.

10.14 At the hearing, the members of the Grievance Committee may ask quesOr Other person pretient 'at the hearing.
tions of ally %t
10.13 Person., Who .\ lay Attend Ilearings; Confidentiality.
10.13.1 Hearings shall he closed to everyone (idler than members of the
Greet once Cnintrittee, the grin ant. the President, those persons listed in
Section .7.2 of these Procedures. the tape recorder operator. if ;my, ,witnesses
.u.hile they arc presenting evidinee, and the representatives of not more than
two recognircd faculty organizations as provided in this Section.
003 1.1 fhe grid ant and the President may each authorize tine person who
representatix e of a recognized professional faculty organization or the
\cationic Seit.ite ur ColifiCH Of the College to ;Itte011 the hearing as an

ithcr)er.
111.1;1.2 It is thc policy of the California State Colleges that evidence, proceedings. findings and recommendations (hut not the final decision of the
President are confidential and shall not be made public by the College or
by any parneipant in a 'Raring, including the faculty organization or Senate
or Conned ohse.ers, cveept as any of the foregoing may he tiled in court
ur intatiduced ul c)itience in an administrative or court proceeding brought
to re% jot an etion taken pursuant to these Procedures. In the event these

152

153

matters should become public, however, the President may authorize such
public statements as are appropriate. This policy of confidentiality shall not

preclude the College from taking any action following appropriate procedures against any person or entity on the basis of evidence developed at
the hearing.

10.16 Pursuant to Section 1.4 of these Procedures, if a Grievance Committee
finds thaca prior committee or administrator substantially departed from required
procedures, and such departure was substantially prejudicial to the grievant, or

that substantial evidence favorable to the grievant was ignored, or that, under
the circumstances, it was arbitrary to take the action of which the grievant complains, the Committee shall report its findings to the President with a recommendation either:
10.16.1 that the appropriate faculty committee or administrator reconsider the

matter and make a recommendation to the President in accordance with
established procedure; or
10.16.2 that such action as the Committee specifies be taken by the President.

10.17 The hearing shall not be conducted according to technical rules relating
to evidence and witnesses. Any relevant evidence shall be admitted if it is the
sort of evidence on which responsible persons are accustomed to rely. Evidence
which is merely repetitious or cumulative shall be excluded.
10.18 Arguments by the grievant concerning the legal (as distinguished from
factual) applicability, or legal validity of any statute, regulation, resolution of
the Board of Trustees, or Chancellor's Standing Order, shall not be addressed
to the Grievance Committee, but to the President. as soon as the hearing has

concluded. [he President shall seek advice on the matter from the Office of
General Counsel. l'he advice received from that office shall, be considered by the
President before a final campus decision is rendered.
11.0

Findings and Recommendations

11.1 Following conclusion of the hearing, the Grievance Committee shall meet
in executive session, with all other persons excluded. In this session, the Committee shall prepare its, findings of fact and recommendations to the President
for settlement or solution of the grievance.
11.2 [he Grievance Committee shall make its written report to the President of
the College, o ith a copy to the grievant. The rape recording of the hearing
and the Committee's file on the matter shall be forwarded to the President at
this time.

11.3 The President most receive the Grievance Committee report within 3() college working days from the date of the Notice of Initial Determination. In any
case in which such report is nor received by the end of the 30th day, the
Irievanee Committee shall be foreclosed of jurisdiction in the case. In such case,
the Chairman shall immediately furnish to the President the Notice of Grievance
and any statement prepared pursuant to Section 53, the President shall make
such decision in the ease as he deems wise, and no further action may be taken
in the matter pursuant to These Procedures.

11.4 In its deliberations, no evidence other than that either received or discussed
at the hearing shall be considered by the Cries mce Committee.
12.0

Presidential Action

12.1 Upon receipt of the report of the Grievance Committee. the President of
the College shall tel ico the findings and recommendations of the Grievance
Committee and decide upon the action to be taken in the matter. The decision of
the President shall concur with the recommendations of the Grievance Committee except in rare instances when. in the opinion of the President, compelling
reasons exist- for a different result.
153

154

12.2 In the event that the President's decision is not in accord with the Grievance Committee's recommendations, the President and the Grievance Committee
shall make an effort to resolve their differences regarding disposition of the case.
If no such resolution occurs, the compelling reasons for the President's decision

shall be detailed in his written Notice of Decision.
five college working days of the tine he receives the recommenda12.3
tion of the Grievance Committee, or as soon thereafter as possible, the President shall send his Notice of Decision to the Grievant and to the Grievance
Committee unless he returns the matter to the Grievance Committee for clarification. further proceedings as appropriate. or reconsideration of its recommendations, in which cases the three college working days shall run from the
date the Grievance Committee returns its further report to him. A Grievance
Committee may change its recommendations from those forwarded to the President pursuant to Section 11.2. The President then shall make his decision.
12.4 The decisions of the President in each case are final at the college level.

13.0 Record
13.1 If the President's decision is not in accord with the Grievance Committee's recommendations and an appeal is properly tiled with the Chancellor, or
if the grievant subsequently commences legal action seeking judicial review of
his grtcvance. the grievant. ur. ter supervision and at his own expense, may obtain a written transcript of the :ape recording of the hearing, provided that he
tirst sign an argreement with th,i College. and furnish the College with a copy
of the transcript when it is c ipleted. This agreement shall provide that use
of such a copy shall be limited to subsequent administrative and judicial proceedings held in connection with the matter. that the tape or its contents shall
not otherwise he made public in any vay, and that any violation of this agreement shall be unprofessional conduct as that term is used in Education Code

Section 24306

13.2 In keeping with the policy stated in Section 10.15.1.2 of these Procedures,
in no case other than that described in Section 13.1 shall a transcript of the

tape recording of the hearing be furnished to the grievant. Neither the tape
recording itself, nor a copy thereof, shall be furnished to the grievant.
14.0

Review by the Chancellor

14.1 Any grievant %vim has received a Notice of Decision on his grievance from

a college President which does not concur with the final recommendations of
the Grievance Omuittee, may appeal to the Chancellor by directing a Request
for Review to him with a copy to the college President. The Request should
have attached copies of the report of the Grievance Committee and the Notice
of Decision of the President. and should state the dates of each and the grounds
claimed for review (see Section 14.4of these Procedures). The Request must be
postmarked %% HMI ten college working days of the date Of distribution of the
President's Notice of Decision.

If more than 011e grievant was affected by the grievance decision of the
President of the College. the Chancellor's action on a Request for Review shall
be limited to the grievant or grievants making the appeal unless the Chancellor,
in his discretion. makes it applicable to other grievants affected by the grievance
14.2

decision from rr hich an appeal was taken.

14.; Upon receiving 3 copy of the Request for Review addressed to the Chancellor. the President of the College shall immediately furnish the Chancellor with
copies of the:
14.3.I Grievance Committee's report,

14.;.2 kVritten arguments presented to the Grievance Committee. if any,
I4.;.; President's Notice of Decision with attachments, if any, and
13.3.4 Tape recording of the hearing.
154

1 5"0

14.4 Revieo by the Chancellor may be requested only on one of the following
grounds:

14.4.1 Arbitrary action by the President in not accepting the Grievance Committee's recommendations.
14.4.2 Substantially unfair departure from these Procedures which affected
the President's decision,

14.4.3 Substantial evidence favorable to the grievant which was ignored by
the President.

14.5 Based upon the materials submitted pursuant to Sections 14.1 and 14.3, an
officer designated by- the Chancellor shall make an initial determination of

whether there are sufficient facts asserted to make it appear that grounds for
review exist and that the Chancellor should cause the matter to be reviewed.
An affirmative dere rmi natitin shall he tirade only: if the procedural requirements
of Section 14.1 of these Procedures has been complied with, and the criteria
in Section 14.4 of these Procedures are satisfied. Normally this determination
shall he wade within fit e working days.

14.6 If it is determined that the matter should be cc' icYY ed, the Chancellor shall
cause a Chancellor's Review Committee of three persons to he convened from
a Chancellor's Res icYY Panel pro ionsly selected with the concurrence of the
Chairman of the Academic Senate, CSC. l'he cons ening shall be by lot.
141.1 Any person selected for service on the Chancellor's Review Committee
may disqualify himself. A person selected for set ice on the Committee shall
f, himself because of relationship to. or past association with, the
grievant or any person substantially in solved in the grievance, when the vast
association or substantial in ol \Anent Y\ as of a kind which YY mild prejudice
his judgment to the degree that it appears he could not give a fair review
to. the matter. Any one belies inn that a person selected for service on the
Committee should disqualify himself may draw this to the attention of that
Committee member.
14.- The Chancellor's Res iew Committee will ordinarily. meet within ten college
orking day s of the date of the .hancellor's letter of notification. If the grievant
has requested a transcript and wishes the Chancellor's Review Committee to
read all or any part of it, the time of meeting shall he deferred until the
transcript is available. Hie Committee shall re' ie \\ all materials presented to it
by the Chancellor, except that it need nor listen to the tape recording of the
hearing unless the grounds for res ten make that necessary. It shall not receive
lick\ es idenec or ..irgutnent. or conduct hearings. and its members shall he bound
by the policy of confidentiality stated in Section 10.15.1.2 of these Procedures.
As to questions of California Stare College policy the Conunittce shall utilize
the consultative serY ices of the Assistant Chancellor for ['acuity and Staff Affairs
or his kle,v4tRA%
to qut..,tions on the law, it shall refer such questions to the
)(lice of f. icneral Counsel, and shall be hound by the ads ice eceiY eel from
that office.

Cancellor's Ret iew Committee shall
14.s
by mat itity- vote,

arras e at

its recommendation

0,11111111lec sit X11 make a o ritten recommendation
f lit Chanet Hot's Re
to the ( hancellor
14.'1.1 flu. President.., decision should lie upheld, in \\ hole or in part. or
14.9.2 I he (int. \ ane e Committee's. recommendations should lie adopted in
\dud.: in in parr.
14.'1

14 In t he A toter tea onnn,rndauon
all tits ( on:in:tree naiterads iin the

to the Chancellor shall he accompanied by
of the recommendation shall
be sent to the cties.tnt and to the President of the College.
155

156

14.11 Normally the Chancellor's Review Committee will submit its written report
within ten college is irking days of the conclusion of Committee's deliberations,

and the Chancellor shall then make a decision in the matter. Normally', the
Chancellor will make his decision in ten college working days.
14.12 Following the Chancellor's decision. which shall agree with the Committee's
recommendation except in rare instances and for compelling reasons which shall

be stated in w riting in the Chancellor's Notice of Decision, the grievant shall
have no further appeal within the California State College system,
14.13 The Chancellor's Notice of Decision shall be sent to the President of the
College where the grievance originated and to the grievant.
14.14 The functions of the Chancellor, as described in these Procedures, may be
delegated by him to individual designees who are members of his staff. All references in these Procedures to the Chancellor include such designees. However,
the Chancellor shall be responsible for any action taken under his authority.

15.0 Reviel.:: by the Board of Trustees
15.1 On its own motion, the Board of Trustees may review a grievance.
15.1.1 Applications for such review shall be directed to the Chairman of the

Committee on Faculty and Staff Affairs of the Board of Trustees, c/o The
Chancellor's Office of Faculty and Staff Affairs.

6.0 Construction of These Procedures
-Shall- is mandatory and "may" is permissive.
16.2 Section headings do not in any manner affect the scope, meaning or intent
of the provisions of these Procedures.
16.3 These Procedures shall be considered complied with despite technical departures front them or errors in their application, unless in the opinion of the Presi16.1

dent or the Chancellor, the technical departures or errors were substantially
prejudicial to persons directly involved or to the College.
16.4 In applying the singular langnage of these Procedures to consolidated hearings, the singular number shall include the plural.
16.5 All notices, requests. reports, and statements sent pursuant to these Procedures shall he sent by U.S. mail. 'File date piistmarked on the envelope shall be
the governing date, unless the date of receipt is expressly specified in these
Procedures.

APPENDIX
Title 5, California cidministrative Code Section
2714.

Ciricz.auee Procedures for cademie Peounuel.

The Chancellor shall pre -

scribe, and may from time to tine re Ise, (irievanee Procedures for Academic
Personnel of the California State College', Thoc Procedures may he utilized by
all full-time tenured and pia obationary academic employees, including those on

leave of absence is nil or without pay. 'Hie Trustees may. on their own motion,
re% iew gric% mice matters under this Section. The Chancellor shall report to the
Board on Procedures issued or revised pursuant to this Section.

Lineation

Section:

A permanent inr probationary academic or nonacademic employee may be
dv.mksed. denoted. or suspended for the following causes;
3431wi.

Ili Immoral conduct.
(hi Unprofessional conduct.
(c i Disht inesty.

(di Incompetency.
(e) Physical or mental unfitness for position occupied.
156

(f) Failure or refusal to perform the normal and reasonable duties of the Position.

(g) Conviction of a felony or conviction of any misdemeanor involving moral
turpitude.
(h) Fraud in securing appointment.
(i) Drunkenness on duty.
(j) Addiction to the use of narcotics or habit-forming drugs.

Government Code Section:
18025. All employees shall he entitled to the following holidays: the first day of
January, the 12th day of February, the third Monday in February, the last Monday

in Nlay, the fourth day of July, the first Monday in September, the ninth day
of September, the second Monday in October, the fourth Monday in October,
the 25th day of December, every day on which an election is held throughout the

state, and every day appointed by the Governor of this state for a public fast,
thanksgiving, or holiday.
11'hen a day herein listed falls on a Sunday, the following Monday shall be
deemed to be the holiday in lieu of the day observed. Any employee who may
be required to work on any of the holidays herein mentioned, and who does work
on any of the said holidays, shall be entitled to be paid compensation or given
compensating time off for such work within the meaning of this article. For the
purpose of computing the number of hours worked, time during which an employee
is excused from work because of holidays, sick leave, vacation, or compensating
time off, shall be considered as time worked by the employee.

158
157

Appendix J
DISCIPLINARY ACTION PROCEDURES FOR ACADEMIC
PERSONNEL OF THE CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGES
Executive Order No. 113

This Executive Order is issued pursuant to Section 43525 of Title 5 of the
California .-idininistrative Code.
1. Except as provided in this Executive Order, the Disciplinary Action Procedures
for Academic Personnel of the California State Colleges are established effective
this date. for the California State Colleges, and shall govern disciplinary action

proceedings for academic employees according to its terms. A copy of these
Procedures is attached to, and made a part of, this Executive Order.
2. These Procedures supersede all other Disciplinary Action Procedures for
Academic Personnel previously in force in the California State Colleges.

i. These Procedures shall be made available to all academic personnel covered
by its terms.

4. If, in the inclement of the President of a new or small State College, there
arc particular provisions in these Procedures which appear impractical to institute
during an identified period of time. he may request the Chancellor to waive such
requirements in the ease of the particular State College. The Chancellor shall
review such requests and take action as appropriate.

5. Hearing officers will be designated by the Chancellor for each State College,
as provided in Section 6.1 of these Procedures. Until further notice, hearing
officers appointed by the Presiding Officer of the Office of Administrative Procedure ((,overnment Code Sections 11370-11370.4) arc hereby designated as
I leering officers under these Procedures. Arrangements have been made whereby
such Hearing Officers will be assigned upon request of the President to the
Presiding Officer, at his office in Sacramento.
DATED: SEPTEMBER 30, 1970

Gt F N S. D N11:1, Chancellor

Preamble
These Procedures apply only to those actions or conduct that exert a harmful
effect upon the academic functions of the College. those that adversely affect the
students. the administration, or other faculty members, and those that adversely
atTeet the tic lung process or the proper administration of the College.
I he \ marican Association of UM\ ersity Professors' Statement of Professional
1.thies a rich !US been Millpted 1) the Al:AI...Ink Senate. CSC provides, "As a
member of his community. the professor has the rights and obligations of any
citiien. i le measures the tirgcnc, f these obligations in the light of his responsibilities to 16, subiect. to his students. to his profession. and to his institution. When
person, he .voids creating the impression that he
he speaks or acts as a pri
speaks or acts for his college or university. As a citi/en engaged in a profession
that depends noon freedom for its health and integrity. the professor has a particular obligation to promote conditions of free inquiry and to further public understanding of academic freedom,' At the same time, faculty enjoy the rights of
158

159

citizens in the community, and it is not intended that these Procedures should
reach into and control the personal actions or conduct of faculty members where
those actions. or that conduct, do not exert a harmful effect upon the academic
functions of the College.

Section 1.0 Coverage and Scope
1.1 Thfse Procedures are applicable to determinations of charges which may result
in disciplinary action pursuant to Education Code Section 24306.
1.2 These Procedures are established pursuant to. and in order to implement, Sec-

tions 4270l, 43522. 43525 and 43526 of Title 5 of the California Administrative
Code, and Education Code Section 22505.'

1.3 These Procedures are applicable to all full-time tenured and probationary academic employees, including those on leave of absence with or without pay.

1.4 Disciplinary action proceedings under Executive Orders 67 or 81 which were
commenced but not concluded by September 30, 1970. shall continue under the
procedures of the respective Executive Order, except that the Chancellor's Review
Panel shall be advisory to the Chancellor. and the Chancellor shall make the final
decision. A proceeding shall be considered to have been commenced under Executive Order 67 or 81. as the case may be. on the date a request for disciplinary
action was filed with the Initiator or appropriate faculty agency under such Executive Order.

Section 2.0 Authority of the President
All determinations and findings under these Procedures made by anyone other
than the President are in the nature of recommendations to the President, who shall
have final authority at the college level.
2.1

2.2 The functions of the President as described in these Procedures, may be delegated by him to individual designees who are employees of the College, and who

shall exercise those functions in his name. Ilowever. the President shall be responsible for any action taken under his authority. All references in these Procedures to the President include such designees.

Section 3.0 Temporary Suspension; Withdrawal of Consent to Remain

on Campus
3.1 The President may order the temporary suspension of any academic employee
as provided in Section 43522 of Title 5 of the California Administrative Code, an

interim suspension pursuant to Education Code Section 22505, or both. In the
case of interim suspension pursuant to Education Code Section 22505. or of withdrawal of consent to remain on campus pursuant to Penal Code Section 626.4, the
academic employee shall be afforded an opportunity for a hearing on that issue

within ten days of the respective action. If that hearing should occur prior to his
disciplinary hearing under these Procedures, the issue shall be whether a continued

withdrawal of consent pending such disciplinary hearing is required in order to
protect lives or property and to insure the maintenance of order, and on any issues
presented by a request for hearing pursuant to Penal Code Section 626.4(e).

Section 4.0 Effect of Other Proceedings
Action under these Procedures shall go forward regardless of possible or
pending other administrative. civil. or criminal proceedings arising out of the
satoe or other events.
4.2 The President may reopen disciplinary proceedings on the basis of new evidence
developed in proceedings arising out of the same events as gave rise to the college

disciplinary proceedings. the President shall cause campus action to be initiated
on the basis of the criminal conviction of an academic eniphiyee whenever applicable statutes or regulations require it,
Specific (fide sections referred to in these Procedures are set our in the Appendix.

159

160

Section 5.0 Administrative Officer
5.1 General

a. The President shall designate an academic administrative officer, who shall
have general charge of the administration of these Procedures, the duties described
in these Procedures. and such other duties as the President may determine. The
person so designated shall serve in this assignment at the pleasure of the President.
b. The person so assigned may use such local, administrative title as the President
may determine. For convenience. he is referred to herein as the "Administrative
Officer.c. All references in these Procedures to the Administrative Officer shall include
such other persons as are tiuthorited by the President to assist the Administrative
Officer and act in his name.
d. The Administrative Officer shall investigate all alleged misconduct within the
scope of these Procedures. All requests for disciplinary action within the scope
of these Procedures shall be filed with him.
e. fhe Administrative Officer shall submit allegations of such misconduct to the
person charged. tt ho may present a written answer within three college working
days' of receipt. The Administrative Officer shall conduct all investigation of
the allegations and any answer to these, including a review of the documentary

and tither material available to him, to determine whether or not further proceedings are %%attained. Such determination shall normally be made within seven
college working dais :liter the person charged has been initially informed by the
Administrative Officer of the allegations against him.
f. As a result of his investigation, the Administrative Officer skill make a recom-

mendation to the President as to tvhether the matter should proceed. A hearing
shall be held tt henever the President determines that it is tvarranted, and whenever required by statute. action by the Board of Trustees, or the Chancellor.
g. If it is determined that the matter should not proceed, then, unless new evidence Nut-FR:ior in the opinion of the President to warrant reopening the case
is subsequently discovered. the disciplinary proceeding shall be considered closed.
5.2 Notices
a. l'he Administrative Officer shall prepare and mail notices as appropriate to the

person charged. Notices addressed to him at the last address poste 1 on the
records of the Personnel Officer of the College, and deposited in the United
States mail. first class and postage prepaid, shall be presumed to have been

recei% ed and read by the person charged.
IL The Administrant e Officer shall initiate hearing procedures against a person
charged. by mailing or personally delivering a notice letter to him, by registered
or certified mail, return receipt requested. which:

(It Contains a statement of the charges against him. in terms of the appropriate subdivisions of I ducarton :'ode Section 24;04. or such other statutes or
regulations as may 1,c applical le, and a brief factual description, stated %vith
reasonable particularity, of the conduct upon which the charges arc based.
(2z
wisie hull of the rime and place of hearing.
Refers to or encloses a copy of these Procedures.
;

(4, Inclu,le. such other information as the Administrative Officer may wish
to include, such as notice of temporary suspension and 1virhdrawal of consent
to tctn,tin on campus where such action has been decided upon.
c. As used in these Procedures, -college corking day- shall mean any day other
dim ;1 Saturday, Sunday or holiday as defined in Government Code Section
Ps0277.

1 he person h.u'ved Indy %% rive a hearing and accept a sanction as recommended by the Admilostative officer and approved by the President. The person
charged ma!: .weepr this sanction without admitting that he engaged in the conduct
.3

Convge %%,,i king 1,..y is (Mined in 4ilido.ision c of ticLtIon 5.2.

160

161

charged. Should he not accept- the sanction, the matter shall proceed to hearing,
and no cognizance shall he taken of the recommendation made pursuant to this
Section 5.3.

5.4 The Administrative Officer shall make physical and scheduling arrangements
for the hearing of cases.
5.5 The Administrative Officer shall attend the hearing and shall marshal and
present the evidence against the person charged.

Section 6.0 Hearing Officer
6.1 The Chancellor shall designate one or more Hearing Officers, who shall serve
for terms as determined by the Chancellor.
6.2 Hearing Officers shall he attorneys, admitted to the practice of law in California, who are qualified by priilessional experience in presiding at iudicial or
quasi-judicial adversary proceedings, or who have been members of the California
State Bar for at least five 'cars, .1 hey will not lurid any employment, or other
contract (other than AS a Hearing Officer) with any California State College during
the period of their service.

Section 7.0 (ienera/ Provisions for Hearings

7.1 Both the person charged and his advisor, and the Administrative Officer and
his ailisor may:
a. Be present ,.it all proceedings of the hearing whenever any evidence is being
presented.

b. Fsamine all documents or other evidence presented to the Hearing Officer.
c. Proent rcleant e idence and question witnesses presented by the other.
(I. Present an oral or ll.raten summary of argunwnts at the conclusions of any
hearings,
7.2

.videnec

a. Formal rules of e 'deuce shall not apply.
b. Any ruler ant evidence shall be admitted if it is the sort of evidence on which
responsible persons are accustomed to rely in the conduct of serious affairs.
regardless of the existence of Any COI11111011 law or statutory rule which might
make improper the admission of evidence over objection in civil actions. Hearsay.
\ be used for the purpose of supplementing or explaining other
C\
eRlence but shall not be sufficient in itself to support a finding unless it would

be admissible iier objection in civil actions. The ruks of privilege shall he
effeeti e to the estent that there are statutory bases for their application, and
irrelevant and unduly repetitious evidence shall be excluded.
eidence other than that received At the hearing shall be considered by
c.
the IIgarrrryt Officer.
ill not be required to give self-incriminating evidence,
; 1 he person charged

and no inference of his guilt shall be drawn by reason of his declining to give
evidence on this ground.
7.4 Times Within Which !leanings are to Proceed
litters preliminary to hearings shall be decided, hearings conducted, and eases
a.
quickly as possible, consistent with reasondetermined under these Procedures
able Wale e.

b. Normally, matters preliminary to hearings shall be decided and notices of
hoJrinp given, 111111111 ten C(diVge rr Orking days of the time the Administrative
Officer is informed that a probable conduct violation or taker basis for a hearing
has occurredind of the identity of the person on persons apparently responsible,
1 he person l hangad and the General Counsel (in the event the person charged
elects t() he represented b counsel at tire hearing as provided in Section 7.7-a)
h have not less than Coe college NA (irking days' notice of commencement
of a hearing. I ach of them may iie this requirement.
shall

161

162

c. Hearings will normally be held within ten college working days of the date
notice pursuant to Section 5.2-b is sent to the person charged.
d. Other than as required for the convenience of the Hearing Officer, extensions
of time for hearings shall be authorized only for good and compelling reasons.
The possibility or pendency of other administrative, civil or criminal proceedings
against the person charged is not such a reason, unless the other trial or hearing
is scheduled for the same day as the College hearing, or unless it is physically
imposSible for the person charged to attend the College hearing. Prior to the
commencement of a hearing, the Administrative Officer shall decide requests

for extensions. After that, should any further requests be made, the Hearing
Officer shall rule on them.
7.5 The Hearing Officer shall:
a. Alake all rulings on matters relating to the conduct of the hearing, including
matters regarding admission of evidence.
b. Maintain an orderly hearing and permit no person to be subjected to abusive
treatment. He may eject or exclude anyone who refuses to be orderly. Should
he exclude the person charged, he shall make such provision as is practical in
his behalf.
c. Recognize the person charged or his adviser, and the Administrative Officer
or his adviser, for the purpose of questioning witnesses or presenting argument,
evidence or requests to the [fearing Officer. The Hearing Officer may also question witnesses.

d. Alake such further rules for the conduct of the hearing as he deems appropriate, not inconsistent with these Procedures.
7.6 A person charged may challenge the Hearing Officer for cause by submitting a
written statement to the Chancellor, with a copy to the President, setting forth
facts which establish that:
a. The [tearing Officer was a participant in the events out of which the action
arose. other than events connected with the conduct of a hearing.
b. The Hearing Officer is related to or has had past association with the person
charged or his adviser, the Administrative Officer or his adviser, or another person
who has been adversely affected by the events giving rise to the action, which past
'association is of a kind which would prejudice his judgment to the degree that it
appears that a fair hearing could not be had. "Past association" does not include
an association acquired in connection with a previous hearing.
The Chancellor shall determine whether the facts present grounds for disqualifica-

tion and his decision shall be final. The Hearing Officer may disqualify himself
on his own motion. No peremptory challenges may be made.
7.7 Advisers: attorneys.

a. The person charged may be accompanied by one adviser of his choice, who
may act on his behalf. If he desires that his adviser be an attorney, the person
charged must gic written notice of the name and office address of the attorney
to the Administrative Officer at least four working days before the time set for
commencement of the hearing; if there are less than five working days between
that time and the date of the notice of hearing, then the notice that his adviser
will he an attorney must be given at the earliest reasonable time. Otherwise his
attorney will not be admitted to the hearing.
b. Should a person charged advise that he will be accompanied by an attorney, the
Administrative Officer shall immediately advise the Office of General Counsel, so
that an attorney may be present to present the case on behalf of du. Administrative Officer.
7.s Persons Who \lay . \ trend I learings; Confidentiality.
a. Iearings shall be closed to everyone other than the person conducting the
hearing, the person charged and the Administrative Officer, a single adviser for
each of them, the person designated to record the hearing pursuant to Section
162

1 6,3

7.9, witnesses while they are presenting evidence, and the representatives of not
more than two recognized faculty organizations as provided in this Section.
( I ) The perstm charged and the President may each authorize one person who
is a representative of a recognized professional faculty organization or of the
academic senate or council of the College to attend the hearing as an observer.
b. Jr is the policy of the California State Colleges that evidence, proceedings,
findings and recommendations (hut not the final decision of the President) are
confidential and shall not he made public by the College or by any participant
in a hearing. including the petsim charged and the faculty organization observers,
except as any of the foregoing may he filed in court or introduced as evidence
in 311 administrii'..ive or court proceeding brought to review as action taken pursuant to these Procedures. In the event these matters should become public, however, the College may authorize such public statements as are appropriate. This

policy of confidentiality shall not preclude the College from taking any action
following, uppropriate procedures against any person or entity on the basis of
evidence dew eloped at the hearing.

I he Administratiie Officer shall arrange for making an audio tape of any and
all proceedings conducted by the i fearing Officer.
7.9

-.In Consolidated I learinp
a. t Vhere inure than one academic employee is charged with conduct arising out
of a single occurrence. or out of connected multiple occurrences, a single hearing may he held fur all of the academic employees so charged.
!he d rni n rad e Officer Shall make determinations regarding consolidation. All

such determinations shall be subject to revision by th Hearing Officer, In the
event of such rei !sum. all cases affected shall be rescheduled for hearing.
separation of one or more cases from a group of cases previously set for
h.

a consolidated hearing shall nut be considered to affect the remaining cases in the
group.
II If the person charged does not appear. without satisfactory explanation for his
Ott been made to the Administrative Officer in advance, or should he
icasc the hearing before its conclusion or adjournment, the hearing shall proceed
ithout him and the I fearing Officer shall make his findings and report based on the
ailable ei idence, just 3.1 though the person charged had been present throughout
the hearing. f he I fearing 'ffiicer shall determine w nether any reason given for
nonappearance. or for lc.n ing the hearing before its conclusion or adjournment, is

sansfictori. How eier, the pending of an administrative hearing or a civil or
ctimmal toll to is hich the person charged is a party shall not he considered a

satisfactory esplanation unless the actual hearing or trial date conflicts with the
College hearing date.

Section 8.0

Rccollono,vilations of the Ilcaring Officer

inp presentation of evidence. the I learing Officer Shall orb ately consider
the vi !dem e and shall prepare a is ritten decision and report. Flue decision and report shall contain as to each person charged:
a. Findings of fact w ith respect to the evidence presented.
b. In cases 111 11111c11 the prat isiuns of any of the follow ins stibdit isiuns of FiluCA:IMI C11(11' '11'1.111111 24;o6 are charged as a cause for discipline, a finding of
leflilViethlf1 of a felony
idl:(10:: "IS4
llethit thew lose is established
or c1)11111111111

;11

.111>

secnring appunionent

MIS111-111c.inur involving 111'11'0 I

(drunkenness on duty

turpitude), -ill)" (fraud in

and "iii" (addiction to the

use of narcotics or habit forming drugs,.
determined
>-.2 I indlny., ball he based npon a preponderance of the evidence. AS
by rill 1 IC tring
three whew. iwnrl.uig dais of the mildly-inn of the hearing or as soon
f+.4
thereafter as possible. the I !eating Officer shall sillunit his findings and report to
the President.

163

164

Section 9.0 Disciplinary Action Panel
9.1 Each College shall have a Disciplinary Action Panel.
9.2 The Disciplinary Action Panel shall consist of all tenured academic employees

of the College holding the rank of associate professor or professor, who are assigned at least two-thirds time to teaching, research, or both.
9.3 Service as a member of the Disciplinary Action Panel, and as a member of a
Disciplinary Action Committee, unless excused by the President for good cause,
is part of the normal and reasonable duties of every employee designated in Section 9.2 of these Procedures.
9.4 Within three college working days of the receipt of formal written charges
from the Administrative Officer, the President shall cause a Disciplinary Action
Committee of three members to be selected by lot from among the members of the

Disciplinary Action Panel. The person charged and the Administrative Officer
shall each be informed of the Panel members selected for the Committee.

9,5 The person charged and the Administrative Officer shall each have the right
to excuse up to two persons from those selected for the Committee, without cause.
Each may challenge any person from membership on the Committee, but only for
cause as provided in Section 7.6. Actions to excuse or to challenge must be exercised by the close of the college working day following the day information as to
the persons selected for the Committee is given, pursuant to Section 9.4. The Hearing Officer shall rule on all challenges for cause of a person selected for the Committee.
9.6 .Vacancies on the proposed Disciplinary Action Committee caused by challenge

or excuse shall he filled by lot from among other members of the Disciplinary
Action Panel, and shall be subject to excuse or challenge as provided in Section
9.5, except that the aggregate number of persons who may be excused without cause
pursuant to Sections 9.5 and 9.6, shall not exceed two each for the person charged
and the Administrative Officer.
9.7 The Disciplinary Action Committee shall consider the findings of the Hearing
Officer, It may consider other matters in the record. It may not receive new

evidence. and it shall be bound by findings of the Hearing Officer made pursuant
to Section 8.1. Within five college working days of receipt of the findings and
report of the Hearing Officer, the Disciplinary Action Committee shall submit its
recommendation to the President.
Based on the findings and the record. the Disciplinary Action Committee shall find
as to each person charged whether the facts as found by the Hearing Officer constitute grounds for disciplinary action in all cases in which any of the following
subdivisions of Education Code Section 24306 are charged as a cause for disciplinary

action: "(a)" (immoral conduct). "(b)" (unprofessional conduct), "(c)" (dis-

honesty), "(d)" (incompetency), "(e)" (physical or mental unfitness for the position occupied), and "(f)" (failure or refusal to perform the normal and reasonable
duties of the position). If the Disciplinary Action Committee finds any of the foregoing grounds for disciplinary action are established by the evidence, and in all
cases in which the Hearing Officer has found a cause for discipline to be established by the evidence as provided in Section 8,1-b, the Disciplinary Action Committee shall recommend to the President what disciplinary action, if any, should
be taken as provided below. Otherwise it shall advise the President that no cause
for discipline exists.

The Disciplinary Action Committee may refer questions, if any, to the Hearing
Officer for clarification.
If a cause for disciplinary action exists, the recommendation of the Committee to
the President may include:
a. Dismissal with denial of access to the campus and all college facilities for a
period nut to exceed one year.
b. Dismissal.

165
164

c. Demotion.
d. tithpensiii/i iith denial of ,access to the campus and all college facilities for the
period of the suspensum.
c. Suspension.

f. A written reprimand.
g. An oral reprimand.
h. No action.
9.8 Upon arriving at a recommendation. the Disciplinary Action Committee shall
forthis ith transmit to the College President, the !fearing Officer, the Administrative Officer, and the person charged, a written Sta ten tent of its recommendations
which may include such lustification for those recommendations as the Committee
deems appropriate.

Section 10.0

Action by tbe President

Ile President shall decide what disciplinary action should be taken, if any,
within five college is orI.ing days of the time he receives tie recommendation of
the Disciplinary Action Committee, or as soon thereafter as possible,
10.2 If no disciplinary recommendation is received by the President within the five
day period provided in Section 9.', the President shall nevertheless determine the
appropriate disciplinary action to be taken.
10.1 I he President may return the matter to the 1 lea ring Officer itir clarification
or further proceedings as appropriate.
10.4 The decision of the President shall concur with the recommendations of the
Disciplinary .\ ction Committee except in rare instances when, in the opinion of
the President, compelling reasons exist for a different result. In the event that the
President's decision is not in accord with the Disciplinary Action Committee's
recommendation, the compelling reasons for his decision shall be stated in detail
and in is riving ti I the person charged and to the Disciplinary Action Committee.
Copies shall also he sent to the Hearin g Officer and to the Administrative Officer.
At this time,, the President and the Disciplinary Action Committee shall make an
effort to resols e their differences regarding disposition of the case. in the event
that no such resolution of differences is made, the derision of the President on
each cast: is final at the college level.
10.1

ft)e :ird his recommendation for disciplinary dismissal, de10.5 I he President
motion, or suspension to the Chancellor for appropriate subsequent action. It shall
he accompanied by the recommendations made to the President by the }fearing
Officer and by the Disciplinary Action Committee pursuant to Section 9.8, except
as the latter recommendation may be modified pursuant to Section 10.4.

Section I 1.0

ubseocnt Action

I he (.11:11k-ellor or his designee shall take such action on any recommendation
of the Ptcsadcnr, as he considers appropriate.
11.1

11,2 Where appropriate, notice of disciplinary action shall be prepared and served
pursuant zit I ,lucation Code Section 2411N. in which event the person charged may
appeal to the State Personnel Board and, as authorised by law, receive a de 1107.0
hearing before that agency.

Scurnin 12.0

(")a.-fci- Porcisions
.\n academic employ ee of a State College who is accused of conduct as de_
shed in Section I.I. alleged to have been committed at another Stare College,

1.21

shall he shier fo disciplinary action at the campus with respect to which the

iolation is .illzged ro lams e 0ecurred, and all references ro the President, the Adat inisfrative Officer. and the I ILA rim; Officer shall refer to those persons at that
campus, pro\ !deft that a Disciplinar .1ction Committee of the College at which
the person charged is an academic employee, shall be empaneled and make recom165

166

mndations as provided in Section 9, and the President of that College shall make
the final campus decision with respect to discipline.
12.2

Arguments

by the person charged or his adviser concerning the legal

(as

distinguished from factual) applicability, or legal validity of any provision on the
basis of Nl'hiCh he is charged, or of these Procedures, shall not be addressed to the
Hearing Officer, but to the President, as soon as the hearing has concluded. The
President shall seek advice on the matter from the Office of General Counsel. The
advice received from that office shall be considered by the President before 2 final
campus decision is rendered.
12.3 Technical departures from these Procedures and errors in their application
shall not be grounds for the President or the Chancellor to withhold disciplinary
action unless, in the opinion of the President or the Chancellor, the technical departures or errors lvere such as to have prevented a fair and just determination of
the issues.

12.4 These Procedures Are to provide an internal means for the determination of
those matters which should proceed to formal disciplinary action pursuant to Education Code Section 24308. It is not intended either that they or any error in their
application be relevant to, or provide a basis for, review by the Stare Personnel
Board. or by any Court reviewing action of the State Personnel Board in a State
College disciplinary matter.

TitIc

APPENDIX
Califoioia Administrative Code Sections

Conloit,oh'e Procedure. Filch college shall develop, as soon as practicable,
procedures NN hereby tenured members of the faculty shall be involved in recommendations to the president or his designee relating to academic personnel matters.

Such procedures shall be submitted to the Chancellor and the Trustees for approval.

'Hie Chancellor shall make every effort, insofar as practicable, to encourage
uniform procedures among the colleges.
Touporan. Suspension. When there is strong and compelling evidence that

the presence of :in enntloyee on his *job might create serious problems, if such
NI:ere tillke(11.11ItlY proven to be correct, a president or the Chancellor
may TClupnuaril suspend an employee pending investigation and/or the furnishing
of formal notice of disciplinary action pursuant to Section 2430R of the Education
Code. 1 mess earlier terminated by the president or the Chancellor, as the case may
be, such temporary suspension shall automatically terminate upon the furnishing
of formal nonce of disciplinary action or, unless extended as provided by this section 30 days after its commencement, Nvhichever first occurs.
(.7videnc,,

I he date for such Ant (11iLltic termination of the period of temporary suspension,

v here no furnishing of formal notice of disciplinary action has occurred, may be
emended upon the written statement of the employee addressed to the president
or the Chancellor, as the ease !nay be, requesting such extension.
Su pension under rhis section shall not prejudice the case Of the employee or any
rights he inAy ht ono hied under this article.
4.23. Iln.7f.!war,
Procedures for Academic Personnel. The Chancellor
shall pr;,1rilic, and oily from time to time revise, Disciplinary Action Procedures
for
Personnel of the California State Colleges. These procedures shall
he applkaltle to all toll-rune tenured and probationary academic employees, including tlitto: on lea, c nt absence with or without pay. The Chancellor shall report to
the
proccdores i,sited or revised pursuant to this section.
amply, cti-cities. Niimithstanding any provision in this
Siibehai ter t", a. rtsc contrary, any employee of the California State Colleges who,
follnwing vpr.,prilk: procedures at the college, is found to have disrupted or to
have attempted to di,irupr, by force or violence, any part of the instructional pro166

167

gram of a state college, or any meeting, recruiting interview or other activity
authorized to be held or conducted at the college, may, in the discretion of the
President, be disciplined pursuant to Section 24306 of the Education Code.

Education Code Sections
22505. The chief administrative officer of 2 junior college, state college, or state
university, after a prompt hearing of the facts, shall take appropriate disciplinary
action against any student, member of the faculty, member of the support staff,
or member of the administration of the junior college, state college, or state university who has been convicted of a crime arising out of a campus disturbance or,
after a hearing by a campus body, has been found to have willfully disrupted the
orderly operation of the campus. Nothing in this section shall be construed to prohibit, where an immediate suspension is required in order to protect lives or property and to insure the maintenance of order, interim suspension pending 2 hearing;

provided that a reasonable opportunity he afforded the suspended person for 2
hearing within 10 days. The disciplinary action may include, but need not be
limited to, suspension, dismissal, or expulsion. The provisions of Sections 24308
to 24310, inclusive, shall be applicable to any state college employee dismissed pursuant to this section. The chief administrative officer of each such institution shall
submit periodic reports as to the nature and disposition of cases acted upon pursuant to this section to his governing board,
24306. A permanent or probationary academic or nonacademic employee may be
dismissed, demoted, or suspended for the following causes:
(a) Immoral conduct.
(b) Unprofessional conduct.
(c) Dishonesty.
(d) Incompetency.
(c) Physical or mental unfitness for position occupied.
(f) Failure or refusal to perform the normal and reasonable duties of the position.

(g) Conviction of a felony or conviction or any misdemeanor involving moral
turpitude.
(h) Fraud in securing appointment.
(i) Drunkenness on duty.
(i) Addiction to the use of narcotics or habit forming drugs.
24308.

Notice of dismissal, demotion or suspension for cause of an academic or

nonacademic employee shall be in writing, signed by the Chancellor or his designee

and he served on the employee, setting forth a statement of causes, the events or
transactions upon which the causes are based, the nature of the penalty and the
effective date, and a statement of the employee's right to answer within 20 days
and request a hearing before the State Personnel Board.
Notice of the reassignment of ;in administrative employee pursuant to Section
22607 shall be in writing and shall be served on the employee setting forth a statement of the employee's right to answer within 20 days and request a hearing before

the Trustees but only on the question of whether the position to which he is
reassigned is commensurate with his qualifications.

Government Code Section
18025. All employees shall he entitled to the following holidays: the first day of
January, the 12th day of February, the third .11onday in February. the last Monday
in May, the fourth day of Jul. y the first Monday in September, the ninth day of
September, the second Monday in October, the fourth Monday in October, the
25th day of December, e cry day on which an election is held throughout the state,
and every day appointed by the Governor of this state for a public fast, thanksgiving, or holiday.
When a day herein listed falls on a Sunday, the following Monday shall be
deemed w be the holiday in lieu of the day observed. Any employee who may be
167

168

required to work on any of the holidays ys herein mentioned, and who does work
on any of said holidays, shall be entitled to be paid compensation or given com-

pensating time off for such work within the meaning of this article. For the
purpose of computing the number of hours worked, time during w hich an em-

ployee is excused from work because of holidays, sick leave, vacation, or compensating time off, shall be considered as time worked by the employee.

Pena/ Chic Section
The chief administrative officer of a campus or other facility of a junior

college, state college, or state university , or an officer or employee designated
by him to mtUntain order on such campus or facility. may notify a person that
consent to remain on the campus or other facility under the control of the chief
administrative officer has been svithdrawn whenever there is reasonable cause to
believe that such person- has willfully disrupted the orderly operation of such
campus or facility.

lb) Whenever consent is withdrawn by any authorized officer or employee
other than the chief administrative officer. such officer or employee shall as soon
as is reasonably possible submit a written report to the chief administrative officer.
Such report shall contain all of the following:
I

description of the person from whom consent was withdrawn, in-

cluding. if available, the person's name, address, and phone number.
(2) :\ statement of the facts giving rise to the withdrawal of consent.

If the chief administrative officer or. in his absence, a person designated by him

for this purpose, upon reviewing the report, finds that there was reasonable
cause to believe that such person has willfully disrupted the orderly opefation
of the campus or facility, he may enter written confirmation upon the report
of the action taken by the officer or employee. If the chief administrative
officer or, in his absence. the person designated by him, does not confirm the
action of the officer or employee within 24 hours after the time that consent
was withdrawn, the action of the officer or employee shall be deemed void
and of no force or effect, except that any arrest made during such period shall
nor for this reason be deemed not to have been made for probable cause.
(e: Consent shall be reinstated by the chief administrative officer whenever he
has reason to believe that the presence of the person from whom consent was
st. iihdrawn will not constitute a substantial and material threat to the orderly
operation of the campus or facility. In no case shall consent be withdrawn for
looter than 14 days from the date upon which consent was initially withdrawn.
lite person front 5510)111 consent has been withdrawn may submit a written
request for a bearing on the withdrawal w ithin the two-week period. Such
V. rittn request shall state the address to which notice 44 hearing is. to be sent.
Fite chief administrative officer shall grant such a hearing nor later than seven
days front the slate of receipt of such request and shall immediately mail a
rnn notice of the time, place, and date of such hearing to such person.
ta
nt. person ho has been notified I» the chief administrative officer of a
utipas or other facilita, of a junior college, state college, or stare university, or
ittlicar or employee designated by the chief administrative officer to

natiot tin order on such campus or facility, that consent to remain on the campus
tr f t, tiny has been withdrawn pursuant to subdivision (a); Who has not had such
coil-tan reinstated, and xs ho w Wittily and knowingly enters or remains upon such
campus or facility during the period for which consent has been withdrawn is
guilty: of I misdemeanor. rids subdivision does not apply to any person who
enter, or remains on such campus or facility for the sole purpose of applying to
cliIt administrative officer for the reinstatement of consent or for the sole
k;1,o,,, of utrndrng .r hearing on the withdrawal.
1 his section shall not affect the pow er of the duly constituted authorities
of a ittniitr college. state college, or state university to suspend, dismiss, or expel
any --tudcnt or employee at such university or college.
168

169

f i Any person Clln%icted under this section shall be punished as follows:

(1) Upon a first conk iction, by a fine of not exceeding five hundred dollars
(5500). by imprisonment in the county jail for a period of not more than six
months, or by both such fine and imprisonment.
(2) If the defendant has been previously convicted once of a violation of any
offense defined in this chapter or Section 415.5, by imprisonment in the county
jail for a period of not less than 10 days or more than six months, or by both

such imprisonment and a tine of not exceeding five hundred dollars ($500),
and he shall not be released on probation, parole, or any other basis until he has
served not less than 10 days.

(;) If the defendant has been previously convicted two or more times of a
violation of any offense defined in this chapter or Section 415.5. by imprison-

menr in the county tail for a period of not less than 90 days or more than
six months, or by both such imprisonment and a fine of not exceeding five
hundred dollars (5500t. and he -.hall not be released on probation, parole, or
any other basis until he has served not less than 90 days.

170
169

Index
Page

Absence without leaves as resignation; reinstatement

Absences

Leases with pay
Leaves without pay

68
71
73

()r r
Ac.uleinic freedom

academic positions for administration
Academic rank, percentage in
Academic Senate of the California State Colleges
Academie Senate, California State College, Los Angeles
Academic year
Administrative committees, relation to the Senate
:\dministratise personnel

57
8
14

76
22

28
58
30
34
27

APP"infllient

Evaluation of faculty serving as
Review of
Rights of

Advisry

.\11 College committees, relation to holding .1dministrative positions
of University Professors
American

PPeAk

non-reappointment
denial tot tenure
promotion
\ pp/ointment of faculty

55
57
52

\ rt, acceptance and placement of
.\ ssigned time for academic goscrnance
..\ssociate and ASkt Hit School Dean, procedures for appointment of
Baccalaureate degree, second
Board of .1rir,tee of the California State Colleges
Line, of communications with
Buildings, naming of

44
21
31

84
8

Buildings and (round. the of
u,e (Of
sCC al,.
o
Cabinet
Calendar
California Stare Colleges

2
Co

Con,ritution of

100

Cool crioanes:

111,too of
Relationship, .ind linc, of (.0nunitincatum
(,diOoor ((i Sort, Collepe. lao, \ !Tele,
Admini,tration

Con,titution of

104

Coos ernance
Ii. or of

14
12

Uly,.tukc,, It
Orginifatittn
SEAN:

12.

I inplu:,

\ cutiun

Carrel,
Chancellor, California Stare College,
Chancelltor
(.14int.n

Change

48
99
94

..00uns il of ',t ate College President,

oho

stills, reporting ot

74
80
59

Ch,srootinis
outs
from
Clas, I to Class II. advancement
171

171

Iitdexcontinued

Page
76

College year
Coniniencement
Attendance at
Committee on

85
20

Committees making aards tti individual faculty members, policy on
Comnthtee on Academic Freedtim and Professional Ethics
Complaints, responsibility for investigation of
Committee on Committees

............

23
19
19
15

Committees
20

Service on
Student representation on
Committee structure of the Academic Senate
Chart on

...................

.........

.....

26
20

Committee vacancies
Conimunications Code

142

36
34

Computer center
Computer policy
Conflict of interest
Constitution, California State Colleges
Constitution, California State College, Los Angeles
Continuing student
definition of

79
100
104

90
90

status Of
Contractual agreements

Coordinating Council of I uglier Fthication
Credit by e amination
Credit/no-credit grades
Credit Union
Department Associate Chairmen, procedures for selection of
Department Chairmen, procedures for selection and review of
Departments, change of time of
......... ......
Difference in pay leas e
Disciplinary action procedures
.

33
7

82
81

32
31

..........

......

69
158

Faculty

123

Students

Dismissal of faculty

................ ..... 58, 115

.................

Emergencies

Consultative procedures in
Police, used in

.......

.........

_ ...........

1 nieritus status
1

.......

thin s

V1111111.1I1011,

Final

Credit by
1 ifra Chiarter Assignment
IPA' of
I ,11:1111

82
77

113

ilso, Buildings and ( ;rounds_ use of
Fat. ulty- Administrative 1.-:oininiftee
l'actilt advisers to student organifations
set.

Faculty .\ tfairs Committee

27
95
17

Faculty

Ath.int.einent from Clay.

to Class II

Dismissal

59
52
58, 115

\ ppotntment it
1)1

Non-reappointment- of
On student committees

172

Indexcontinued

Facultycontinued

Page

Promotion of
Promotion of mature, for meritorious service
Retention of
Rights of
.l'enure of

59
54
59
54
58

Suspension of

Faculty Women's Association of CSCLA
Family death leave
Field trips
Files, personnel
Final examinations

84
64
84

........

Fiscal Affairs Committee
Foundation

.......

Government Grants, administration of

Grades

Policy on
Undergraduate credit/no-credit
Graduate credit for undergraduates
Graduate Studies Policy
Grants and Research Leaves
Policy and Omstitution of subcommittee on
Grants, Government, administration of
Grievance procedures
Health services
Honors Cf invocation, conlmittee on
lousing file
Housing, off-campus
Development of
Recognition of
..............
ncompatible activities
......
nstruction, evaluation
nstructional Affairs Committee
nstructional policies

80
81

83
83
23
23

37
148

97
20
95

44
44
......

85
16

76
96

nsUrance plans

ntercollegiate program
Inter-departmental and inter-schmil programs, fiscal support of
and administratk e control over
.........
..... ...............
International Affairs, Sul.)comn,ittee on
International faculty exchange program
Jury duty
Leaves of absence, frequency of
. ...... ._.
Leaves of absence with pay
.

Sabbatical

report follow ing
outside earnings during
Difference in pay
Research or creative activity
Leave of absence without pay
Relation to tenure
Relation to sabbatical
-I km accrued On\ aid ililiticil

34
25
39
73

68
68
68
70
70
69
70
71

...........

...............

(inure during. criteria for
Load. faculty

...........

.......

Mace

......

Alaternity leas c

62,
. .......

72
72
78
11

173

Indexcontinued

Page
67
73
65
43
95
54

Merit increases, part-time faculty
Military leave
Minority faculty members, hiring of .
Minority group studies
News bureau
Nim-reappisintment of faculty
Office assignments
Office hours
Opportunities and Benefits

80
62
92
92

Outstanding Professor Awards
Overload assignment and payment
Overtime teaching
Parking Policy
Pay periods ..

66
61
47

Payroll
certification of ..
Deductions
Peace Corps

66
97
82
24

Credit for E'raining
Subcommittee on
Photographic evidence in student discipline proceedings
Political activities

64
14,

President
Professional organizations

98
57
21
42

Promotion of faculty
Proxies. use on all-college committees
Public expression areas
Publications, clearance of
.

Publications services, office of
Quarters. assignment to
.......... . ......
Questionnaires, clearance of
....... _ ...........
Recording of lectures in class
Recreational facilities
Report following sabbatical leaves
Registration priorities
Research and governmental relations, office of
Research, support for
Research or creativity activity leave

76
.....
..... ...........

...... .....
.....
........

79
97

70
90
94
94
70
54
98

Retention of faculty
Ret ircment pLins
Rights
Academic administrators
.

34
58
119

Vacuity

Students
Sabbatical leave
Savings bonds
Seal of the «illege

68'
97

Separation of faculty for lack of funds or work

10
74
71

Sick leave
Speakers Bureau
.

St ml in

Conrinning

Discaplinar. pniredures
Placonent on faculty committees of
Participation in academic yin ernance of
Rights of .
174

174

123
21

21
118

Indexcontinued
Page

Student Affairs Committee

..... ..._ ................ .......

......... .... ..........

Subcommittees

Formation of
Policy on
Suspension of faculty
.

23
23

58
96
77
85
78
86

"Fax-deferred annuities
Teaching assignments
Teacher disclosure policy
Teaching loads
Television policy

Tenure of faculty
Theses and projects, graduate
Trident lounge
United Professors of California

55
83

Urban Affairs
Center for
Subcommittee on

Veterans, registration priorities, for returning
Visiting speakers
Electronic recording of

.. ......... .

. ......................

In class
Policy on

Subcommittee on
Workmen's Compensation

80666-602

7,70

24
68
90
42
43
80
43
25

PrInlatt

3NI

175

lAI I/ ORNIA cO IGL OF

lATE PRINTING

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : Yes
Page Count                      : 175
Tagged PDF                      : Yes
Modify Date                     : 2011:10:28 06:15:17-04:00
Create Date                     : 2007:08:12 21:23:26-04:00
Creator                         : PdfCompressor 5.0.333
Producer                        : CVISION Technologies
Title                           : ed125331.tif.pdf

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Ed125331.tif 70 ED125331

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation